2007 Toyota Corolla Owner's Manual (Complete)

Document Sample
2007 Toyota Corolla Owner's Manual (Complete) Powered By Docstoc
					                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                      Foreword
Welcome to the growing group of value−conscious people who drive Toyotas. We are proud of the advanced engineering and
quality construction of each vehicle we build.
This Owner’s Manual explains the operation of your new Toyota. Please read it thoroughly and have all the occupants
follow the instructions carefully. Doing so will help you enjoy many years of safe and trouble−free motoring. For
important information about this manual and your Toyota, read the following pages carefully.
When it comes to service, remember that your Toyota dealer knows your vehicle very well and is interested in your complete
satisfaction. Your Toyota dealer will provide quality maintenance and any other assistance you may require.
If there is not a Toyota dealer near you, please call the following number:
U.S. OWNERS:               D When traveling in the U.S. mainland or Canada:
                                Toyota Customer Experience Center              Toll−free:1−800−331−4331
                           D Hawaii:
                                Servco Automotive Customer Services            Toll−free:1−888−272−5515
CANADIAN OWNERS:           D When traveling in Canada or the U.S. mainland:
                                Toyota Canada Customer Interaction Centre      Toll−free:1−888−TOYOTA−8 or 1−888−869−6828
Please leave this Owner’s Manual in this vehicle at the time of resale. The next owner will need this information also.
All information and specifications in this manual are current at the time of printing. However, because of Toyota’s policy of
continual product improvement, we reserve the right to make changes at any time without notice.
Please note that this manual applies to all models and explains all equipment, including options. Therefore, you may
find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle.
Please access our websites for further information.
 D The U.S. mainland           www.toyota.com
 D Hawaii                      www.toyotahawaii.com
 D Canada                      www.toyota.ca



© 2006 TOYOTA MOTOR CORPORATION
All rights reserved. This material may not be reproduced or copied, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Toyota
Motor Corporation.

                                                                i



                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                     Important information about this manual

 Safety and vehicle damage warnings                                                Safety symbol
Throughout this manual, you will see safety and vehicle dam-
age warnings. You must follow these warnings carefully to
avoid possible injury or damage.
The types of warnings, what they look like, and how they are
used in this manual are explained as follows:

                        CAUTION

 This is a    warning against anything which may cause
 injury to   people if the warning is ignored. You are
 informed    about what you must or must not do in
 order to    reduce the risk of injury to yourself and
 others.
                                                                          When you see the safety symbol
                                                                          shown above, it means: “Do not...”;
                         NOTICE                                           “Do not do this”; or “Do not let this
                                                                          happen”.
This is a warning against anything which may cause
damage to the vehicle or its equipment if the warning
is ignored. You are informed about what you must or
must not do in order to avoid or reduce the risk of
damage to your vehicle and its equipment.




                                                               ii




                                                                              2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                         Important information about your Toyota


      Occupant restraint systems                                          The purpose of all occupant restraint systems is to help
                                                                          reduce the possibility of death or serious injury in the
Toyota encourages you and your family to take the time to                 event of a collision. None of these systems, either individ-
read Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual carefully. In                     ually or together, can ensure that there is no injury in the
terms of helping you understand how you can receive the                   event of collision. However, the more you know about
maximum benefit of the occupant restraint systems this                    these systems and how to use them properly, the greater
vehicle provides, Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual is                   your chances become of surviving an accident without
the most important section for you and your family to read.               death or serious injury.
Section 1−3 describes the function and operation concern-                 Seat belts provide the primary restraint to all occupants of
ing seats, seat belts, SRS airbags and child restraint sys-               the vehicle, and every occupant of the vehicle should wear
tems of this vehicle and some potential hazards you                       seat belts properly at all times. Children should always be
should be aware of. These systems work together along                     secured in child restraint systems that are appropriate for
with the overall structure of this vehicle in order to provide            their age and size. SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)
occupant restraint in the event of a crash. The effect of                 airbags are, as their names imply, designed to work with,
each system is enhanced when it is used properly and                      and be supplemental to, seat belts and are not substitutes
together with other systems. No single occupant restraint                 for them. SRS airbags can be very effective in reducing
system can, by itself, provide you or your family with the                the risk of head and chest injuries by preventing contact of
equal level of restraint which these systems can provide                  the head and chest with interior portions of the vehicle.
when used together. That is why it is important for you and
your family to understand the purpose and proper use of
each of these systems and how they relate to each other.




                                                                 iii




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




In order to be effective, the SRS airbags must deploy with                         Event data recorder
tremendous speed. The rapid deployment of the SRS air-
bags makes the SRS airbags themselves potential sources               Your vehicle has computers that monitor and control cer-
of serious injury if an occupant is too close to an airbag,           tain aspects of your vehicle. These computers assist in
or if an object or some part of his or her body has been              driving and maintaining optimal vehicle performance. Be-
placed between the occupant and the airbag at the time of             sides storing data useful for troubleshooting, there is a
deployment. This is just one example of how the instruc-              system to record data in a crash or a near car crash
tions in Section 1−3 of this Owner’s Manual will help en-             event. This is called an Event Data Recorder (EDR).
sure proper use of the occupant restraint systems, and
                                                                      The SRS airbag sensor assembly contains the EDR. In a
increase the safety they can provide to you and your fami-
                                                                      crash or a near car crash event, this device may record
ly in the event of an accident.
                                                                      some or all of the following information:
Toyota recommends you to read the provisions in Section
                                                                       D Engine speed
1−3 carefully and refer to them as needed during your time
                                                                       D Whether the brake pedal was applied or not
of ownership of this vehicle.
                                                                       D Vehicle speed
                                                                       D To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed
                                                                       D Position of the transmission selector lever
                                                                       D Whether the driver and front passenger wore the seat
                                                                         belts or not
                                                                       D Driver’s seat position
                                                                       D Front passenger’s occupant classification




                                                              iv




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




 D SRS airbag deployment data                                         The information above is intended to be used for the
 D SRS airbag system diagnostic data                                  purpose of improving vehicle safety performance. Unlike
If your vehicle is equipped with a vehicle stability control          general data recorders, the EDR does not record sound
(VSC) system, its Electronic Control Unit (ECU) may con-              data such as conversation between passengers.
tain another EDR. There are a variety of driving situations           Toyota will not disclose the data recorded in an EDR to a
which include activating the VSC under which the VSC                  third party except when:
EDR will record certain information. The VSC EDR may                   D An agreement from the vehicle’s owner (or the leas-
record some or all of the following information:                         ing company for a leased vehicle) is obtained
 D Behavior of the vehicle                                             D Officially requested by the police or other authorities
 D Steering wheel angle                                                D Used as a defense for Toyota in a law suit
 D Vehicle speed                                                       D Ordered by the court
 D To what extent the accelerator pedal was depressed                 However, if necessary Toyota will:
 D To what extent the brake pedal was applied                          D Use the data for research on Toyota vehicle safety
                                                                         performance
 D To what extent the ECU controlled the condition of
   the 4 wheels                                                        D Disclose the data to a third party for research pur-
                                                                         poses without disclosing details of the vehicle owner,
 D Vehicle stability control system diagnostic data
                                                                         and only when it is deemed necessary
                                                                       D Disclose summarized data cleared of vehicle identifi-
                                                                         cation information to a non−Toyota organization for
                                                                         research purposes




                                                               v




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




            New vehicle warranty                                             Important health and safety
Your new vehicle is covered by the following Toyota limited
                                                                           information about your Toyota
warranties:
 D New vehicle warranty                                                                      CAUTION
 D Emission control systems warranty
                                                                        D WARNING: Engine exhaust, some of its constitu-
 D Others                                                                   ents, and a wide variety of automobile compo-
For further information, please refer to the “Owner’s War-                  nents contain or emit chemicals known to the
ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-                       State of California to cause cancer and birth de-
                                                                            fects and other reproductive harm. In addition,
ment”.
                                                                            oils, fuels and fluids contained in vehicles as
                                                                            well as waste produced by component wear con-
                                                                            tain or emit chemicals known to the State of
                                                                            California to cause cancer and birth defects or
            Your responsibility for                                       other reproductive harm.
                maintenance                                             D Battery posts, terminals and related accessories
                                                                            contain lead and lead compounds. Wash your
It is the owner’s responsibility to make sure that the speci-               hands after handling. Used engine oil contains
fied maintenance is performed. Section 6 gives details of                   chemicals that have caused cancer in laboratory
these maintenance requirements. Also included in Section                    animals. Always protect your skin by washing
                                                                          thoroughly with soap and water.
6 is general maintenance. For scheduled maintenance in-
formation, please refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.


                                                                vi




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




      Accessories, spare parts and                                            Spark ignition system of your
       modification of your Toyota                                                        Toyota
A wide variety of non−genuine spare parts and accessories                The spark ignition system in your Toyota meets all require-
for Toyota vehicles are currently available in the market.               ments of the Canadian Interference−Causing Equipment
You should know that Toyota does not warrant these prod-                 Standard.
ucts and is not responsible for their performance, repair, or
replacement, or for any damage they may cause to, or
adverse effect they may have on, your Toyota vehicle.
This vehicle should not be modified with non−genuine
                                                                                    Installation of a mobile
Toyota products. Modification with non−genuine Toyota                               two−way radio system
products could affect its performance, safety or durability,
and may even violate governmental regulations. In addi-                  As the installation of a mobile two−way radio system in
tion, damage or performance problems resulting from the                  your vehicle could affect electronic systems such as
modification may not be covered under warranty.                          multiport fuel injection system/sequential multiport fuel
                                                                         injection system, electronic throttle control system, cruise
                                                                         control system, anti−lock brake system, traction control
                                                                         system, vehicle stability control system, SRS airbag sys-
                                                                         tem and seat belt pretensioner system, be sure to check
                                                                         with your Toyota dealer for precautionary measures or
                                                                         special instructions regarding installation.




                                                                vii




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




        Tires and loading on your
                 Toyota
Underinflated or overinflated tire pressure and the
excess load may result in the deterioration of
steering ability and braking ability, leading to an
accident. Check the tire inflation pressure periodi-
cally and be sure to keep the load limits given in
this Owner’s Manual. For details about tire inflation
pressure and load limits, see pages 194 and 259.



        Scrapping of your Toyota
The SRS airbag and seat belt pretensioner devices in your
Toyota contain explosive chemicals. If the vehicle is
scrapped with the airbags and pretensioners left as they
are, this may cause an accident such as fire. Be sure to
have the systems of the SRS airbag and seat belt preten-
sioner removed and disposed of by the qualified service
shop or by your Toyota dealer before you dispose of your
vehicle.


                                                            viii




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




            Leak detection pump
This pump performs fuel evaporation leakage check. This
check is done approximately five hours after the engine is
turned off. So you may hear sound coming from under-
neath the trunk for several minutes. It does not indicate a
malfunction.




             Perchlorate Material
Special handling may apply,
See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/perchlorate.
Your vehicle has components that may contain perchlorate.
These components may include airbag, seat belt preten-
sioners, and wireless remote control batteries.




                                                              ix




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




x




                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                                                                                        eU−7
Quick index
 D If a service reminder indicator or warning buzzer comes on . . . . . . . . 102
 D If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
 D If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
 D If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
 D If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
 D If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
 D Tips for driving during break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
 D How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
 D General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
 D Complete index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NO TAG
Gas station information
Fuel type:
  UNLEADED gasoline, Octane Rating 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or
  higher
  See page 172 for detailed information.
Fuel tank capacity:
  50 L (13.2 gal., 11.0 Imp. gal.)
Engine oil:
 ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recommended.
  See page 255 for detailed information.
Tire information: See pages 259 through 266.
Tire inflation pressure: See page 284.

                                                                                                                                       Publication No. OM12B32U
                                                                                                                                       Part No. 01999-12B32
                                                                                                                                       Printed in Japan 01−0611−00 C
                                                                                                                                               (   U)




                                                                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




You should know as much about the quality and
importance of proper maintenance of your new
vehicle as the people who built it.
The Toyota authorized Repair Manual
tells you how to maintain your vehicle and
enables you to correctly perform your own
maintenance.
                                              The best way to keep your new vehicle in top
                                            running order is to maintain it properly from
                                            the moment you drive it off the showroom
                                            floor.
                                              The Toyota authorized Repair Manual is
                                            packed with literally everything you need to
                                            know to perform your own maintenance in
                                            virtually every area of your new vehicle.




                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Maintenance procedures for the engine,
chassis, body, electrical system, and more,
are clearly explained and illustrated.

Periodic maintenance and tune−up
                                                                    Where to obtain the
  Periodic maintenance and tune−up helps to pre-
vent small problems from growing into larger ones lat-
                                                                      Repair Manual
er on. The repair manual outlines exactly what main-
tenance is required and clearly explains how to do the        The repair manual for COROLLA may be pur-
work yourself step−by−step.                                   chased from any Toyota dealer or the Material
  Areas covered include such things as spark plug re-         Distribution Center. To purchase the repair
placement, valve clearance adjustment and engine oil          manual, please contact your Toyota dealer or
and filter replacement.                                       call the Material Distribution Center toll−free
                                                              at 1−800−622−2033.




                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




    WE REALLY CARE ABOUT YOU                     PLEASE BUCKLE UP

    Toyota has made a special effort to encourage use of seat belts.


    Toyota belts are:

    D Comfortable
    D Easy to use
    D Convenient
    We encourage you to use your belts every time you drive.




U                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                      SECTION                        1− 1
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Overview of instruments and controls
Instrument panel overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Instrument cluster overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Indicator symbols on the instrument panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7




                                                                                                        1




                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Instrument panel overview
                                             1. Side defroster outlets
                                             2. Side vents
                                             3. Instrument cluster
                                             4. Center vents
                                             5. Electric moon roof switches
                                             6. Personal lights
                                             7. Power door lock switches
                                             8. Power window switches
                                             9. Glove box
                                           10. Portable ashtray
                                            11. Rear console box
                                           12. Cup holders
                                           13. Power outlet
                                           14. Parking brake lever
                                           15. Automatic transmission selector lever
                                               or manual transmission gear shift lever
                                           16. Hood lock release lever
                                           17. Window lock switch




2




                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                 1. Headlight, turn signal and front fog
                    light switches
                 2. Wiper and washer switches
                 3. Emergency flasher switch
                 4. Audio system
                 5. Clock
                 6. Front passenger occupant classification
                    indicator light/front passenger’s seat
                    belt reminder light
                 7. Rear window defogger switch
                 8. Auxiliary boxes
                 9. “TRAC OFF” (traction control system
                    off) switch
               10. Power outlet or cigarette lighter
                11. Air conditioning controls
               12. Ignition switch
               13. Cruise control switch
               14. Tilt steering lock release lever
               15. Instrument panel light control dial
               16. Power rear view mirror control switches
               17. Tire pressure warning system reset
                   switch
               18. Engine immobilizer system/Toyota
                   vehicle intrusion protection system
                   indicator light

                                                           3




            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Instrument cluster overview
"Type A




1. Service reminder indicators and   4. Engine coolant temperature gauge        7. Odometer, two trip meters and outside
   indicator lights                  5. Fuel gauge                                 temperature display
2. Tachometer                        6. Trip meter reset knob
3. Speedometer




4




                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




"Type B




1. Service reminder indicators and   4. Engine coolant temperature gauge        7. Odometer, two trip meters and outside
   indicator lights                  5. Fuel gauge                                 temperature display
2. Tachometer                        6. Trip meter reset knob
3. Speedometer




                                                                                                                           5




                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




"Type C




1. Service reminder indicators and   4. Engine coolant temperature gauge        7. Odometer, two trip meters and outside
   indicator lights                  5. Fuel gauge                                 temperature display
2. Tachometer                        6. Trip meter reset knob
3. Speedometer




6




                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Indicator symbols on the instrument panel


     or
            Brake system warning light∗1                      or      Anti−lock brake system warning light∗1




            Driver’s seat belt reminder light∗1                       Open door warning light∗1


            Front passenger’s seat belt reminder light∗1              SRS warning light∗1


            Charging system warning light∗1                           Low tire pressure warning light∗1


                                                                      Low windshield washer fluid level warning
                                                                      light∗1
     or     Malfunction indicator lamp∗1
                                                                      Vehicle stability control system/traction control
                                                                      system warning light∗1

            Low fuel level warning light∗1                            Engine oil replacement reminder light∗1


                                                                      Front passenger occupant classification
            Low engine oil pressure warning light∗1
                                                                      indicator light




                                                                                                                          7




                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                        Headlight indicator light


                        Tail light indicator light


                        Headlight high beam indicator light


                        Turn signal indicator lights


                        Overdrive−off indicator light


                        Slip indicator light/traction control system off
                        indicator light

                        Cruise control indicator light∗2

    ∗1 :   For details, see “Service reminder indicators and warning
           buzzers” on page 102 in Section 1−6.
    ∗2 :   If this light flashes, see “Cruise control” on page 128 in
           Section 1−7.




8




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                SECTION                              1− 2
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Keys and Doors
Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   10
Engine immobilizer system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      12
Wireless remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  14
Side doors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       18
Power windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            22
Trunk lid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    23
Toyota vehicle intrusion protection system (TVIP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                      25
Hood . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   27
Fuel tank cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          28
Electric moon roof . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             30




                                                                                                                          9




                                              2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Keys
                                              2. Sub key (gray)—
                                                This key will not work in the trunk.
                                                To protect items locked in the trunk
                                                when using valet parking, leave the
                                                sub key with the attendant.
                                              A transponder chip for engine immobilizer
                                              system has been placed in the head of
                                              the master and sub keys. These chips are
                                              needed to enable the system to function
                                              correctly, so be careful not to lose these
                                              keys. If you make your own duplicate key,
                                              you will not be able to cancel the system
                                              or start the engine.
Your vehicle is supplied with two kinds
                                                                                                            NOTICE
of keys.
1. Master keys (black)—                                                                     When using a key containing a trans-
                                                                                            ponder chip, observe the following
     These keys work in every lock. Your
                                                                                            precautions:
     Toyota dealer will need one of them to
     make a new key with a built−in trans-                                                  z When starting the engine, do not
     ponder chip.                                                                             use the key with a key ring resting
                                                                                              on the key grip and do not press
     Since the doors and trunk lid can be
                                                                                              the key ring against the key grip.
     locked without a key, you should al-
                                                                                              Otherwise the engine may not start,
     ways carry a spare master key in case
                                                                                              or may stop soon after it starts.
     you accidentally lock your keys inside
     the vehicle.




10




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                              ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                               z Do not cover the key grip with any
                                                                                 material that cuts off electromagnet-
                                                                                 ic waves.
                                                                               z Do not knock the key hard against
                                                                                 other objects.
                                                                               z Do not leave the key exposed to
                                                                                 high temperatures for a long period,
                                                                                 such as on the dashboard and hood
                                                                                 under direct sunlight.
                                                                               z Do not put the key in water or
                                                                                 wash it in an ultrasonic washer.
                                                                               z Do not use the key with electromag-
                                                                                 netic materials.
z When starting the engine, do not        z Do not bend the key grip.
  use the key with other transponder
  keys around (including keys of oth-
  er vehicles) and do not press other
  key plates against the key grip.
  Otherwise the engine may not start,
  or may stop soon after it starts. If
  this happens, remove the key once
  and then insert it again after remov-
  ing other transponder keys (includ-
  ing keys of other vehicles) from the
  ring or while gripping or covering
  them with your hand to start the
  engine.




                                                                                                                     11




                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                          Engine immobilizer system




                                                                                      Without Toyota vehicle intrusion protec-
KEY NUMBER PLATE                          The engine immobilizer system is a          tion system
Your key number is shown on the plate.    theft prevention system. When you in-
Keep the plate in a safe place such as    sert the key in the ignition switch, the
your wallet, not in the vehicle.          transponder chip in the key’s head
                                          transmits an electronic code to the ve-
If you should lose your keys or if you    hicle. The engine will start only when
need additional keys, duplicates can be   the electronic code in the chip corre-
made by a Toyota dealer using the key     sponds to the registered ID code for
number.                                   the vehicle.
We recommend writing down the key num-
ber and storing it in a safe place.




                                                                                      With Toyota vehicle intrusion protection
                                                                                      system

12




                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




The system is automatically set when the       If you make your own duplicate key,         For vehicles sold in U.S.A.
key is removed from the ignition switch.       you will not be able to cancel the sys-
The indicator light will start flashing to     tem or start the engine.                     FCC ID: MOZRI−21BTY
show the system is set.                                                                     FCC ID: MOZRI−20BTY
                                                              NOTICE
If any of the following indicator conditions
                                                                                            This device complies with Part 15 of the
occurs, contact your Toyota dealer.            Do not modify, remove or disas-              FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
D The indicator light stays on except          semble the engine immobilizer sys-           following two conditions:
   when the Toyota vehicle intrusion           tem. If any unauthorized changes or
                                               modifications are made, proper opera-        (1) This device may not cause harmful
   protection system is setting or activat-
                                               tion of the system cannot be guaran-         interference, and (2) this device must
   ing. (See “Toyota vehicle intrusion
                                               teed.                                        accept any interference received, includ-
   protection system (TVIP)” on page 25
                                                                                            ing interference that may cause unde-
   in this Section.)
                                                                                            sired operation.
D The indicator light does not start flash-
   ing when the key is removed from the
   ignition switch.                                                                                        CAUTION
D The indicator light flashes inconsistent-
   ly.                                                                                      Changes or modifications not ex-
Inserting the registered key in the ignition                                                pressly approved by the party respon-
switch automatically cancels the system,                                                    sible for compliance could void the
which enables the engine to start. The                                                      user’s authority to operate the equip-
indicator light will go off.                                                                ment.

For your Toyota dealer to make you a
new key with built−in transponder chip,
your dealer will need your key number
and master key. However, there is a limit
to the number of additional keys your
Toyota dealer can make for you.



                                                                                                                                   13




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                            Wireless remote control—
For vehicles sold in Canada                                                      The wireless remote control system is
                                                                                 designed to lock or unlock all the
 This device complies with RSS−210 of                                            doors or activate the “PANIC” mode
 Industry Canada. Operation is subject to                                        from a distance within approximately 1
 the following two conditions:                                                   m (3 ft.) of the vehicle.
 (1) This device may not cause interfer-                                         When you operate any switch, push it
 ence, and (2) this device must accept                                           slowly and securely.
 any interference, including interference                                        The wireless remote control transmitter is
 that may cause undesired operation of                                           an electronic component. Observe the fol-
 the device.                                                                     lowing instructions in order not to cause
                                                                                 damage to the transmitter.
                                                                                  D Do not leave the transmitter in places
                                                                                    where the temperature becomes high
                                            1. “LOCK” switch                        such as on the dashboard.
                                            2. “UNLOCK” switch                    D Do not disassemble it.
                                            3. “PANIC” switch                     D Avoid knocking it hard against other
                                                                                    objects or dropping it.
                                                                                  D Avoid putting it in water.
                                                                                 You can use up to 4 wireless remote con-
                                                                                 trol transmitters for the same vehicle.
                                                                                 Contact your Toyota dealer for detailed
                                                                                 information.




14




                                                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                              —Locking and unlocking
                                              doors
If the wireless remote control transmitter                                          To lock and unlock all the doors, push
does not actuate the doors or alarm, or                                             the switches of the transmitter slowly
operate from a normal distance:                                                     and securely.
D Check for closeness to a radio trans-                                             To lock: Push the “LOCK” switch. All the
   mitter such as a radio station or an                                             doors are locked simultaneously. At this
   airport which can interfere with normal                                          time the turn signal lights will flash once.
   operation of the transmitter.                                                    Check to see that the doors are securely
D The battery may have been consumed.                                               locked.
   Check the battery in the transmitter. To                                         If any door is not securely closed, locking
   replace the battery, see “—Replacing                                             cannot be performed by the “LOCK”
   transmitter battery” on page 16.                                                 switch.
If you lose your transmitter, contact your                                          To unlock: Push the “UNLOCK” switch
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to                                                once to unlock the driver’s door alone.
                                              Locking operation
avoid the possibility of theft, or an acci-                                         Pushing the switch twice within 3 seconds
dent. (See “If you lose your wireless re-                                           unlocks all the doors simultaneously. Each
mote control transmitter” on page 230 in                                            time the “UNLOCK” switch is pushed, the
Section 4.)                                                                         turn signal lights will flash twice.

 This complies with Part 15 of the FCC                                              When the doors are unlocked, the interior
 rules. Operation is subject to the follow-                                         light comes on and remains on for about
 ing two conditions:                                                                15 seconds before fading out. (For further
                                                                                    information, see “Interior light” on page 93
 (1) This device may not cause harmful                                              in Section 1−5.)
 interference, and (2) this device must
 accept any interference received, includ-                                          You have 30 seconds to open a door after
 ing interference that may cause unde-                                              using the wireless remote unlock feature.
 sired operation.                                                                   If a door is not opened by then, all the
                                                                                    doors will be automatically locked again.

                                              Unlocking operation


                                                                                                                             15




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                             —Replacing transmitter
                                              —Activating panic mode                         battery
If the “LOCK” or “UNLOCK” switch is kept                                                    For replacement, use a CR2032 lithium
pressed in, the locking or unlocking opera-                                                 battery or equivalent.
tion is not repeated. Release the switch
and then push again.                                                                                        CAUTION

                                                                                             Special care should be taken to pre-
                                                                                             vent small children from swallowing
                                                                                             the removed transmitter battery or
                                                                                             components.


                                                                                                             NOTICE
                                                                                             z When replacing the transmitter bat-
                                              Pushing the “PANIC” switch blows the             tery, be careful not to lose the com-
                                              horn intermittently and flashes the              ponents.
                                              headlights, tail lights, turn signal lights    z Replace only with the same or
                                              and interior light.                              equivalent type recommended by a
                                              The “PANIC” mode is used to deter ve-            Toyota dealer.
                                              hicle theft when you witness anyone at-        z Dispose of used batteries according
                                              tempting to break into or damage your            to the local laws.
                                              vehicle.
                                              The alarm will last for one minute. To stop   Replace the transmitter battery by follow-
                                              the alarm midway, push any switch on the      ing these procedures:
                                              transmitter or turn the ignition key from
                                              the “LOCK” to “ON” position.
                                              The “PANIC” mode does not work when
                                              the ignition key is in the “ON” position.



16




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




1. Using a coin or equivalent, open the   2. Remove the discharged transmitter bat-    3. Put in a new transmitter battery with
   transmitter case.                         tery.                                        positive (+) side up.
                                                                                      Close the transmitter case securely.
                                                                                      After replacing the battery, check that the
                                                                                      transmitter operates properly. If the trans-
                                                                                      mitter still does not operate properly, con-
                                                                                      tact your Toyota dealer.




                                                                                                                               17




                                                                                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                          Side doors—
                                                                                         When the doors are unlocked, the interior
               NOTICE
                                                                                         light comes on and remains on for about
z Do not bend the terminals.                                                             15 seconds before fading out. (For further
                                                                                         information, see “Interior light” on page 93
z Make sure the positive side and
                                                                                         in Section 1−5.)
  negative side of the transmitter bat-
  tery are faced correctly.
z Do not replace the battery with wet
  hands. Water may cause unexpected
  rust.
z Do not touch or move any compo-
  nents inside the transmitter, or it
  may interfere with proper operation.
z Be careful not to bend the electrode
                                          LOCKING AND UNLOCKING WITH KEY
  when inserting the transmitter bat-
  tery and that dust or oils do not       Insert the key into the keyhole and turn
  adhere to the transmitter case.         it.
z Close the transmitter case securely.    To lock: Turn the key forward.
                                          To unlock: Turn the key backward.
                                          Vehicles with power door lock system—
                                          All the doors lock and unlock simulta-
                                          neously with either front door. In the driv-
                                          er’s door lock, turning the key once will
                                          unlock the driver’s door and twice in suc-
                                          cession will unlock all the doors simulta-
                                          neously.




18




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                            CAUTION

                                             Do not pull the inside handle of the
                                             front doors while driving. The doors
                                             will open and an accident may occur.
                                             Toyota strongly recommends that all
                                             children be placed in the rear seat of
                                             the vehicle.

                                            Closing the door with the lock knob in the
                                            lock position will also lock the door. Be
                                            careful not to lock your keys in the ve-
                                            hicle.                                         Driver’s side
LOCKING   AND    UNLOCKING           WITH   Vehicles with power door lock system—
INSIDE LOCK KNOB                            Doors cannot be locked when either front
Move the lock knob.                         door is open and the key is in the igni-
To lock: Push the knob forward.             tion.
To unlock: Pull the knob backward.
The front doors can be opened by pulling
the inside handle even if the lock knobs
are in the locked position.




                                                                                           Passenger’s side


                                                                                                                                19




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




LOCKING  AND  UNLOCKING                WITH
POWER DOOR LOCK SWITCH                                                                                       CAUTION
Push the switch.
                                                                                              Before driving, be sure that the doors
To lock: Push the switch down on the                                                          are closed and locked, especially
front side.                                                                                   when small children are in the ve-
To unlock: Push the switch down on the                                                        hicle. Along with the proper use of
rear side.                                                                                    seat belts, locking the doors helps
Operating the switch simultaneously locks                                                     prevent the driver and passengers
or unlocks all the doors.                                                                     from being thrown out from the ve-
                                                                                              hicle in an accident. It also helps pre-
If you do either of the following, no door
                                                                                              vent the doors from being opened
can be unlocked with the power door lock                                                      unintentionally.
switch.
D Lock all the doors with the key or wire-      REAR DOOR CHILD−PROTECTORS
     less remote control transmitter when all
     the doors are closed.                      Move the lock lever to the “LOCK”
                                                position as shown on the label.
D Open the driver’s door or front passen-
     ger’s door and move the inside lock        When the child−protector is locked, you
     knobs of both front doors to the lock      cannot open the rear door by the inside
     position, then close the front doors.      door handle. We recommend using this
                                                feature whenever small children are in the
The power door lock switch can be reset
                                                vehicle.
in the following ways.
D Turn the ignition key to “ON”.
D Unlock all the doors with the key or
     wireless remote control transmitter.
D Unlock the driver’s door or front pas-
     senger’s door with the inside lock
     knob, and then unlock all the doors
     with the power door lock switch.

20




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Automatic door locking and
unlocking functions
Vehicles with automatic transmission          D Mode 4—Automatic locking and un-             5. The interior light will flash to indicate
and power door lock system—You can              locking linked with the shift position          that the mode has been changed.
select the following modes of the               and ignition switch                         The flashing of the interior light indicates
automatic   locking  and   unlocking            Locking function—All doors are auto-        the mode which has been selected.
functions.                                      matically locked when the selector le-       D Flashing  once,  the       function   has
D Mode 1—Automatic locking linked               ver is moved out of the “P” position           changed to mode 1.
  with the shift position                       with the ignition switch in the “ON”
                                                position and all doors are closed.           D Flashing  twice, the       function   has
  All doors are automatically locked when                                                      changed to mode 2.
  the selector lever is moved out of the        Unlocking function—All doors are auto-
  “P” position with the ignition switch in      matically unlocked when the ignition         D Flashing three times, the function has
  the “ON” position and all the doors are       switch is turned from the “ON” position        changed to mode 3.
  closed.                                       to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.             D Flashing four times, the function has
D Mode 2—Functions cancelled                  CHANGING THE MODE                                changed to mode 4.

  Automatic door locking and unlocking        The mode toggles through from mode            If the battery is disconnected or run down,
  functions do not activate in this mode.     1 to mode 4. To change the mode, do           the mode may change. Set the desired
                                              the following:                                mode by following the above procedure.
D Mode 3—Automatic locking and un-
  locking linked with the shift position      1. Set the interior light switch to the
  Locking function—All doors are auto-           “DOOR” position. (See “Interior light”
  matically locked when the selector le-         on page 93 in Section 1−5.)
  ver is moved out of the “P” position        2. Shift the selector lever into the “P”
  with the ignition switch in the “ON”           position and close all doors.
  position and all doors are closed.          3. Turn the ignition switch to the “ON”
  Unlocking function—All doors are auto-         position.
  matically unlocked when the selector        4. Within 5 seconds      after the ignition
  lever is moved to the “P” position with        switch is turned to   the “ON” position,
  the ignition switch in the “ON” position.      push and hold the      power door lock
                                                 switch on the front    side for about 5
                                                 seconds.

                                                                                                                                      21




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                          ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Power windows
                                  The windows can be operated with the
                                  switch on each door. The passengers’                          CAUTION
                                  windows can also be controlled by the
                                  switches on the driver’s door.                 To avoid serious personal injury, you
                                                                                 must do the following.
                                  The power windows work when the ignition
                                  switch is in the “ON” position.                D Before you close the power win-
                    Window lock                                                    dows, always make sure there is
                                  Normal operation: The window moves as
                    switch                                                         nobody around the power windows.
                                  long as you hold the switch.
                                                                                   You must also make sure the
                                  To open: Push down the switch.                   heads, hands and other parts of the
                                  To close: Pull up the switch.                    bodies of all occupants are kept
                                  If you push in the window lock switch on         completely inside the vehicle. If
                                  the driver’s door, the passengers’ windows       someone’s neck, head or hands get
Driver’s door                     cannot be operated.                              caught in a closing window, it
                                                                                   could result in death or serious in-
                                  Automatic operation (to open the driv-           jury. When anyone closes the power
                                  er’s window): Push the switch completely
                                                                                   windows, make sure he or she op-
                                  down and then release it. The window will        erates the windows safely.
                                  fully open. To stop the window partway,
                                  lightly pull the switch up and then release    D When small children are in the ve-
                                  it.                                              hicle, never let them use the power
                                                                                   window switches without supervi-
                                                                                   sion. Use the window lock switch to
                                                                                   prevent them from making unex-
                                                                                   pected use of the switches.
                                                                                 D Be sure to remove the ignition key
                                                                                   when you leave your vehicle.



Passengers’ doors


22




                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                          Trunk lid—

D Never leave anyone (particularly a                                                                     CAUTION
 small child) alone in your vehicle,
 especially with the ignition key still                                                   Keep the trunk lid closed while driv-
 inserted. Otherwise, he/she could                                                        ing. This not only keeps the luggage
 use the power window switches and                                                        from being thrown out but also pre-
 get trapped in a window. Unat-                                                           vents exhaust gases from entering
 tended person (particularly a small                                                      the vehicle.
 child) can be involved in a serious
 accident.




                                          To open the trunk lid from the outside,
                                          insert the master key and turn it clock-
                                          wise.
                                          See “—Stowage precautions” on page 194
                                          in Section 2 for precautions when loading
                                          luggage.
                                          To close the trunk lid, lower it and press
                                          down on it. After closing the trunk lid, try
                                          pulling it up to make sure it is securely
                                          closed.




                                                                                                                               23




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                           —Lock release lever
—Lock release lever                        cancelling system                                 —Internal trunk release handle




To open the trunk lid from the driver’s    After closing the trunk lid, insert the          If a person is locked in the trunk,
seat, pull up on the lock release lever.   master key and turn it counterclockwise          he/she can pull down the phosphores-
                                           to deactivate the lock release lever.            cent handle on the inside of trunk lid
                                           After closing the trunk lid, try pulling it up   to open the trunk lid.
                                           to make sure it is securely locked.              The phosphorescent (glow−in−the−dark)
                                                                                            handle will continue to glow for a time
                                                                                            after the trunk lid is closed. Exposing the
                                                                                            handle to stronger light will cause it to
                                                                                            glow longer.




24




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                        Toyota vehicle intrusion
                                        protection system (TVIP)

             CAUTION

D Always lock the trunk lid and all
 doors, and keep away the vehicle
 keys out of children’s reach.
D Never leave children unattended in
 the vehicle. Unsupervised children
 may lock themselves in the vehicle
 or trunk and suffer serious injuries
 or death.



                                        TVIP is a theft deterrent system. If   SETTING THE SYSTEM
                                        someone attempts to damage or break    You can set the system as follows.
                                        into your vehicle, the system sounds
                                        the alarm while flashing the lights.    1. Remove    the   key   from   the   ignition
                                                                                   switch.
                                                                               The indicator light will start flashing when
                                                                               the key is removed from the ignition
                                                                               switch. (See “Engine immobilizer system”
                                                                               on page 12 for details.)
                                                                                2. Have all passengers get out of the
                                                                                   vehicle.
                                                                                3. Close all the doors and trunk lid secu-
                                                                                   rely.




                                                                                                                          25




                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




4. Lock all the doors with the key or wire-   The system detects a threat under any of        Reactivating the alarm
   less remote control transmitter. At this   the following conditions:                       Once set, until you cancel the system, the
   time, the TVIP indicator light comes       D Either of the front doors is unlocked by      system automatically resets the alarm af-
   on.                                           means other than the key or wireless         ter the alarm has stopped.
     The system will be set in 30 seconds.       remote control transmitter.                  The alarm will activate again under the
     When the system is set, the indicator       If the key is not in the ignition switch,    same circumstances described in “Activat-
     light will start to flashing again.         all the doors will be automatically          ing the alarm”.
5. Make sure that the indicator light            locked again.                                Stopping the alarm
   flashes. Then you may leave the ve-        D Any of the doors or trunk lid are forci-      You can stop the alarm in either of the
   hicle.                                        bly opened.                                  following ways:
Never leave anyone in the vehicle when
you set the system because unlocking
                                                 The alarm will activate when the trunk        D Unlock any of the doors with the key
                                                 lid is opened with a key. Cancel the            or wireless remote control transmitter.
from the inside activates the alarm.             system before opening the trunk lid.
                                                                                               D Place the ignition switch in the “ON”
Activating the alarm                          D The side windows are tapped or bro-              position.
If the system detects a threat to the            ken.
                                                                                              CANCELLING THE SYSTEM
vehicle, it sounds the alarm for one          D The battery terminal is disconnected
minute while flashing headlights and             and then reconnected.                        You can cancel the system as described
turn signal lights.                                                                           in “Stopping the alarm”.
                                              D The ignition is hotwired.
At this time, the interior light also turns                                                   If you cancel the system by unlocking any
on when the interior light switch is in the   After one minute, the alarm automatically       of the doors but no door is opened within
“DOOR” position. (See “Interior light” on     stops and the indicator light starts flashing   30 seconds, all the doors lock automati-
page 93 in Section 1−5.)                      again.                                          cally and the system will be set again.




26




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                              Hood
TESTING THE SYSTEM
You can check the system operation as
follows.
1. Open all the windows.
2. Set the system as described           in
   “SETTING THE SYSTEM”.
3. Unlock the driver’s door with the inside
   lock knob. The system should activate
   and the alarm should sound.
4. Stop the alarm as described in “Stop-
   ping the alarm”.
5. Repeat steps 2 to 4 for the other
   doors. (For rear doors, unlock and then    To open the hood:                            2. In front of the vehicle, pull up the
   open the doors as described in step 3.)    1. Pull the hood lock release lever. The        auxiliary catch lever and lift the
If the system does not work properly,            hood will spring up slightly.                hood.
have it checked by your Toyota dealer.
                                                             CAUTION

                                              Before driving, be sure that the hood
                                              is closed and securely locked. Other-
                                              wise, the hood may open unexpected-
                                              ly while driving and an accident may
                                              occur.




                                                                                                                                27




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                              Fuel tank cap

                                                            CAUTION

                                             After inserting the support rod into
                                             the slot, make sure the rod supports
                                             the hood securely from falling down
                                             on to your head or body.


                                                            NOTICE
                                             Be sure to return the      support rod to
                                             its clip before closing   the hood. Clos-
                                             ing the hood with the     support rod up
                                             could cause the hood      to bend.
3. Hold the hood open by inserting the                                                       This indicates that the fuel filler door
   support rod into the slot.                                                                is on the left side of your vehicle.
To insert the support rod into the slot,
move it straight up. If it is moved to the
side or toward the inside of the vehicle,
it may become detached.
Before closing the hood, check to see that
you have not forgotten any tools, rags,
etc. and return the support rod to its
clip—this prevents rattles. Then lower the
hood and make sure it locks into place.
If necessary, press down gently on the
front edge to lock it.




28




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                                        CAUTION

                                                                                         D Make sure the cap is installed se-
                                                                                           curely to prevent fuel spillage in
                                                                                           the event of an accident.
                                                                                         D Use only a genuine Toyota fuel tank
                                                                                           cap for replacement. It is designed
                                                                                           to regulate fuel tank pressure.




1. To open the fuel filler door, pull the   2. To remove the fuel tank cap, turn
   lever up.                                   the cap slowly counterclockwise,
  When refueling, turn off the engine.         then pause slightly before removing
                                               it. After removing the cap, hang it
                                               on the cap hanger.
               CAUTION
                                            It is not unusual to hear a slight swoosh
D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-         when the cap is opened. When installing,
  low open flames when refueling.           turn the cap clockwise till you hear a
  The fumes are flammable.                  click.
D When opening the cap, do not re-          If the cap is not installed securely, the
  move the cap quickly. In hot weath-       malfunction indicator lamp comes on.
  er, fuel under pressure could cause       Make sure the cap is tightened securely.
  injury by spraying out of the filler      The indicator lamp goes off after driving
  neck if the cap is suddenly re-           several times. If the indicator lamp does
  moved.                                    not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
                                            soon as possible.

                                                                                                                              29




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Electric moon roof
                     To operate the moon roof, use the
                     switches beside the personal light.                            CAUTION
                     The moon roof works when the ignition
                                                                     To avoid serious personal injury, you
                     switch is in the “ON” position.
                                                                     must do the following.
                     The sun shade can be opened or closed
                                                                     D While the vehicle is moving, always
                     by hand.                                          keep the heads, hands and other
                     Sliding operation—                                parts of the bodies of all occupants
                     To open: Push the switch on the rear              away from the roof opening. Other-
                     side.                                             wise, they could be seriously in-
                                                                       jured if the vehicle stops suddenly
                     The sun shade will be opened together
                                                                       or if the vehicle is involved in an
                     with the roof.                                    accident.
                     To close: Push the switch on the front
Sliding operation                                                    D Before you close the moon roof,
                     side.                                             always make sure there is nobody
                     As a precaution when closing, the roof            around the moon roof. You must
                     stops at the half closed position before          also make sure nobody places his
                     fully closing. Therefore, release the switch      or her head, hands and other parts
                     and then push it again to close it com-           of the body in the roof opening. If
                     pletely.                                          someone’s neck, head or hands get
                     Tilting operation—                                caught in the closing roof, it could
                                                                       result in death or serious injury.
                     To tilt up: Push the switch on the “UP”           When anyone closes the moon roof,
                     side.                                             first make sure it is safe to do so.
                     To lower: Push the switch on the opposite
                     side of the “UP” side.                          D Be sure to remove the ignition key
                                                                       when you leave your vehicle.
                     You may stop the moon roof at any de-
                     sired position. The roof will move while
                     the switch is being pushed and stop when
Tilting operation    released.


30




                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                          ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




D Never leave anyone (particularly a
 small child) alone in your vehicle,
 especially with the ignition key still
 inserted. Otherwise, he/she could
 use the moon roof switches and get
 trapped in the roof opening. Unat-
 tended person (particularly a small
 child) can be involved in a serious
 accident.
D Never sit on top of the vehicle
 around the roof opening.




                                                                                                31




                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




32




                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                               SECTION                              1− 3
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Occupant restraint systems
Seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   34
Front seats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       34
Fold−down rear seat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               37
Head restraints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         38
Seat belts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    39
SRS airbags . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         47
Child restraint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       66




                                                                                                                         33




                                              2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                               Front seats—
Seats                                          —Front seat precautions
While the vehicle is being driven, all ve-     Driver seat
hicle occupants should have the seatback                                                       D Slightly recline the back of the
upright, sit well back in the seat and prop-                  CAUTION                            seat. Although vehicle designs vary,
erly wear the seat belts provided.                                                               many drivers can achieve the 250
                                                The SRS driver airbag deploys with               mm (10 in.) distance, even with the
                 CAUTION                        considerable force, and can cause                driver seat all the way forward, sim-
                                                death or serious injury especially if            ply by reclining the back of the
 D Do not drive the vehicle unless the          the driver is very close to the airbag.          seat somewhat. If reclining the back
     occupants are properly seated. Do          The National Highway Traffic Safety              of your seat makes it hard to see
     not allow any passengers to sit on         Administration (“NHTSA”) advises:                the road, raise yourself by using a
     top of a folded−down seatback, or                                                           firm, non−slippery cushion, or raise
                                                Since the risk zone for driver airbag            the seat if your vehicle has that
     in the luggage compartment or car-         is the first 50—75 mm (2—3 in.) of
     go area. Persons not properly                                                               feature.
                                                inflation, placing yourself 250 mm (10
     seated and/or not properly re-             in.) from your driver airbag provides          D If your steering wheel is adjustable,
     strained by seat belts can be se-          you with a clear margin of safety.               tilt it downward. This points the air-
     verely injured in the event of emer-       This distance is measured from the               bag toward your chest instead of
     gency braking or a collision.              center of the steering wheel to your             your head and neck.
 D During driving, do not allow any             breastbone. If you sit less than 250           The seat should be adjusted as rec-
     passengers to stand up or move             mm (10 in.) away now, you can                  ommended by NHTSA above, while
     around between seats. Otherwise,           change your driving position in sever-         still maintaining control of the foot
     severe injuries can occur in the           al ways:                                       pedals, steering wheel, and your view
     event of emergency braking or a            D Move your seat to the rear as far            of the instrument panel controls.
     collision.                                   as you can while still reaching the
                                                  pedals comfortably.




34




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                            —Seat adjustment precautions
Front passenger seat                       Front seats (with SRS side airbags)
                                                                                                           CAUTION
               CAUTION                                    CAUTION
                                                                                            D Do not adjust the seat while the
 The SRS front passenger airbag also        The SRS side airbags are installed in             vehicle is moving as the seat may
 deploys with considerable force, and       the driver and front passenger seats.             unexpectedly move and cause the
 can cause death or serious injury es-      Observe the following precautions.                driver to lose control of the vehicle.
 pecially if the front passenger is very    D Do not lean against the front door            D Be careful that the seat does not
 close to the airbag. The front passen-      when the vehicle is in use, since                hit a passenger or luggage.
 ger seat should be as far from the          the side airbag inflates with consid-          D After adjusting the seat position, re-
 airbag as possible with the seatback        erable speed and force. Otherwise,               lease the lever and try sliding the
 adjusted, so the front passenger sits       you may be killed or seriously in-               seat forward and backward to make
 upright.                                    jured.                                           sure it is locked in position.
                                            D Do not use seat accessories which             D After adjusting the seatback, push
                                             cover the area where the side air-               your body back against the seat to
                                             bags inflate. Such accessories may               make sure the seat is locked in
                                             prevent the side airbags from acti-              position.
                                             vating correctly, causing death or             D Do not put objects under the seats.
                                             serious injury.                                  Otherwise, the objects may interfere
                                            D Do not modify or replace the seats              with the seat−lock mechanism or
                                             or upholstery of the seats with side             unexpectedly push up the seat posi-
                                             airbags. Such change may prevent                 tion adjusting lever and the seat
                                             the side airbag system from activat-             may suddenly move, causing the
                                             ing correctly, disable the system or             driver to lose control of the vehicle.
                                             cause the side airbags to inflate ac-
                                             cidentally, resulting in death or seri-
                                             ous injury.




                                                                                                                                  35




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                          ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                          —Adjusting front seats
                                                                           1. SEAT POSITION ADJUSTING LEVER
D While adjusting the seat, do not put
                                                                          Hold the center of the lever and pull it
     your hands under the seat or near
                                                                          up. Then slide the seat to the desired
     the moving parts. Otherwise, your
     hands or fingers may be caught and                                   position with slight body pressure and
                                                                          release the lever.
     injured.
                                                                           2. SEAT CUSHION HEIGHT ADJUSTING
                                                                              LEVER
                                                                          Pull up or push down the lever.
                                                                           3. SEATBACK      ANGLE       ADJUSTING
                                                                              LEVER
                                                                          Lean forward and pull the lever up.
                                                                          Then lean back to the desired angle
                                                                          and release the lever.




36




                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                          Fold−down rear seat

              CAUTION

Avoid reclining the seatback any
more than needed. The seat belts pro-
vide maximum protection in a frontal
or rear collision when the driver and
the front passenger are sitting up
straight and well back in the seats. If
you are reclined, the lap belt may
slide past your hips and apply re-
straint forces directly to the abdomen
or your neck may contact the shoul-
der belt. In the event of a frontal
collision, the more the seat is re-       FOLDING DOWN REAR SEAT                     2. Fold down the seatback.
clined, the greater the risk of death
or personal injury.                       1. To unlock the seatback, pull the le-   Each seatback can be folded separately.
                                             ver in the trunk.                      This will enlarge the trunk as far as the
                                                                                    seatbacks. See “—Stowage precautions”
                                                                                    on page 194 in Section 2 for precautions
                                                                                    when loading luggage.

                                                                                                     NOTICE
                                                                                     Make sure the luggage loaded in the
                                                                                     enlarged trunk will not damage the
                                                                                     webbing of the rear center seat belt
                                                                                     when the right seatback is folded
                                                                                     down.




                                                                                                                          37




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                     Head restraints

                                                     CAUTION

                                       When returning the seatback to the
                                       upright position, observe the follow-
                                       ing precautions in order to prevent
                                       personal injury in a collision or sud-
                                       den stop:
                                       D Make sure the seatback is securely
                                        locked by pushing forward and rear-
                                        ward on the top of the seatback.
                                        Failure to do so will prevent the
                                        seat belt from operating properly.
                                       D Make sure the seat belts are not            Front
BEFORE RETURNING REAR SEAT              twisted or caught in the seatback
Make sure the shoulder belt pass        and are arranged in the proper
through the guide when returning the    position and are ready to use.
seatback up.




                                                                                     Rear


38




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             Seat belts—
                                             —Seat belt precautions
For your safety and comfort, adjust the      Toyota strongly urges that the driver and       Do not allow any children to stand up or
head restraint before driving.               passengers in the vehicle be properly re-       kneel on either rear or front seats. An
To raise: Pull it up.                        strained at all times with the seat belts       unrestrained child could suffer serious in-
To lower: Push it down while pressing the    provided. Failure to do so could increase       jury or death during emergency braking or
lock release button.                         the chance of injury and/or the severity of     a collision. Also, do not let the child sit
                                             injury in accidents.                            on your lap. Holding a child in your arms
Rear seat—When an occupant sits on the                                                       does not provide sufficient restraint.
center seat, always pull up the head re-     The seat belts provided for your vehicle
straint to the lock position.                are designed for people of adult size,          Pregnant woman. Toyota recommends the
                                             large enough to properly wear them.             use of a seat belt. Ask your doctor for
The head restraint is most effective when                                                    specific recommendations. The lap belt
it is close to your head. Therefore, using   Child. Use a child restraint system ap-
                                             propriate for the child until the child be-     should be worn securely and as low as
a cushion on the seatback is not recom-                                                      possible over the hips and not on the
mended.                                      comes large enough to properly wear the
                                             vehicle’s seat belts. See “Child restraint”     waist.
                                             on page 66 in this Section for details.         Injured person. Toyota recommends the
                CAUTION
                                             If a child is too large for a child restraint   use of a seat belt. Depending on the inju-
 D Adjust the center of the head re-         system, the child should sit in the rear        ry, first check with your doctor for specific
                                             seat and must be restrained using the           recommendations.
   straint so that it is closest to the
   top of your ears.                         vehicle’s seat belt. According to accident
 D After adjusting the head restraint,       statistics, the child is safer when properly
   make sure it is locked in position.       restrained in the rear seat than in the
                                             front seat.
 D Do not drive with the head re-
                                             If a child must sit in the front seat, the
   straints removed.
                                             seat belts should be worn properly. If an
                                             accident occurs and the seat belts are not
                                             worn properly, the force of the rapid infla-
                                             tion of the airbag may cause death or
                                             serious injury to the child.




                                                                                                                                      39




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                            —Fastening front and rear
                                                                                            seat belts

                 CAUTION                     D Be careful not to damage the belt
                                              webbing or hardware. Take care that                      Tab
Persons should ride in their seats            they do not get caught or pinched
properly wearing their seat belts             in the seat or doors.
whenever the vehicle is moving.              D Inspect the belt system periodically.
Otherwise, they are much more likely          Check for cuts, fraying, and loose
to suffer serious bodily injury or            parts. Damaged parts should be re-
death in the event of sudden braking          placed. Do not disassemble or
or a collision.                               modify the system.                                                         Buckle
When using the seat belts, observe           D Keep the belts clean and dry. If
the following:                                they need cleaning, use a mild soap
D Use the belt for only one person at         solution or lukewarm water. Never
     a time. Do not use a single belt for     use bleach, dye, or abrasive clean-
     two or more people—even children.        ers, or allow them to come into              Adjust the seat as needed and sit       up
                                              contact with the belts—they may              straight and well back in the seat.     To
D Avoid reclining the seatback any                                                         fasten your belt, pull it out of the    re-
     more than needed. The seat belts         severely weaken the belts. (See
                                              “Cleaning the interior” on page 235          tractor and insert the tab into        the
     provide maximum protection in a                                                       buckle.
     frontal or rear collision when the       in Section 5.)
     driver and the front passenger are      D Replace the belt assembly (includ-          You will hear a click when the tab locks
     sitting up straight and well back in     ing bolts) if it has been used in a          into the buckle.
     the seats. If you are reclined, the      severe impact. The entire assembly           The seat belt length automatically adjusts
     lap belt may slide past your hips        should be replaced even if damage            to your size and the seat position.
     and apply restraint forces directly      is not obvious.                              The retractor will lock the belt during a
     to the abdomen or your neck may                                                       sudden stop or on impact. It also may
     contact the shoulder belt. In the                                                     lock if you lean forward too quickly. A
     event of a frontal collision, the                                                     slow, easy motion will allow the belt to
     more the seat is reclined, the great-                                                 extend, and you can move around freely.
     er the risk of death or personal in-
     jury.

40




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




When a passenger’s shoulder belt is com-
pletely extended and is then retracted                                                                           CAUTION
even slightly, the belt is locked in that                                      Take up
position and cannot be extended. This fea-                                     slack              D Both high−positioned lap belts and
ture is used to hold the child restraint                                                            loose−fitting belts could cause seri-
system securely. (For details, see “Child                                                           ous injuries due to sliding under
                                                                         Too high
restraint” on page 66 in this Section.) To                                                          the lap belt during a collision or
free the belt again, fully retract the belt                                                         other unintended event. Keep the
and then pull the belt out once more.                                                               lap belt positioned as low on hips
                                                                                                    as possible.
If the seat belt cannot be pulled out of the
retractor, firmly pull the belt and release         Keep as low on                                D Do not place the shoulder belt un-
it. You will then be able to smoothly pull          hips as possible                                der your arm.
the belt out of the retractor.

                CAUTION                        Adjust the position       of   the     lap and
                                               shoulder belts.
 D After inserting the tab, make sure          Position the lap belt as low as        possible
   the tab and buckle are locked and           on your hips—not on your waist,        then ad-
   that the belt is not twisted.               just it to a snug fit by pulling the   shoulder
 D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in         portion upward through the latch       plate.
   the buckle as this may prevent you
   from properly latching the tab and
   buckle.
 D If the seat belt does not function
   normally, immediately contact your
   Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
   until the seat belt is fixed, because
   it cannot protect an adult occupant
   or your child from death or serious
   injury.

                                                                                                                                       41




                                                                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                         CAUTION

                                            Always make sure the shoulder belt
                                            is positioned across the center of
                                            your shoulder. The belt should be
                                            kept away from your neck, but not
                                            falling off your shoulder. Failure to
                                            do so could reduce the amount of
                                            protection in an accident and cause
                                            serious injures in a collision.




Seat belts with an adjustable shoulder                                                  To release the belt, press the buckle
anchor—                                                                                 release button and allow the belt to
Adjust the shoulder anchor position to                                                  retract.
your size.                                                                              If the belt does not retract smoothly, pull
To raise: Slide the anchor up.                                                          it out and check for kinks or twists. Then
To lower: Push in the lock release button                                               make sure it remains untwisted as it re-
and slide the anchor down.                                                              tracts.

After adjustment, make sure the anchor is
locked in position.




42




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Seat belt extender
If your seat belts cannot be fastened se-
curely because they are not long enough,                                                      D Make sure the front passenger oc-
a personalized seat belt extender is avail-                                                     cupant classification indicator light
able from your Toyota dealer free of                                                            indicates “ON” when using the seat
charge.                                                                                         belt extender for the front passen-
                                                                                                ger seat. If the indicator light indi-
Please contact your local Toyota dealer to                                                      cates “OFF”, disconnect the extend-
order the proper required length for the                                                        er tongue from the seat belt buckle,
extender. Bring the heaviest coat you ex-                                                       then reconnect the seat belt. Recon-
pect to wear for proper measurement and                                                         nect the seat belt extender after
selection of length. Additional ordering in-                                                    making sure the indicator light indi-
formation is available at your Toyota deal-                                                     cates “ON”. If you use the seat belt
er.                                                                                             extender while the indicator light
                                                                                                indicates “OFF”, the front passen-
                CAUTION                                                                         ger airbag and side airbag on the
                                               D If the seat belt extender has been             front passenger side may not acti-
 When using the seat belt extender,             connected to the driver’s seat belt             vate correctly, which could cause
 observe the following precautions.             buckle without wearing the seat belt            death or serious injury in the event
 Failure to follow these instructions           when using the extender in the                  of collision.
 could reduce the effectiveness of the          driver’s seat, the SRS driver’s air-          D Be sure to wear the seat belt with-
 seat belt restraint system in case of          bag system will judge that the driv-            out the seat belt extender if you
 an accident, increasing the chance of          er wears the seat belt even if not              can fasten the seat belt without the
 personal injury.                               wearing it. In this case, the driver’s          extender.
 D Remember that the extender pro-              airbag may not activate correctly,
   vided for you may not be safe when           causing death or serious injury in
   used on a different vehicle, for             the event of collision. Be sure to
   another person, or at a different            wear the seat belt with the seat belt
   seating position than the one origi-         extender.
   nally intended.




                                                                                                                                    43




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                         As far as the seat belt extender on the
D Do not use the seat belt extender                                                      front passenger side is concerned, do not
     when installing a child restraint                                                   fail to disconnect the extender from the
     system on the front or rear passen-                                                 seat belt after the above operation in or-
     ger seat. If installing a child re-                                                 der to activate the front passenger airbag
     straint system with the seat belt                                                   correctly when getting into the vehicle
     extender connected to the seat belt,                                                next time.
     the seat belt will not securely hold
     the child restraint system, which                                                   When not in use, remove the extender
     could cause death or serious injury                                                 and store in the vehicle for future use.
     to the child or other passengers in
     the event of collision.                                                                             CAUTION

                                                                                          D After inserting the tab, make sure
                                                                                            the tab and buckle are locked and
                                            To connect the extender to the seat             that the lap and shoulder portions
                                            belt, insert the tab into the seat belt         of the belt and the seat belt extend-
                                            buckle so that the “PRESS” signs on             er are not twisted.
                                            the buckle release buttons of the ex-
                                            tender and the seat belt are both facing      D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
                                            outward as shown.                               the buckle as this may prevent you
                                                                                            from properly latching the tab and
                                            You will hear a click when the tab locks        buckle.
                                            into the buckle.
                                                                                          D If the seat belt does not function
                                            When releasing the seat belt, press on          normally, immediately contact your
                                            the buckle release button on the extender,      Toyota dealer. Do not use the seat
                                            not on the seat belt. This helps prevent        until the seat belt is fixed, because
                                            damage to the vehicle interior and extend-      it cannot protect an adult occupant
                                            er itself.                                      or your child from injury.




44




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Seat belt pretensioners
                                           The front passenger’s seat belt pretension-
                                           er will not activate if no passenger is
                                           detected in the front passenger seat by
                                           the front passenger occupant classification
                                           system. However, the front passenger’s
                                           seat belt pretensioner may activate if lug-
                                           gage is put on the seat, or the seat belt
                                           is buckled up regardless of the presence
                                           of an occupant in the seat. (As for the
                                           front passenger occupant classification
                                           system, see “—Front passenger occupant
                                           classification system” on page 62 in this
                                           Section.)
                                           The seat belt pretensioners and SRS air-
The driver and front passenger seat        bags may not operate together in all colli-   The seat belt pretensioner system con-
belt pretensioners are designed to be      sions.                                        sists mainly of the following components
activated in response to a severe fron-                                                  and their locations are shown in the il-
tal impact.                                                                              lustration.
When the sensor detects a severe frontal                                                  1. Front airbag sensors
impact, the front seat belts are quickly
                                                                                          2. Front passenger occupant classification
drawn back by the retractors so that the
                                                                                             indicator light
belts snugly restrain the occupants.
                                                                                          3. Front passenger occupant classification
                                                                                             system (ECU and sensors)
                                                                                          4. Seat belt pretensioner assemblies
                                                                                          5. Front passenger’s      seat   belt   buckle
                                                                                             switch
                                                                                          6. Airbag sensor assembly
                                                                                          7. SRS warning light


                                                                                                                                     45




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




The seat belt pretensioners are controlled
                                                            NOTICE
by the airbag sensor assembly. The airbag
sensor assembly consists of a safing sen-    Do not perform any of the following
sor and airbag sensor.                       changes without      consulting your
When the seat belt pretensioners are acti-   Toyota dealer. Such changes can
vated, an operating noise may be heard       interfere with proper operation of the
and a small amount of non−toxic gas may      seat belt pretensioners in some
be released. This does not indicate that     cases.
a fire is occurring. This gas is normally    z Installation of electronic devices
harmless.                                      such as a mobile two−way radio,
Once the seat belt pretensioners have          cassette tape player or compact
been activated, the seat belt retractors       disc player
remain locked.                               z Repairs on or near the front seat
                                               belt retractor assemblies                  This indicator comes on when the igni-
                CAUTION
                                             z Modification of the suspension sys-        tion key is turned to the “ON” position.
                                               tem                                        It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
 Do not modify, remove, strike or open                                                    means the front seat belt pretensioners
 the seat belt pretensioner assemblies,      z Modification of the front end struc-
                                               ture                                       are operating properly.
 airbag sensor or surrounding area or
 wiring. Failure to follow these instruc-    z Attachment of a grille guard (bull
 tions may prevent the seat belt pre-          bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
 tensioners from activating correctly,         winches or any other equipment to
 cause sudden operation of the system          the front end
 or disable the system, which could          z Repairs made on or near the front
 result in death or serious injury. Con-       fenders, front end structure or con-
 sult your Toyota dealer about any re-         sole
 pair and modification.




46




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                                 SRS airbags—
                                                                                                 —SRS driver airbag and front
                                                                                                 passenger airbag
This warning light system monitors the
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-
sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-
er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front passenger occupant
classification system and indicator light,
front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,
seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflat-
ors, interconnecting wiring and power
sources. (For details, see “Service remind-
er indicators and warning buzzers” on
page 102 in Section 1−6.)
If any of the     following conditions occurs,
this indicates   a malfunction of the airbags    In the following cases, contact your Toyota    The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-
or seat belt     pretensioners. Contact your     dealer as soon as possible:                    tem) front airbags are designed to pro-
Toyota dealer    as soon as possible.            D The front of the vehicle (shaded in the      vide further protection for the driver
                                                                                                and front passenger in addition to the
D The light does not come on when the               illustration) was involved in an accident
                                                                                                primary safety protection provided by
   ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-         that was not severe enough to cause
                                                    the seat belt pretensioners to operate.     the seat belts.
   tion or remains on for more than 6
   seconds or flashes.                           D Either seat belt pretensioner assembly       Your vehicle is equipped with “ADVANCED
                                                                                                AIRBAGS” designed based on US motor
D The light comes on or starts flashing             or surrounding area is scratched,
                                                                                                vehicle safety standards (FMVSS208). The
   while driving.                                   cracked, or otherwise damaged.
                                                                                                airbag system controls airbag deployment
D If any seat belt does not retract or can                                                      power for the driver and front passenger.
   not be pulled out due to a malfunction                                                       The driver airbag system consists of the
   or activation of the relevant seat belt                                                      driver seat’s position sensor etc. The front
   pretensioner.                                                                                passenger’s airbag system consists of the
D The seat belt pretensioner assembly or                                                        front passenger occupant classification
   surrounding area has been damaged.                                                           sensor etc.


                                                                                                                                         47




                                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




In response to a severe frontal impact,
the SRS front airbags work with the seat                    CAUTION                          D Improperly seated and/or restrained
belts to help reduce injury by inflating.                                                      infants and children can be killed
The SRS front airbags help reduce injuries     D The SRS front airbag system is de-            or seriously injured by the deploy-
mainly to the driver’s or front passenger’s     signed only as a supplement to the             ing airbags. An infant or child who
head or chest caused by hitting the ve-         primary protection of the driver and           is too small to use a seat belt
hicle interior.                                 front passenger seat belt systems.             should be properly secured using a
                                                The driver and front passenger can             child    restraint  system.    Toyota
The SRS front passenger airbag will not
                                                be killed or seriously injured by the          strongly recommends that all in-
activate if there is no passenger sitting in
                                                inflating airbags if they do not wear          fants and children be placed in the
the front passenger seat. However, the                                                         rear seat of the vehicle and proper-
                                                the available seat belts properly.
front passenger airbag may deploy if lug-
                                                During sudden braking just before              ly restrained. The rear seat is the
gage is put in the seat, or the seat belt
                                                a collision, an unrestrained driver            safest for infants and children. For
is buckled up, regardless of the presence                                                      instructions concerning the installa-
                                                or front passenger can move for-
of an occupant in the seat. (As for the
                                                ward into direct contact with or               tion of a child restraint system, see
front passenger occupant classification
                                                close proximity to the airbag which            “Child restraint” on page 66 in this
system, see “—Front passenger occupant                                                         Section.
                                                may then deploy during the colli-
classification system” on page 62 in this
                                                sion. To ensure maximum protection
Section.)
                                                in an accident, the driver and all
Always wear your seat belt properly.            passengers in the vehicle must
                                                wear their seat belts properly. Wear-
                                                ing a seat belt properly during an
                                                accident reduces the chances of
                                                death or serious injury or being
                                                thrown out of the vehicle. For in-
                                                structions and precautions concern-
                                                ing the seat belt system, see “Seat
                                                belts” on page 39 in this Section.




48




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




The SRS front airbags are designed to
deploy in severe (usually frontal) colli-
sions where the magnitude and duration
of the forward deceleration of the ve-
                                                                                                      Hitting a curb,        Falling into or
hicle exceeds the designed threshold                                                                  edge of pavement       jumping over
level.                                                               Collision from the rear          or hard surface        a deep hole
The SRS front airbags will deploy if the
severity of the impact is above the de-
signed threshold level, comparable to an
approximate 25 km/h (15 mph) collision          Collision from the side
when the vehicle has the impact straight
into a fixed barrier that does not move or                                Vehicle rollover              Landing hard or vehicle falling
deform.
However, this threshold velocity will be
                                               The SRS front airbags are not generally             The SRS front airbags may also deploy
considerably higher if the vehicle strikes     designed to inflate if the vehicle is in-           if a serious impact occurs to the under-
an object, such as a parked vehicle or
                                               volved in a side or rear collision, if it           side of your vehicle. Some examples
sign pole, which can move or deform on
                                               rolls over, or if it is involved in a low−          are shown in the illustration.
impact, or if the vehicle is involved in an    speed frontal collision. But, whenever a
underride collision (e.g. a collision in
                                               collision of any type causes sufficient
which the front of the vehicle “underrides”,
                                               forward deceleration of the vehicle, de-
or goes under, the bed of a truck, etc.).      ployment of the SRS front airbags may
It is possible that in some collisions         occur.
where the forward deceleration of the ve-
hicle is very close to the designed thresh-
old level, the SRS front airbags and the
seat belt pretensioners may not activate
together.
Always wear your seat belts properly.



                                                                                                                                               49




                                                                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                          ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                  8. Airbag sensor assembly                      Deployment of the airbags happens in a
                                                  9. Airbag module for driver                    fraction of a second, so the airbags must
                                                     (airbag and inflator)                       inflate with considerable force. While the
                                                                                                 system is designed to reduce serious inju-
                                                 10. SRS warning light                           ries, primarily to the head and chest, it
                                                 The airbag sensor assembly consists of a        may also cause other, less severe injuries
                                                 safing sensor and airbag sensor.                to the face, chest, arms and hands. These
                                                 The front airbag sensors constantly moni-       are usually in the nature of minor burns
                                                 tor the forward deceleration of the vehicle.    or abrasions and swelling, but the force of
                                                 If an impact results in a forward decelera-     a deploying airbag can cause more seri-
                                                 tion beyond the designed threshold level,       ous injuries, especially if an occupant’s
                                                 the system triggers the airbag inflators. At    hands, arms, chest or head is in close
                                                 this time a chemical reaction in the infla-     proximity to the airbag module at the time
                                                 tors very quickly fills the airbags with        of deployment. This is why it is important
The SRS front airbag system consists             non−toxic gas to help restrain the forward      for the occupant to: avoid placing any
mainly of the following components, and          motion of the occupants. The front airbags      object or part of the body between the
their locations are shown in the illustra-       then quickly deflate, so that there is no       occupant and the airbag module; sit
tion.                                            obstruction of the driver’s vision should it    straight and well back into the seat; wear
                                                 be necessary to continue driving.               the available seat belt properly; and sit as
1. Front airbag sensors
                                                                                                 far as possible from the airbag module,
2. Front passenger occupant classification       When the airbags inflate, they produce a        while still maintaining control of the ve-
   indicator light                               loud noise and release some smoke and           hicle.
                                                 residue along with non−toxic gas. This
3. Airbag module for front passenger                                                             Parts of the airbag module (steering wheel
   (airbag and inflator)                         does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
                                                 remain inside the vehicle for some time,        hub, airbag cover and inflator) may be hot
4. Front passenger occupant classification       and may cause some minor irritation to          for several minutes after deployment, so
   system (ECU and sensors)                      the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to         do not touch! The airbags inflate only
                                                 wash off any residue as soon as possible        once. The windshield may be damaged by
5. Front passenger’s      seat   belt   buckle
                                                 to prevent any potential skin irritation with   absorbing some of the force of the inflat-
   switch
                                                 soap and water. If you can safely exit          ing airbag.
6. Driver’s seat belt buckle switch
                                                 from the vehicle, you should do so imme-
7. Driver’s seat position sensor                 diately.
50




                                                                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




             CAUTION

The driver or front passenger who is
too close to the steering wheel or
dashboard during airbag deployment
can be killed or seriously injured.
Toyota strongly recommends that:
D The driver sit as far back as pos-
 sible from the steering wheel while
 still maintaining control of the ve-
 hicle.
D The front passenger sit as far back
 as possible from the dashboard.
D All vehicle occupants be properly     D Do not sit on the edge of the seat          D Toyota strongly recommends that all
 restrained using the available seat     or lean against the dashboard when             infants and children be placed in
 belts.                                  the vehicle is in use, since the               the rear seat of the vehicle and be
For instructions and precautions con-    front passenger airbag could inflate           properly restrained.
cerning the seating position, see        with considerable speed and force.           D Do not hold a child on your lap or
“—Front seat precautions” on page        Anyone who is up against, or very              in your arms. Use a child restraint
34 in this Section.                      close to, an airbag when it inflates,          system in the rear seat. For instruc-
                                         can be killed or seriously injured.            tions concerning the installation of
                                         Sit up straight and well back in the           a child restraint system, see “Child
                                         seat, and always use your seat belt            restraint” on page 66 in this Sec-
                                         properly.                                      tion.




                                                                                                                           51




                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             D Do not modify or remove any wir-                             NOTICE
                                              ing. Do not modify, remove, strike
                                                                                            Do not perform any of the following
                                              or open any components such as
                                                                                            changes without      consulting your
                                              the steering wheel pad, steering
                                                                                            Toyota dealer. Such changes can
                                              wheel, column cover, dashboard
                                                                                            interfere with proper operation of the
                                              near the front passenger airbag,
                                                                                            SRS front airbag system in some
                                              front passenger airbag cover, front
                                                                                            cases.
                                              passenger airbag or airbag sensor
                                              assembly. Doing so may prevent the            z Installation of electronic devices
                                              front airbag system from activating             such as a mobile two−way radio,
                                              correctly, cause sudden activation              cassette tape player or compact
                                              of the system or disable the sys-               disc player
                                              tem, which could result in death or           z Modification of the suspension sys-
                                              serious injury.                                 tem
D Do not put anything or any part of         Failure to follow these instructions           z Modification of the front end struc-
     your baby on or in front of the         can result in death or serious injury.           ture
     dashboard or steering wheel pad         Consult your Toyota dealer about any
     that houses the front airbag sys-                                                      z Attachment of a grille guard (bull
                                             repair and modification.
     tem. They might restrict inflation or                                                    bar, kangaroo bar, etc.), snowplow,
     cause death or serious injury as        If you wish to modify your vehicle for           winches or any other equipment to
     they are projected rearward by the      a person with physical disability, con-          the front end
                                             sult your Toyota dealer. It may dan-
     force of the deploying airbags. Like-                                                  z Repairs made on or near the front
     wise, the driver and front passenger    gerously interfere with the SRS front
                                                                                              fenders, front end structure, con-
     should not hold objects in their        airbags operation.
                                                                                              sole, steering column, steering
     arms or on their knees.                                                                  wheel or dashboard near the front
                                                                                              passenger airbag




52




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                           This warning light system monitors the
                                           airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-
                                           sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-
                                           sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-
                                           er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
                                           buckle switch, front passenger occupant
                                           classification system and indicator light,
                                           front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,
                                           seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflat-
                                           ors, interconnecting wiring and power
                                           sources. (For details, see “Service remind-
                                           er indicators and warning buzzers” on
                                           page 102 in Section 1−6.)
                                           If any of the     following conditions occurs,
This indicator comes on when the igni-     this indicates   a malfunction of the airbags    In the following cases, contact your Toyota
tion key is turned to the “ON” position.   or seat belt     pretensioners. Contact your     dealer as soon as possible:
It goes off after about 6 seconds. This    Toyota dealer    as soon as possible.             D The SRS front airbags have been in-
means the SRS front airbags are oper-
ating properly.                            D The light does not come on when the               flated.
                                              ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-       D The front of the vehicle (shaded in the
                                              tion or remains on for more than 6               illustration) was involved in an accident
                                              seconds or flashes.                              that was not severe enough to cause
                                           D The light comes on or starts flashing             the SRS front airbags to inflate.
                                              while driving.                                 D The pad section of the steering wheel
                                           The SRS warning light will come on and              or   front passenger       airbag cover
                                           front passenger occupant classification in-         (shaded in the illustration) is scratched,
                                           dicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is       cracked, or otherwise damaged.
                                           a malfunction in the front passenger occu-
                                           pant classification system.



                                                                                                                                     53




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                        —SRS side airbags and curtain
                                        shield airbags
                                                                                    In response to a severe side impact, the
              NOTICE
                                                                                    SRS side airbags and curtain shield air-
Do not disconnect the battery cables                                                bags work with the seat belts to help
before contacting your Toyota dealer.                                               reduce injury by inflating. The SRS side
                                                                                    airbags help reduce injuries mainly to the
                                                                                    driver’s or front passenger’s chest and the
                                                                                    SRS curtain shield airbags help reduce
                                                                                    injuries mainly to the driver’s, front pas-
                                                                                    senger’s or rear outside passenger’s head.
                                                                                    The SRS side airbag on the passenger
                                                                                    seat will not activate if there is no pas-
                                                                                    senger sitting in the front passenger seat.
                                                                                    However, the side airbag on the passen-
                                                                                    ger seat may deploy if luggage is put in
                                        The SRS (Supplemental Restraint Sys-        the seat, or the seat belt is buckled up,
                                        tem) side airbags and curtain shield air-   regardless of the presence of an occupant
                                        bags are designed to provide further        in the seat. (As for the front passenger
                                        protection for the driver, front passen-    occupant     classification  system,   see
                                        ger and rear outside passengers in          “—Front passenger occupant classification
                                        addition to the primary safety protec-      system” on page 62 in this Section.)
                                        tion provided by the seat belts.
                                                                                    The SRS curtain shield airbag on the pas-
                                                                                    senger side are activated even with no
                                                                                    passenger in the front seat or rear outside
                                                                                    seat.
                                                                                    The SRS curtain shield airbags may acti-
                                                                                    vate even when the side airbags are not
                                                                                    activated.
                                                                                    Always wear your seat belt properly.



54




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                              ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




             CAUTION                    D Do not allow anyone to lean his/her           D Improperly seated and/or restrained
                                         head or any part of his/her body                 infants and children can be killed
D The SRS side airbag and curtain        against the door or the area of the              or seriously injured by the deploy-
 shield airbag system is designed        seat, front pillar, rear pillar or roof          ing airbags. An infant or child who
 only as a supplement to the prima-      side rail from which the SRS side                is too small to use a seat belt
 ry protection of the driver, front      airbag and curtain shield airbag                 should be properly secured using a
 passenger and rear outside passen-      deploy even if he/she is a child                 child    restraint  system.    Toyota
 ger seat belt systems. To ensure        seated in the child restraint system.            strongly recommends that all in-
 maximum protection in an accident,      It is dangerous if the SRS side air-             fants and children be placed in the
 the driver and all passengers in the    bag and/or curtain shield airbag in-             rear seats of the vehicle and prop-
 vehicle must wear their seat belts      flate, and the impact of the deploy-             erly restrained. The rear seats are
 properly. Wearing a seat belt prop-     ing airbag could cause death or se-              the safest for infants and children.
 erly during an accident reduces the     rious injury to the occupant.                    For instructions concerning the
 chances of death or serious injury                                                       installation of a child restraint sys-
 or being thrown out of the vehicle.                                                      tem, see “Child restraint” on page
 For instructions and precautions                                                         66 in this Section.
 concerning the seat belt system,
 see “Seat belts” on page 39 in this
 Section.




                                                                                                                              55




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                               Collision from the rear




                                              Collision from the front

                                                                         Vehicle rollover


The SRS side airbag and curtain shield       The SRS side airbags and curtain shield            The SRS side airbag and curtain shield
airbag system may not activate if the        airbags are not generally designed to              airbag system consists mainly of the fol-
vehicle is subjected to a collision from     inflate if the vehicle is involved in a            lowing components, and their locations are
the side at certain angles, or a collision   front or rear collision, if it rolls over,         shown in the illustration.
to the side of the vehicle body other        or if it is involved in a low−speed side            1. SRS warning light
than the passenger compartment as            collision.
shown in the illustration.                                                                       2. Front passenger occupant classification
                                                                                                    indicator light
The SRS side airbags and curtain shield
airbags are designed to inflate when the                                                         3. Curtain shield airbag modules
passenger compartment area suffers a se-                                                            (airbag and inflator)
vere impact from the side.                                                                       4. Front passenger occupant classification
Always wear your seat belts properly.                                                               system (ECU and sensors)
                                                                                                 5. Side airbag modules
                                                                                                    (airbag and inflator)
                                                                                                 6. Curtain shield airbag sensors
                                                                                                 7. Side and curtain shield airbag sensors

56




                                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




8. Front passenger’s     seat   belt   buckle   Deployment of the airbags happens in a
   switch                                       fraction of a second, so the airbags must
9. Airbag sensor assembly                       inflate with considerable force. While the
                                                system is designed to reduce serious inju-
The SRS side airbag and curtain shield          ries, it may also cause minor burns or
airbag system is controlled by the airbag       abrasions and swelling.
sensor assembly. The airbag sensor as-
sembly consists of a safing sensor and          Front seats as well as parts of the front
airbag sensor.                                  and rear pillars, and roof side rail may be
                                                hot for several minutes, but the airbags
In a severe side impact, the side and           themselves will not be hot. The airbags
curtain shield airbag sensor and/or the         are designed to inflate only once.
curtain shield airbag sensor trigger(s) the
side airbag inflators and/or the curtain
                                                                CAUTION
shield airbag inflators. At this time a
chemical reaction in the inflators quickly
                                                 SRS side airbags and curtain shield           D Do not allow anyone to lean against
fills the airbags with non−toxic gas to help
                                                 airbags    inflate with considerable            the door when the vehicle is in use,
restrain the lateral motion of the occu-
                                                 force. To reduce the possibility of             since the side airbag and curtain
pants.
                                                 death or serious injury when they in-           shield airbag could inflate with con-
When the airbags inflate, they produce a         flate, the driver, front passenger and          siderable speed and force. Other-
fairly loud noise and release some smoke         rear outside passengers must:                   wise, he/she may be killed or seri-
and residue along with non−toxic gas. This       D Wear their seat belts properly.               ously injured. Special care should
does not indicate a fire. This smoke may
remain inside the vehicle for some time,         D Remain properly seated with their             be taken especially when you have
                                                   backs upright and against the seats           a small child in the vehicle.
and may cause some minor irritation to
the eyes, skin or breathing. Be sure to            at all times.                               D Sit up straight and well back in the
wash off any residue as soon as possible                                                         seat, distributing your weight evenly
to prevent any potential skin irritation with                                                    in the seat. Do not apply excessive
soap and water. If you can safely exit                                                           weight to the outer side of the
from the vehicle, you should do so imme-                                                         seats with a side airbag, and to the
diately.                                                                                         front pillar, rear pillar and roof side
                                                                                                 rail with a curtain shield airbag.

                                                                                                                                      57




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                              ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




D Do not allow anyone to get his/her       D Do not allow anyone to kneel on           D Do not allow anyone to get his/her
     head closer to the area where the      the passenger seat, facing the pas-          head or hands out of windows
     side airbag and curtain shield air-    senger’s side door, since the side           since the curtain shield airbags
     bag inflate, since these airbags       airbag and curtain shield airbag             could inflate with considerable
     could inflate with considerable        could inflate with considerable              speed and force. Otherwise, he/she
     speed and force. Otherwise, he/she     speed and force. Otherwise, he/she           may be killed or seriously injured.
     may be killed or seriously injured.    may be killed or seriously injured.          Special care should be taken espe-
     Special care should be taken espe-     Special care should be taken espe-           cially when you have a small child
     cially when you have a small child     cially when you have a small child           in the vehicle.
     in the vehicle.                        in the vehicle.




58




                                                                                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                              ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                        D Do not hook a hanger, heavy or
                                                                                          sharp pointed objects on the coat
                                                                                          hook. If the curtain shield airbag
                                                                                          inflates, those items will be thrown
                                                                                          away with great force or the curtain
                                                                                          shield airbag may not activate cor-
                                                                                          rectly, resulting in death or serious
                                                                                          injury. When you hang clothes,
                                                                                          hang them on the coat hook direct-
                                                                                          ly.
                                                                                        D Do not use seat accessories which
                                                                                          cover the parts where the side air-
                                                                                          bags inflate. Such accessories may
                                                                                          prevent the side airbags from acti-
D Do not attach a cup holder or any     D Do not attach a microphone or any               vating correctly, causing death or
 other device or object on or around     other device or object around the                serious injury.
 the door. When the side airbag in-      area where the curtain shield airbag
 flates, the cup holder or any other     activates such as on the windshield            D Do not modify or replace the seats
                                                                                          or upholstery of the seats with side
 device or object will be thrown with    glass, side door glass, front and
 great force or the side airbag may      rear pillars, roof side rail and assist          airbags. Such changes may prevent
 not activate correctly, resulting in    grips. When the curtain shield air-              the side airbag system from activat-
                                                                                          ing correctly, disable the system or
 death or serious injury. Likewise,      bag inflates, the microphone or oth-
 the driver and front passenger          er device or object will be thrown               cause the side airbags to inflate ac-
 should not hold objects in their        away with great force or the curtain             cidentally, resulting in death or seri-
                                                                                          ous injury.
 arms or on their knees.                 shield airbag may not activate cor-
                                         rectly, resulting in death or serious
                                         injury.




                                                                                                                               59




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




D Do not disassemble or repair the                          NOTICE
     front and rear pillars and roof side
                                             Do not perform any of the following
     rail containing the curtain shield
                                             changes without      consulting your
     airbags. Such changes may disable
                                             Toyota dealer. Such changes can
     the system or cause the curtain
                                             interfere with proper operation of the
     shield airbags to inflate accidental-
                                             SRS side airbag and curtain shield
     ly, resulting in death or serious in-
                                             airbag system in some cases.
     jury.
                                             z Installation of electronic devices
Failure to follow these instructions
                                               such as a mobile two−way radio,
can result in death or serious injury.
                                               cassette tape player or compact
Consult your Toyota dealer about any
                                               disc player
repair and modification.
                                             z Modification of the suspension sys-
If you wish to modify your vehicle for
                                               tem                                         This indicator comes on when the igni-
a person with physical disability, con-
sult your Toyota dealer. It may dan-         z Modification of the side structure of       tion key is turned to the “ON” position.
gerously interfere with the SRS side           the passenger compartment                   It goes off after about 6 seconds. This
                                                                                           means the SRS side airbags and curtain
airbags and curtain shield airbags op-       z Repairs made on or near the con-
eration.                                                                                   shield airbags are operating properly.
                                               sole or front seat




60




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




This warning light system monitors the                           In the following cases, contact your Toyota
airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-                        dealer as soon as possible:
sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-                         D Any of the SRS side airbags and cur-
sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-                          tain shield airbags have been inflated.
er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt
buckle switch, front passenger occupant                           D The portion of the doors (shaded in the
classification system and indicator light,                          illustration) was involved in an accident
front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,                          that was not severe enough to cause
seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflat-                          the SRS side airbags and curtain
ors, interconnecting wiring and power                               shield airbags to inflate.
sources. (For details, see “Service remind-                       D The surface of the seats with the side
er indicators and warning buzzers” on                               airbag (shaded in the illustration) is
page 102 in Section 1−6.)                                           scratched, cracked, or otherwise dam-
If any of the     following conditions occurs,                      aged.
this indicates   a malfunction of the airbags                     D The portion of the front pillars, rear
or seat belt     pretensioners. Contact your                        pillars or roof side rail garnishes (pad-
Toyota dealer    as soon as possible.                               ding) containing the curtain shield air-
D The light does not come on when the                               bags inside (shaded in the illustration)
   ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-                         is scratched, cracked, or otherwise
   tion or remains on for more than 6                               damaged.
   seconds or flashes.
                                                                                  NOTICE
D The light comes on or starts flashing
   while driving.                                                 Do not disconnect the battery cables
                                                                  before contacting your Toyota dealer.
The SRS warning light will come on and
front passenger occupant classification in-
dicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is
a malfunction in the front passenger occu-
pant classification system.



                                                                                                          61




                                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Front passenger occupant
classification system
Your vehicle is equipped with a front                                                         D A rear passenger lifts the front passen-
passenger occupant classification sys-                                                          ger seat cushion with their legs.
tem. This system detects the conditions                                                       D Objects are placed under the front pas-
1—4 in the table on page 64 and based                                                           senger seat.
on these conditions activates or deacti-
vates the following systems;                                                                  D The front passenger seatback is in
                                                                                                contact with the rear seat.
D Front passenger airbag
                                                                                             To ensure the system correctly detects an
D Side airbag on the front passenger                                                         adult sitting in the front passenger seat,
     seat                                                                                    make sure the above do not occur.
D Front passenger’s seat belt pretension-                                                    Make sure that the “ON” indicator is illu-
     er                                                                                      minated when an adult is seated in the
The system monitors the weight and                                                           front passenger seat. If the “OFF” indica-
load on the front passenger seat, and                                                        tor is illuminated, ask the passenger to sit
the seat belt buckle switch to determine      The front passenger occupant classifi-         up straight, well back in the seat, and
conditions 1—4.                               cation indicator light indicates the ac-       with the seat belt worn correctly. If the
                                              tuation of the front passenger airbag,         “OFF” indicator still remains illuminated,
In order for the system to detect the
                                              side airbag on the front passenger seat        either ask the passenger to move to the
conditions correctly, do not do any of
                                              and front passenger’s seat belt preten-        rear seat, or if that is not possible, move
the following:
                                              sioner.                                        the front passenger seat fully rearward.
D Apply a heavy load to the front pas-        The indicator light will indicate “OFF”
     senger seat.                                                                            The front passenger occupant classifi-
                                              when the ignition switch is in the “ON”        cation indicator light will indicate “ON”
D Attach a commercial seatback table,         position with the condition 2 in the table     and “OFF” when the ignition key is
     etc. to the front passenger seat seat-   shown below.                                   turned to the “ON” position. After
     back.                                                                                   about four seconds, it will go off. After
                                              If the front passenger occupant classifica-
D Put weight on the front passenger seat      tion system determines that a person of        that, the front passenger occupant clas-
     by putting your hands or feet on the     adult size sits in the front passenger seat    sification system operates and judges
     seatback from the rear passenger seat.   but the “OFF” indicator is illuminated, one    whether to indicate “ON” or “OFF”.
                                              of the following is likely to have occurred:



62




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                          ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




The SRS warning light will come on
and front passenger occupant classifi-
cation indicator light will indicate
“OFF” if there is a malfunction in the
front passenger occupant classification
system.




                                                                                                63




                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Condition and operation in the front passenger occupant classification system

                                           Indicator/warning light                                           Devices
  Condition detected by          Front                                                                            Curtain shield
   the front passenger                                              Front                          Side airbag                         Front
                              passenger                                                Front                      airbag in the
  occupant classification                      SRS warning       passenger’s                       on the front                    passenger’s
                               occupant                                              passenger                        front
          system                                  light           seat belt                         passenger                        seat belt
                             classification                                            airbag                      passenger
                                                                reminder light                         seat                        pretensioner
                            indicator light                                                                            side
  1. Adult∗1                    “ON”                Off              Flashing∗4                             Activated
  2.   Child∗2  or child
                                “OFF”               Off              Flashing∗4            Deactivated                              Activated
       restraint system∗3
                                 Not
  3. Unoccupied                                     Off                 Off                Deactivated                             Deactivated
                             illuminated                                                                            Activated
  4. There is a
     malfunction in the         “OFF”                On                 Off                Deactivated                              Activated
     system
∗1 : The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front passenger seat, the system may
     recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique and posture.
∗2 : When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her
     as an adult depending on his/her physique or posture.
∗3 : Never install a rear−facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat. A forward−facing child restraint system should only be
     installed on the front passenger seat when it is unavoidable. (See “Child restraint” on page 66 in this Section as for installing the
     child restraint system.)
∗4 : In the event the front passenger does not wear a seat belt.




64




                                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




              CAUTION                     D Do not recline the front passenger           D Wear the seat belt properly.
                                           seatback so far that it touches a             D Make sure the front passenger’s
To avoid potential death or serious        rear seat. This may cause the                   seat belt tab has not been left in-
injury when the front passenger occu-      “OFF” indicator to be illuminated,              serted into the buckle before some-
pant classification system does not        which indicates that the passen-                one sits in the front passenger
detect the conditions correctly, ob-       ger’s airbags will not deploy in the            seat.
serve the following.                       event of a severe accident. If the
                                                                                         D Do not apply a heavy load to the
D Make sure the front passenger oc-        seatback touches the rear seat, re-
                                                                                           front passenger seat.
 cupant classification indicator light     turn the seatback to a position
 indicates “ON” when using the seat        where it does not touches the rear            D Do not put weight on the front pas-
 belt extender for the front passen-       seat.                                           senger seat by putting your hands
 ger seat. If the indicator light indi-    Keep the front passenger seatback               or feet on the front passenger seat
 cates “OFF”, disconnect the extend-       as upright as possible when the ve-             seatback from the rear passenger
 er tongue from the seat belt buckle,                                                      seat.
                                           hicle is moving. Reclining the seat-
 then reconnect the seat belt. Recon-      back excessively may lessen the ef-           D Do not let a rear passenger lift the
 nect the seat belt extender after         fectiveness of the seat belt system.            front passenger seat with their feet
 making sure the indicator light indi-                                                     or press on the seatback with their
                                          D If an adult sits in the front passen-
 cates “ON”. If you use the seat belt                                                      legs.
                                           ger seat, the occupant classification
 extender while the indicator light        indicator light should indicate “ON”.         D Do not put objects under the front
 indicates “OFF”, the front passen-                                                        passenger seat.
                                           If the “OFF” indicator is illumina-
 ger airbag and side airbag on the
 front passenger side may not acti-
                                           ted, ask the passenger to sit up              D Child restraint systems installed on
                                           straight, well back in the seat, feet           the rear seat should not contact the
 vate correctly, which could cause
                                           on the floor, and with the seat belt            front seatbacks.
 death or serious injury in the event
                                           worn correctly. If the “OFF” indica-
 of collision.
                                           tor still remains illuminated, either
                                           ask the passenger to move to the
                                           rear seat, or if that is not possible,
                                           move the front passenger seat fully
                                           rearward.


                                                                                                                              65




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                              Child restraint—
                                              —Child restraint precautions
                                              Toyota strongly urges the use of ap-
 D When it is unavoidable to install the      propriate child restraint systems for            D Toyota strongly urges use of a
     forward−facing child restraint sys-      children.                                          proper child restraint system which
     tem on the front passenger seat,                                                            conforms to the size of the child,
     install the child restraint system on    The laws of all 50 states in the U.S.A.            installed on the rear seat. Accord-
     the front passenger seat in the          and Canada now require the use of a
                                                                                                 ing to accident statistics, the child
     proper order. (As for the installation   child restraint system.
                                                                                                 is safer when properly restrained in
     order, see “—Installation with seat      Your vehicle conforms to SAEJ1819.                 the rear seat than in the front seat.
     belt” on page 69 in this Section.)       If a child is too large for a child restraint    D Never install a rear−facing child re-
 D Do not remove the front seats.             system, the child should sit in the rear           straint system on the front passen-
 D Do not kick the front passenger            seat and must be restrained using the              ger seat even if the front passenger
     seat or subject it to severe impact.     vehicle’s seat belt. See “Seat belts” on           occupant     classification   indicator
     Otherwise, the SRS warning light         page 39 in this Section for details.               light indicates “OFF”. In the event
     may come on to indicate a malfunc-                                                          of an accident, the impact of the
     tion of the detection system. In this                     CAUTION                           rapid inflation of the front passen-
     case, contact your Toyota dealer im-                                                        ger airbag could cause death or se-
     mediately.                                D For effective protection in automo-             rious injury to the child if the rear−
                                                 bile accidents and sudden stops, a              facing child restraint system is
                                                 child must be properly restrained,              installed on the front passenger
The front passenger occupant classifica-
                                                 using a seat belt or child restraint            seat.
tion indicator light may indicate “ON” (the
                                                 system depending on the age and
front passenger airbag and side airbag on
                                                 size of the child. Holding a child in
the front passenger seat may deploy)
                                                 your arms is not a substitute for a
even if observing the above cautions,
                                                 child restraint system. In an acci-
when a child sits in, or a forward−facing
                                                 dent, the child can be crushed
child restraint system is installed on the
                                                 against the windshield, or between
front passenger seat. Refer to all the cau-
                                                 you and the vehicle’s interior.
tions in “SRS airbags” on page 47 and
“Child restraint” on page 66 in this Sec-
tion.



66




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                         —Child restraint system
                                                                                        A child restraint system for a small
D A forward−facing child restraint sys-   D Do not use the seat belt extender           child or baby must itself be properly
 tem should be allowed to be               when installing a child restraint            restrained on the seat with the lap por-
 installed on the front passenger          system on the front or rear passen-          tion of the lap/shoulder belt. You must
 seat only when it is unavoidable.         ger seat. If installing a child re-          carefully consult the manufacturer’s in-
 Always move the seat as far back          straint system with the seat belt            structions which accompany the child
 as possible even if the front pas-        extender connected to the seat belt,         restraint system.
 senger occupant classification indi-      the seat belt will not securely hold
                                           the child restraint system, which            To provide proper restraint, use a child
 cator light indicates “OFF”, because
                                           could cause death or serious injury          restraint system following the manufactur-
 the front passenger airbag could in-
 flate with considerable speed and         to the child or other passengers in          er’s instructions about the appropriate age
                                           the event of collision.                      and size of the child for the child restraint
 force. Otherwise, the child may be
                                                                                        system.
 killed or seriously injured.             D Make sure you have complied with
D On vehicles with side airbags and        all installation instructions provided       Install the child restraint system correctly
                                           by the child restraint manufacturer          following the instructions provided by its
 curtain shield airbags, do not allow
 the child to lean his/her head or         and that the system is properly se-          manufacturer. General directions are also
                                           cured. If it is not secured properly,        provided under the following illustrations.
 any part of his/her body against the
 door or the area of the seat, front       it may cause death or serious injury         The child restraint system should be
 or rear pillar or roof side rail from     to the child in the event of a sud-          installed on the rear seat. According to
 which the side airbags or curtain         den stop or accident.                        accident statistics, the child is safer when
 shield airbags deploy even if the                                                      properly restrained in the rear seat than
 child is seated in the child restraint                                                 in the front seat.
 system. It is dangerous if the side                                                    When not using the child restraint system,
 airbag and/or curtain shield airbag                                                    keep it secured with the seat belt or place
 inflate, and the impact could cause                                                    it in the trunk or somewhere other than
 death or serious injury to the child.                                                  the passenger compartment. This will pre-
                                                                                        vent it from injuring passengers in the
                                                                                        event of a sudden stop or accident.




                                                                                                                                 67




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Types of child restraint
system
Child restraint systems are classified into
the following 3 types depending on the
child’s age and size.
(A) Infant seat
(B) Convertible seat
(C) Booster seat
Install the child restraint system following
the instructions provided by its manufac-
turer.
Your vehicle has anchor brackets for se-
curing the top strap of a child restraint
system.
For instructions about how to use the an-      (A) Infant seat                         (C) Booster seat
chor bracket, see “—Using a top strap” on
page 79 in this Section.
The child restraint lower anchorages ap-
proved for your vehicle may also be used.
See “—Installation with child restraint low-
er anchorages” on page 81 in this Sec-
tion.




                                               (B) Convertible seat


68




                                                                                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Installation with seat belt




(A) INFANT SEAT INSTALLATION
                                                     CAUTION                          D Do not install a child restraint sys-
An infant seat must be used in rear−
                                                                                        tem on the rear seat if it interferes
facing position only.                  D Never install a rear−facing child re-          with the lock mechanism of the
                                        straint system on the front passen-             front seats. Otherwise, the child or
                                        ger seat even if the front passenger            front seat occupant(s) may be killed
                                        occupant     classification   indicator         or seriously injured in case of sud-
                                        light indicates “OFF”. In the event             den braking or a collision.
                                        of an accident, the impact of the             D If the driver’s seat position does
                                        rapid inflation of the front passen-            not allow sufficient space for safe
                                        ger airbag could cause death or se-             installation, install the child re-
                                        rious injury to the child if the rear−          straint system on the rear right
                                        facing child restraint system is                seat.
                                        installed on the front passenger
                                        seat.




                                                                                                                           69




                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                           CAUTION

                                              D After inserting the tab, make sure
                                               the tab and buckle are locked and
                                               that the lap and shoulder portions
                                               of the belt are not twisted.
                                              D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
                                               the buckle as this may prevent your
                                               child from properly latching the tab
                                               and buckle.
                                              D If the seat belt does not function
                                               normally, it cannot protect your
                                               child from death or serious injury.
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through       Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-          2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
   or around the infant seat following the     ately. Do not install the child                in the lock mode. When the belt is
   instructions provided by its manufactur-    restraint system on the seat until             then retracted even slightly, it cannot
   er and insert the tab into the buckle       the seat belt is fixed.                        be extended.
   taking care not to twist the belt. Keep                                                To hold the infant seat securely, make
   the lap portion of the belt tight.                                                     sure the belt is in the lock mode before
                                                                                          letting the belt retract.




70




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                          ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




3. While pressing       the infant seat firmly                                                      4. To remove the infant seat, press the
   against the seat      cushion and seatback,                    CAUTION                              buckle release button and allow the
   let the shoulder      belt retract as far as                                                        belt to retract completely. The belt will
   it will go to hold    the infant seat secure-   Push and pull the child restraint sys-              move freely again and be ready to
   ly.                                             tem in different directions to be sure              work for an adult or older child passen-
                                                   it is secure. Follow all the installation           ger.
                                                   instructions provided by its manufac-
                                                   turer.




                                                                                                                                            71




                                                                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                          Install the child restraint system on the
                                          front passenger seat only when it is un-                       CAUTION
                                          avoidable. Your vehicle is equipped with a
                                          front passenger occupant classification         Push and pull the child restraint sys-
                                          system. In order to activate the occupant       tem in different directions to be sure
                                          classification system correctly, install the    it is secure. Follow all the installation
                                          forward−facing child restraint system on        instructions provided by its manufac-
                                          the front passenger seat in the following       turer.
                                          order:
                                          1. Turn the ignition key to the “ON” posi-      7. Put a child on the child restraint sys-
                                             tion.                                           tem and secure the child, complying
                                                                                             with the instructions provided by the
                                          2. Move the front passenger seat to the
                                                                                             child restraint system manufacturer.
                                             rearward position.
(B) CONVERTIBLE SEAT INSTALLATION         3. Put the child restraint system on the
A convertible seat must be used in for-      front passenger seat without putting
                                             your weight on the front passenger
ward−facing or rear−facing position de-
                                             seat.
pending on the age and size of the
child. When installing, follow the        4. Insert the seat belt tab into the seat
manufacturer’s instructions about the        belt buckle.
applicable age and size of the child as   5. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
well as directions for installing the        in the lock mode. When the belt is
child restraint system.                      then retracted even slightly, it cannot
                                             be extended. To hold the seat securely,
                                             make sure the belt is in the lock mode
                                             before letting the belt retract.
                                          6. While pressing the convertible seat
                                             firmly against the seat cushion and
                                             seatback, let the shoulder belt retract
                                             as far as it will go to hold the convert-
                                             ible seat securely.
72




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




The occupant classification indicator light
should indicate “OFF” when the ignition                       CAUTION
key is in the “ON” position and the child
is in the child restraint system after fol-     D Never install a rear−facing child re-
lowing these procedures. The “OFF” indi-         straint system on the front passen-
cator indicates the SRS front passenger          ger seat. A forward−facing child re-
airbag and side airbag on the passenger          straint system should only be
side will not deploy. If the indicator light     installed on the front passenger
indicates “ON”, remove the child restraint       seat when unavoidable. If you must
system and reinstall it with the ignition        install the child restraint system on
key in the “ACC” or “LOCK” position. If          the front passenger seat, put the
the indicator light still indicates “ON” when    seat in its most rearward position,
the ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-     and install the forward−facing child
tion, then the SRS front passenger airbag        restraint system in the proper or-
and side airbag on the passenger side            der. Otherwise, the front passenger
may deploy in an accident. Do not drive          occupant classification system can            D Never install a rear−facing child re-
the vehicle in this condition. Remove the        not detect the presence of the child            straint system on the front passen-
child restraint system and contact your          restraint system and the front pas-             ger seat even if the front passenger
Toyota dealer.                                   senger airbag and side airbag on                occupant     classification   indicator
                                                 the front passenger seat could                  light indicates “OFF”. In the event
                                                 deploy.                                         of an accident, the impact of the
                                                                                                 rapid inflation of the front passen-
                                                                                                 ger airbag could cause death or se-
                                                                                                 rious injury to the child if the rear−
                                                                                                 facing child restraint system is
                                                                                                 installed on the front passenger
                                                                                                 seat.




                                                                                                                                     73




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                            D On vehicles with side airbags and
                                             curtain shield airbags, do not allow
                                             the child to lean his/her head or
                                             any part of his/her body against the
                                             door or the area of the seat, front
                                             or rear pillar or roof side rail from
                                             which the side airbags or curtain
                                             shield airbags deploy even if the
                                             child is seated in the child restraint
                                             system. It is dangerous if the side
                                             airbag and/or curtain shield airbag
      Move seat fully back                   inflate, and the impact could cause
                                             death or serious injury to the child.

D A forward−facing child restraint sys-                                                    D Do not install a child restraint sys-
     tem should be allowed to be                                                             tem on the rear seat if it interferes
     installed on the front passenger                                                        with the lock mechanism of the
     seat only when it is unavoidable.                                                       front seats. Otherwise, the child or
     Always move the seat as far back                                                        front seat occupant(s) may be killed
     as possible even if the front pas-                                                      or seriously injured in case of sud-
     senger occupant classification indi-                                                    den braking or a collision.
     cator light indicates “OFF”, because
     the front passenger airbag could in-                                                  D If the driver’s seat position does
     flate with considerable speed and                                                       not allow sufficient space for safe
     force. Otherwise, the child may be                                                      installation, install the child re-
     killed or seriously injured.                                                            straint system on the rear right
                                                                                             seat.




74




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                            CAUTION

                                               D After inserting the tab, make sure
                                                the tab and buckle are locked and
                                                that the lap and shoulder portions
                                                of the belt are not twisted.
                                               D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
                                                the buckle as this may prevent your
                                                child from properly latching the tab
                                                and buckle.
                                               D If the seat belt does not function
                                                normally, it cannot protect your
                                                child from death or serious injury.
1. Run the lap and shoulder belt through        Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-          2. Fully extend the shoulder belt to put it
   or around the convertible seat following     ately. Do not install the child                in the lock mode. When the belt is
   the    instructions provided    by    its    restraint system on the seat until             then retracted even slightly, it cannot
   manufacturer and insert the tab into         the seat belt is fixed.                        be extended.
   the buckle taking care not to twist the                                                 To hold the convertible seat securely,
   belt. Keep the lap portion of the belt                                                  make sure the belt is in the lock mode
   tight.                                                                                  before letting the belt retract.




                                                                                                                                    75




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




3. While pressing the convertible seat                                                          4. To remove the convertible seat, press
   firmly against the seat cushion and                        CAUTION                              the buckle release button and allow the
   seatback, let the shoulder belt retract                                                         belt to retract completely. The belt will
   as far as it will go to hold the convert-   Push and pull the child restraint sys-              move freely again and be ready to
   ible seat securely.                         tem in different directions to be sure              work for an adult or older child passen-
                                               it is secure. Follow all the installation           ger.
                                               instructions provided by its manufac-
                                               turer.




76




                                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                     D On vehicles with side airbags and
                                                                                       curtain shield airbags, do not allow
                                                                                       the child to lean his/her head or
                                                                                       any part of his/her body against the
                                                                                       door or the area of the seat, front
                                                                                       or rear pillar or roof side rail from
                                                                                       which the side airbags or curtain
                                                                                       shield airbags deploy even if the
                                                                                       child is seated in the child restraint
                                                                                       system. It is dangerous if the side
                                                                                       airbag and/or curtain shield airbag
                                         Move seat fully back                          inflate, and the impact could cause
                                                                                       death or serious injury to the child.
(C) BOOSTER SEAT INSTALLATION
                                                     CAUTION
A booster seat must be used in for-
ward−facing position only.            D A forward−facing child restraint sys-
                                       tem should be allowed to be
                                       installed on the front passenger
                                       seat only when it is unavoidable.
                                       Always move the seat as far back
                                       as possible even if the front pas-
                                       senger occupant classification indi-
                                       cator light indicates “OFF”, because
                                       the front passenger airbag could in-
                                       flate with considerable speed and
                                       force. Otherwise, the child may be
                                       killed or seriously injured.




                                                                                                                           77




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                             CAUTION                         D If the seat belt does not function
                                                                                               normally, it cannot protect your
                                               D Always make sure the shoulder belt            child from death or serious injury.
                                                is positioned across the center of             Contact your Toyota dealer immedi-
                                                child’s shoulder. The belt should be           ately. Do not install the child
                                                kept away from child’s neck, but               restraint system on the seat until
                                                not falling off child’s shoulder.              the seat belt is fixed.
                                                Otherwise, the child may be killed
                                                or seriously injured in case of sud-
                                                den braking or a collision.
                                               D Both high−positioned lap belts and
                                                loose−fitting belts could cause
                                                death or serious injuries due to
1. Sit the child on a booster seat. Run         sliding under the lap belt during a
   the lap and shoulder belt through or         collision or other unintended event.
   around the booster seat and across the       Keep the lap belt positioned as low
   child following the instructions provided    on a child’s hips as possible.
   by its manufacturer and insert the tab      D For child’s safety, do not place the
   into the buckle taking care not to twist     shoulder belt under child’s arm.
   the belt.
                                               D After inserting the tab, make sure
Make sure the shoulder belt is correctly        the tab and buckle are locked and
across the child’s shoulder and that the        that the lap and shoulder portions
lap belt is positioned as low as possible       of the belt are not twisted.
on the child’s hips. See “Seat belts” on
page 39 in this Section for details.           D Do not insert coins, clips, etc. in
                                                the buckle as this may prevent your
                                                child from properly latching the tab
                                                and buckle.



78




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                           —Using a top strap

                                                                                                                Symbol




                                                                                      Anchor brackets

2. To remove the booster seat, press the   Follow the procedure below for a child   Use the anchor brackets on the luggage
   buckle release button and allow the     restraint system that requires the use   compartment to attach the top strap.
   belt to retract.                        of a top strap.                          Anchor brackets are installed for each
                                                                                    rear seating position.
                                                                                    This symbol indicates the locations of the
                                                                                    anchor brackets.




                                                                                                                           79




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




TO USE THE ANCHOR BRACKET:      2. Open the lid of the anchor bracket.    3. Securely fasten the child restraint
1. Remove the head restraint.                                                system with the seat belt.
                                                                            Latch the hook onto the anchor
                                                                            bracket and tighten the top strap.
                                                                         For instructions to install the child re-
                                                                         straint system, see “Child restraint” on
                                                                         page 66 in this Section.

                                                                                         CAUTION

                                                                          Make sure the top strap is securely
                                                                          latched, and check that the child re-
                                                                          straint system is secure by pushing
                                                                          and pulling it in different directions.
                                                                          Follow all the installation instructions
                                                                          provided by its manufacturer.

80




                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                 —Installation with child
                                 restraint lower anchorages




4. Replace the head restraint.   Lower anchorages for the child restraint
                                 systems complying with the FMVSS225
                                 or    CMVSS210.2     specifications  are
                                 installed in the rear seat.
                                 The anchorages are installed in the gap
                                 between the seat cushion and seatback of
                                 both outside rear seats.
                                 Child restraint systems complying with the
                                 FMVSS213 or CMVSS213 specification
                                 can be fixed to these anchorages. In this
                                 case, it is not necessary to fix the child
                                 restraint system with a seat belt on the
                                 vehicle.                                          Canada only

                                                                               Type A


                                                                                                                    81




                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                   CHILD      RESTRAINT                 SYSTEM
                   INSTALLATION                                                      CAUTION
                   1. Widen the gap between the seat
                                                                      D When using the lower anchorages
                      cushion and seatback slightly and
                                                                        for the child restraint system, be
                      confirm the position of the lower an-
                                                                        sure that there are no irregular ob-
                      chorages near the button on the
                                                                        jects around the anchorages or that
                      seatback.
                                                                        the seat belt is not caught.
                   2. Type A—Latch the hooks of lower
                                                                      D Push and pull the child restraint
                      straps onto the anchorages and                    system in different directions to be
                      tighten the lower straps.
                                                                        sure it is secure. Follow all the
                      Type B—Latch the buckles onto the                 installation instructions provided by
                      anchorages.                                       its manufacturer.
                   For owners in Canada—The symbol on                 D Do not install a child restraint sys-
                   a child restraint system indicates the pres-         tem on the rear seat if it interferes
                   ence of a lower connector system.                    with the lock mechanism of the
                   If your child restraint system has a top             front seats. Otherwise, the child or
                   strap, it should be anchored. (For the               front seat occupant(s) may be killed
                   installation of the top strap, see “—Using           or seriously injured in case of sud-
                   a top strap” on page 79 in this Section.)            den braking or a collision.
                   For installation details, refer to the instruc-
                   tion manual equipped with each product.




     Canada only

Type B


82




                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                            SECTION                            1− 4
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Steering wheel and Mirrors
Tilt steering wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      84
Outside rear view mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            84
Anti−glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 86
Auto anti−glare inside rear view mirror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      86
Vanity mirrors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   87




                                                                                                                    83




                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Tilt steering wheel                                                                   Outside rear view mirrors—

                                                      CAUTION

                                         D Do not adjust the steering wheel
                                          while the vehicle is moving. Doing
                                          so may cause the driver to mishan-
                                          dle the vehicle and an accident may
                                          occur resulting in death or serious
                                          injuries.
                                         D After adjusting the steering wheel,
                                          try moving it up and down to make
                                          sure it is locked in position.


To change the steering wheel angle,                                                  Adjust the mirror so that you can just
hold the steering wheel, push down the                                               see the side of your vehicle in the mir-
lock release lever, tilt the steering                                                ror.
wheel to the desired angle and return                                                Be careful when judging the size or dis-
the lever to its original position.                                                  tance of any object seen in the outside
                                                                                     rear view mirror on the passenger’s side
                                                                                     because it is a convex mirror. Any object
                                                                                     seen in a convex mirror will look smaller
                                                                                     and farther away than when seen in a flat
                                                                                     mirror.




84




                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                         —Power rear view mirror
                                         control

              CAUTION                                                                                 NOTICE
                                                                                      If ice should jam the mirror, do not
Do not adjust the mirror while the
                                                                                      operate the control or scrape the mir-
vehicle is moving. Doing so may
                                                                                      ror face. Use a spray de−icer to free
cause the driver to mishandle the ve-
                                                                                      the mirror.
hicle and an accident may occur re-
sulting in death or serious injuries.


               NOTICE
The outside rear view mirrors are
fixed in place. Do not try to fold the
mirrors. It may damage the mirrors.
                                         To adjust a mirror, use the switches.
                                         1. Master switch—To select the mirror to
                                            be adjusted
                                            Push the switch to “L” (left) or “R”
                                            (right).
                                         2. Control switch—To move the mirror
                                            Push the switch in the desired direc-
                                            tion.
                                         Mirrors can be adjusted when the key is
                                         in the “ACC” or “ON” position.




                                                                                                                           85




                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Anti−glare inside rear view                                                             Auto anti−glare inside rear
mirror                                                                                  view mirror

                                                        CAUTION

                                           Do not adjust the mirror while the
                                           vehicle is moving. Doing so may
                                           cause the driver to mishandle the ve-
                                           hicle and an accident may occur re-
                                           sulting in death or serious injuries.




Adjust the mirror so that you can just                                                 Adjust the mirror so that you can just
see the rear of your vehicle in the mir-                                               see the rear of your vehicle in the mir-
ror.                                                                                   ror.
To reduce glare from the headlights of                                                 This mirror is equipped with auto anti−
the vehicle behind you during night                                                    glare function. The function is designed
driving, operate the lever on the lower                                                to reduce glare from the headlights of
edge of the mirror.                                                                    the vehicle behind you during night
Daylight driving—Lever at position 1                                                   driving.
The reflection in the mirror has greater                                               When the ignition key is inserted and
clarity at this position.                                                              turned on, the inside rear view mirror al-
                                                                                       ways turns on in the automatic function
Night driving—Lever at position 2                                                      mode.
Remember that by reducing glare you also                                               The indicator illuminates to show you that
lose some rear view clarity.                                                           the function is on.



86




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                       Vanity mirrors
In automatic function mode, if the mirror
detects light from the headlights of the
vehicle behind you, the mirror surface
darkens slightly to reduce the reflected
light.
To turn off the automatic function, push
the “   ” switch.
To turn on the automatic function again,
push the “    ” switch.
Adjust it before driving so that the rear
view is in the best condition.
When the inside air temperature is low, it
may take a little longer for the mirror to                                             Driver’s side
darken in response to the detection of       To ensure correct functioning of anti−
headlights.                                  glare mirror sensors located on both
                                             sides of the mirror, do not touch or
                CAUTION                      cover the sensors with your finger or
                                             a piece of cloth, etc.
 Do not adjust the mirror while the
 vehicle is moving. Doing so may
 cause the driver to mishandle the ve-
 hicle and an accident may occur re-
 sulting in death or serious injuries.




                                                                                       Front passenger’s side


                                                                                                                            87




                                                                                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Driver’s side only—To use the vanity
mirror, open the cover.




88




                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                               SECTION                             1− 5
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Lights, Wipers and Defogger
Headlights and turn signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  90
Emergency flashers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             92
Front fog lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       93
Instrument panel light control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   93
Interior light . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   93
Personal lights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        94
Windshield wipers and washer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       95
Rear window defogger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 96




                                                                                                                        89




                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Headlights and turn signals
                              HEADLIGHTS                                       Daytime running light system
                              To turn on the following lights: Twist           (for the U.S.A.)
                              the headlight/turn signal lever knob.            The daytime running light system can
                              Position 1—Parking, tail, license plate,         make it easier for others to see the front
                              side marker and instrument panel lights          of your vehicle during the day. This sys-
                                                                               tem can be helpful in many different driv-
                              On some models for Canada—The tail               ing conditions, but they can be especially
                              light indicator lights up in the instrument      helpful in the short periods after dawn and
                              cluster.                                         before sunset.
                              Position   2—Headlights   and   all   of   the   This system will make your headlights
                              above                                            come on at a reduced brightness when:
                              On some models for the U.S.A.—The                 D The engine is running.
                              headlight indicator lights up in the instru-
For the U.S.A.                ment cluster.                                     D The parking brake is released.
                              Light reminder buzzer                             D The headlight/turn signal lever knob is
                                                                                  in the “OFF” position.
                              A buzzer will remind you to turn the lights
                              off when the driver’s door is opened if you      To turn on the other exterior lights and
                              remove the key with the headlight switch         instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
                              on.                                              the position 1.
                                                                               Twist the knob to the position 2 to turn
                                               NOTICE                          the headlights to full intensity for night
                                                                               driving.
                              To prevent the battery from being dis-
                              charged, do not leave the lights on              The headlights automatically switch to full
                              for a long period when the engine is             or reduced intensity depending on the
                              not running.                                     darkness of the surroundings when the
                                                                               daytime running light system is activated.
                                                                               Also, the other exterior lights and instru-
                                                                               ment panel lights automatically turn on or
For Canada                                                                     off.

90




                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             Daytime running light system
                                             (for Canada)
                                             The daytime running light system can
                                             make it easier for others to see the front
                                             of your vehicle during the day. This sys-
                                             tem can be helpful in many different driv-
                                             ing conditions, but they can be especially
                                             helpful in the short periods after dawn and
                                             before sunset.
                                             This system will make your headlights
                                             come on at a reduced brightness when:
                                             D The engine is running.
                                             D The parking brake is released.
The daytime running light control sensor                                                       High−Low beams—For high beams, turn
is on the top of the driver’s side instru-   D The headlight/turn signal lever knob is         the headlights on and push the lever away
                                                in the “OFF” position or position 1.
ment panel.                                                                                    from you (position 1). Pull the lever to-
Do not place anything on the instrument      To turn on the other exterior lights and          ward you (position 2) for low beams.
                                             instrument panel lights, twist the knob to
panel, and/or do not affix anything on the                                                     The headlight high beam indicator light
                                             position 1.
windshield to block this sensor.                                                               (blue light) on the instrument panel will
                                             Twist the knob to position 2 to turn the          tell you that the high beams are on.
                                             headlights to full intensity for night driving.
                                                                                               Flashing the high        beam headlights
                                                                                               (position 3)—Pull the    lever all the way
                                                                                               back. The high beam      headlights turn off
                                                                                               when you release the    lever.
                                                                                               You can flash the high beam headlights
                                                                                               with the knob turned to “OFF”.




                                                                                                                                        91




                                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                               Emergency flashers
                                                                                                                 NOTICE
                                                                                                 To prevent the battery from being dis-
                                                                                                 charged, do not leave the switch on
                                                                                                 longer than necessary when the en-
                                                                                                 gine is not running.




TURN SIGNALS                                   To turn on the        emergency     flashers,
To signal a turn, push the headlight/          push the switch.
turn signal lever up or down to position       All the turn signal lights will flash. To turn
1.                                             them off, push the switch once again.
The key must be in the “ON” position.          Turn on the emergency flashers to warn
The lever automatically returns after you      other drivers if your vehicle must be
make a turn, but you may have to return        stopped where it might be a traffic hazard.
it by hand after you change lanes.             Always pull as far off the road as pos-
To signal a lane change, move the lever        sible.
up or down to the pressure point (position     The turn signal light switch will not work
2) and hold it.                                when the emergency flashers are operat-
If the turn signal indicator lights (green     ing.
lights) on the instrument panel flash faster
than normal, a front or rear turn signal
bulb is burned out. See “Replacing light
bulbs” on page 272 in Section 7−3.
92




                                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Front fog lights                         Instrument panel light control                    Interior light

                                          Full intensity position




To turn on the front fog lights, twist   To adjust the brightness of the instru-          To turn on the interior light, slide the
the band of the headlight/turn signal    ment panel lights, turn the dial.                switch.
lever. They will come on only when the   On some models—                                  The interior light switch has the following
headlights are on low beam.                                                               positions:
                                         Full intensity position: This position always
                                         keeps the brightness of the instrument           “OFF”—Turns the light off.
                                         panel lights at full intensity even when the     “ON”—Keeps the light on all the time.
                                         tail lights/headlights are turned on.
                                                                                          “DOOR”—Turns the light on when any
                                         If you have to turn on the tail lights/head-     door is opened. The light goes off when
                                         lights in daytime, or if the daytime running     all the doors are closed.
                                         light control sensor activates in circum-
                                         stances such as shade, the brightness of
                                         instrument cluster will be reduced. In this
                                         case, set the dial to the full intensity posi-
                                         tion.



                                                                                                                                  93




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                 Personal lights
ILLUMINATED ENTRY SYSTEM                 (with
power door lock system)
When the switch is in the “DOOR” posi-
tion and any door is opened, the light will
come on. After all the doors are closed,
the light remains on for about 15 seconds
before fading out.
However, in the following cases, the light
goes out immediately:
D All the doors are closed when the igni-
     tion key is in the “ON” position.
D The ignition key is turned to “ON” after
     all the doors are closed.                   Type A                             Type C
D All the doors are locked when the light
     is still on.                                                                  To turn on the personal light, push the
When the switch is in the “DOOR” posi-                                             switch. To turn the light off, push the
tion and the doors are unlocked, the light                                         switch once again.
comes on and remains on for 15 seconds                                             AUTOMATIC LIGHT CUT OFF SYSTEM
before fading out.                                                                 (type B and C only)
To prevent the battery being discharged,                                           To prevent the battery from discharging,
the light will automatically turn off when                                         the lights will turn off automatically 20
the key is removed and the door is left                                            minutes after you turn the ignition switch
opened with the switch in the “DOOR”                                               to the “ACC” or “LOCK” position.
position for 20 minutes or more.
                                                                                   Type B only—The lights will come on
                                                                                   again when you open any of the doors,
                                                                                   and the light will remain on for 20 min-
                                                                                   utes.
                                                 Type B


94




                                                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             Windshield wipers and washer
This function will be canceled when you                                                  With interval adjuster: The “INT” band lets
turn the ignition switch to the “ON” posi-                                               you adjust the wiping time interval when
tion.                                                                                    the wiper lever is in the intermittent posi-
                                                                                         tion (position 1). Twist the band upward to
                                                                                         increase the time between sweeps, and
                                                                                         downward to decrease it.
                                                                                         To squirt washer fluid, pull the lever
                                                                                         toward you.
                                                                                         If the windshield wipers are off, they will
                                                                                         operate a couple of times after the washer
                                                                                         squirts.
                                                                                         For instructions on adding washer fluid,
                                                                                         see “Adding washer fluid” on page 271 in
                                             To turn on the windshield wipers, move      Section 7−3.
                                             the lever to the desired setting.           In freezing weather, warm the windshield
                                             The key must be in the “ON” position.       with the defroster before using the washer.
                                                                                         This will help prevent the washer fluid
                                                Lever position      Speed setting        from freezing on your windshield, which
                                                  Position 1         Intermittent        can block your vision.

                                                  Position 2            Slow                              NOTICE
                                                  Position 3            Fast              Do not operate the wipers if the wind-
                                             For a single sweep of the windshield,        shield is dry. It may scratch the
                                             push the lever up and release it.            glass.




                                                                                                                                  95




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                           Rear window defogger
When waxing your vehicle, make sure that                                                  Make sure you turn the defogger off when
the washer nozzles do not become                                                          the window is clear. Leaving the defogger
blocked. If a nozzle becomes blocked,                                                     on for a long time could cause the battery
contact your Toyota dealer to have the                                                    to discharge, especially during stop−and−
vehicle serviced.                                                                         go driving. The defogger is not designed
                                                                                          for drying rain water or for melting snow.
               NOTICE
                                                                                                           NOTICE
If a nozzle becomes blocked, do not
try to clear it with a pin or other                                                        When cleaning the inside of the rear
object. The nozzle will be damaged.                                                        window, be careful not to scratch or
                                                                                           damage the heater wires or connec-
                                                                                           tors.

                                           To defog or defrost the rear window,
                                           push the switch.
                                           The key must be in the “ON” position.
                                           The thin heater wires on the inside of the
                                           rear window will quickly clear the sur-
                                           faces. An indicator light will illuminate to
                                           indicate the defogger is operating.
                                           Push the switch once again to turn the
                                           defogger off.
                                           The system will automatically shut off af-
                                           ter the defogger has operated about 15
                                           minutes.




96




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                           SECTION                           1− 6
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Gauges, Meters and Service reminder indicators
Fuel gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Engine coolant temperature gauge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Tachometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Odometer and two trip meters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Outside temperature display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102




                                                                                                                  97




                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Fuel gauge
                                                           On inclines or curves, due to the move-
                                                           ment of fuel in the tank, the fuel gauge
                                                           needle may fluctuate or the low fuel level
                                                           warning light may come on earlier than
                                                           usual.
                                                           If the fuel tank is completely empty, the
                                                           malfunction indicator lamp comes on. Fill
                                                           the fuel tank immediately.
                                                           The indicator lamp goes off after driving
                                                           several times. If the indicator lamp does
                                                           not go off, contact your Toyota dealer as
                                                           soon as possible.

Type A       Type C


             The gauge indicates the approximate
             quantity of fuel remaining in the tank
             when the ignition switch is on.
             Nearly full—Needle at “F”
             Nearly empty—Needle at “E”
             It is a good idea to keep the tank over
             1/4 full.
             The needle moves when braking, acceler-
             ating or making turns. This is caused by
             the fuel moving in the tank.
             If the fuel level approaches “E” or the low
             fuel level warning light comes on, fill the
Type B       fuel tank as soon as possible.


98




                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Engine coolant temperature
gauge
                                                                          Your vehicle may overheat during severe
                                                                          operating conditions, such as:
                                                                           D Driving up a long hill on a hot day.
                                                                           D Reducing speed or stopping after high
                                                                             speed driving.
                                                                           D Idling for a long period with the air
                                                                             conditioning on in stop−and−go traffic.
                                                                           D Towing a trailer.
                                                                                              NOTICE
                                                                           z Do not remove the thermostat in
                                                                             the engine cooling system as this
Type A                       Type C
                                                                             may cause the engine to overheat.
                                                                             The thermostat is designed to con-
                             The gauge indicates the engine coolant          trol the flow of coolant to keep the
                             temperature when the ignition switch is         temperature of the engine within
                             on. The engine operating temperature            the specified operating range.
                             will vary with changes in weather and         z Do not continue driving with an
                             engine load.                                    overheated engine. See “If your ve-
                             If the needle moves into the red zone,          hicle overheats” on page 216 in
                             your engine is too hot. If your vehicle         Section 4.
                             overheats, stop your vehicle and allow the
                             engine to cool.




Type B


                                                                                                                  99




                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Tachometer                                 Odometer and two trip meters
                                                                                          3. Trip meter reset knob—Resets the two
                                                                                             trip meters to zero, and also change
                                                                                             the meter display.
                                                                                            To change the meter display, quickly
                                                                                            push and release the knob. The meter
                                                                                            display changes in the order from the
                                                                                            odometer to trip meter A to trip meter
                                                                                            B, then back to the odometer each
                                                                                            time you push.
                                                                                            To reset the trip meter A to zero, dis-
                                                                                            play the meter A reading, then push
                                                                                            and hold the knob until the meter is
                                                                                            set to zero. The same process can be
                                                                                            applied for resetting the trip meter B.
The tachometer indicates engine speed      This meter displays the odometer and
in thousands of rpm (revolutions per       two trip meters when the ignition
minute). Use it while driving to select    switch is on.
correct shift points and to prevent en-    1. Odometer—Shows the total       distance
gine lugging and over−revving.                the vehicle has been driven.
Driving with the engine running too fast   2. Two trip meters—Show two different
causes excessive engine wear and poor         distances independently driven since
fuel economy. Remember, in most cases         the last time each trip meter was set
the slower the engine speed, the greater      to zero.
the fuel economy.
                                             You can use one trip meter to calculate
                NOTICE                       the fuel economy and the other to
                                             measure the distance on each trip. All
Do not let the indicator needle get          trip meter data is cancelled if the elec-
into the red zone. This may cause            trical power source is disconnected.
severe engine damage.


100




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                              ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Outside temperature display




The displayed temperature ranges from
−30_C (−22_F) up to 50_C (122_F).
The key must be in the “ON” position.
If an abnormality exists in the connection
of the outside air temperature sensor, “−−”
will appear on the display. If “−−” appears
on the display, contact your Toyota dealer.
There may be a case that “−−” appears
momentarily when the ignition is quickly
turned to “ON”. It is normal if it goes out
soon.




                                                                                                   101




                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Service reminder indicators and warning buzzers
      If the indicator or buzzer comes on...                                          Do this.


  (a)                       or                 If parking brake is off, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.




  (b)                                          Fasten driver’s seat belt.
                  (indicator and buzzer)


  (c)                                          Fasten front passenger’s seat belt.
                  (indicator and buzzer)


  (d)                                          Stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.



  (e)                       or                 Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.



  (f)                                          Fill up tank.



  (g)                                          Stop and check.




102




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




  If the indicator or buzzer comes on...                                           Do this.

                                           Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.
(h)                     or
                                           If brake system warning light is also on, stop immediately and contact Toyota dealer.


(i)                                        Close all doors.



(j)                                        Take vehicle to Toyota dealer immediately.


                                           Adjust tire inflation pressure and turn off warning light by pushing reset switch for a
(k)                                        few seconds. If warning light remains, contact Toyota dealer.


(l)                                        Add washer fluid.



(m)                                        Take vehicle to Toyota dealer.



(n)                                        Replace engine oil.




                                                                                                                                     103




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




      If the indicator or buzzer comes on...                                  Do this.


  (o)             Key reminder buzzer          Remove key.



  (p)             Light reminder buzzer        Turn off lights.




104




                                                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




(a) Brake System Warning Light               A warning light turning on briefly during          (b) Driver’s Seat Belt Reminder Light
This light comes on in the following cases   operation does not indicate a problem.                 and Buzzer
when the ignition key is in the “ON” posi-                                                      The light and buzzer act as a reminder to
tion.                                                           CAUTION                         buckle up the driver’s seat belt.
D When the parking brake is applied...        If either of the following conditions
                                                                                                Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or
Vehicles with anti−lock brake system—                                                           “START”, the reminder light flashes and
                                              occurs, immediately stop your vehicle
                                                                                                buzzer sounds if the driver’s seat belt is
This light comes on for a few seconds         at a safe place and contact your
                                                                                                not fastened. Unless the driver fastens the
when the ignition key is turned to the        Toyota dealer.
                                                                                                belt, the light keeps flashing and the
“ON” position even after the parking brake    D The light does not turn off even                buzzer stops after about 6 seconds.
is released.                                    after the parking brake is released
                                                                                                If the vehicle speed rises above 15 km/h
D When the brake fluid level is low...          while the engine is running.
                                                                                                (9 mph) with the seat belt unfastened, the
                                                In this case, the brakes may not                buzzer will sound for about 10 seconds.
                CAUTION                         work properly and your stopping                 Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened,
                                                distance will become longer. De-                the buzzer will sound in a different tone
 It is dangerous to continue driving            press the brake pedal firmly and                for 20 seconds. Even if the vehicle speed
 normally when the brake fluid level is         bring the vehicle to an immediate               drops below 15 km/h (9 mph), the buzzer
 low.                                           stop.                                           will continue to sound. To stop the buzzer,
                                              Vehicles   with    anti−lock   brake   sys-       fasten the seat belt. If the buzzer still
Have your vehicle checked at your             tem—                                              sounds, make sure the front passenger’s
                                                                                                seat belt is fastened.
Toyota dealer in the following cases:         D The brake system warning light re-
D The light does not come on even if the        mains on together with the “ABS”
  parking brake is applied when the igni-       warning light.
  tion key is in the “ON” position.             In this case, not only the anti−lock
Vehicles with anti−lock brake system—           brake system will fail but also the
D The light does not come on even if the        vehicle will become extremely un-
  ignition key is turned on with the park-      stable during braking.
  ing brake released.


                                                                                                                                      105




                                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




(c) Front   Passenger’s    Seat       Belt    (d) Charging System Warning Light             (e) Malfunction Indicator Lamp
    Reminder Light and Buzzer                 This warning light comes on when the          This lamp comes on when the ignition
The light and buzzer act as a reminder to     ignition switch is turned to the “ON” posi-   key is turned to the “ON” position and
have the front passenger buckle up the        tion, and goes off when the engine is         goes off after the engine starts. This
seat belt.                                    started.                                      means that the warning light system is
Once the ignition key is turned to “ON” or    When there are problems in the charging       operating properly.
“START”, the reminder light flashes if a      system while the engine is running, the       If the lamp remains on, or the lamp
passenger sits in the front passenger seat    warning light comes on.                       comes on while driving, first check the
and does not fasten the seat belt.                                                          followings.
                                                               NOTICE
If the vehicle speed rises above 15 km/h                                                     D Empty fuel tank
(9 mph) with the seat belt unfastened, the    When the charging system warning                 If the fuel tank is empty, refuel immedi-
buzzer will sound for about 10 seconds.       light comes on while the engine is               ately.
Then, if the seat belt is still unfastened,   running, malfunctions such as the en-
the buzzer will sound in a different tone                                                    D Loose fuel tank cap
                                              gine drive belt being broken may have
for 20 seconds. Even if the vehicle speed     occurred. If the warning light comes             If the fuel tank cap is loose, securely
drops below 15 km/h (9 mph), the buzzer       on, immediately stop the vehicle in a            tighten it.
will continue to sound. To stop the buzzer,   safe place and contact your Toyota            These cases are temporary malfunctions.
fasten the seat belt. If the buzzer still     dealer.                                       The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
sounds, make sure the driver’s seat belt                                                    after taking several driving trips.
is fastened.
                                                                                            If the lamp does not go off even after
If luggage or other load is placed on the                                                   several trips, contact your Toyota dealer
front passenger seat, depending on its                                                      as soon as possible.
weight, the reminder light to flash and
buzzer to sound.




106




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




If the fuel tank is not empty or the fuel                                                     (g) Low Engine Oil Pressure Warning
tank cap is not loose...                                       CAUTION                            Light
D There is a problem somewhere in the           Be especially careful to prevent erro-
                                                                                              This light warns that the engine oil pres-
   engine, emission control system, elec-                                                     sure is too low.
                                                neous pedal operation.
   tronic throttle control system, automatic                                                  If it flickers or stays on while you are
   transmission electrical system or warn-                                                    driving, pull off the road to a safe place
   ing light system itself.                    Emissions Inspection and Maintenance
                                               (I/M) programs                                 and stop the engine immediately. Call a
Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as                                                         Toyota dealer or qualified repair shop for
possible to service the vehicle.               Your vehicle may not pass a state              assistance.
                                               emission inspection if the malfunction
If engine speed does not increase when                                                        The light may occasionally flicker when
                                               indicator lamp remains on. Contact your
the accelerator pedal is depressed, there                                                     the engine is idling or it may come on
                                               Toyota dealer to check your vehicle’s
may be a problem somewhere in the elec-        emission    control   system     and    OBD    briefly after a hard stop. There is no
tronic throttle control system.                                                               cause for concern if it then goes out when
                                               (On−Board Diagnostics) system before
At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-                                                     the engine is accelerated slightly.
                                               taking your vehicle for the inspection.
er, if you depress the accelerator pedal       For details, see “Emissions Inspection and     The light may come on when the oil level
more firmly and slowly, you can drive your                                                    is extremely low. It is not designed to
                                               Maintenance (I/M) programs” on page 244
vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle       in Section 6.                                  indicate low oil level, and the oil level
checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as                                                      must be checked using the level dipstick.
possible.                                      (f) Low Fuel Level Warning Light
                                               This light comes on when the fuel level                         NOTICE
Even if the abnormality of the electronic
throttle control system is corrected during    in the tank becomes nearly empty. Fill up
                                                                                               Do not drive the vehicle with the
low speed driving, the system may not be       the tank as soon as possible.
                                                                                               warning light on—even for one block.
recovered until the engine is stopped and      On inclines or curves, due to the move-         It may ruin the engine.
the ignition key is turned to “ACC” or         ment of fuel in the tank, the low fuel level
“LOCK” position.                               warning light may come on earlier than
                                               usual.




                                                                                                                                   107




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




(h) “ABS” Warning Light                        If either of the following conditions         Vehicles with vehicle stability control
Vehicles without vehicle stability control     occurs, this indicates a malfunction          system—
system—                                        somewhere in the components moni-             The light comes on when the ignition key
                                               tored by the warning light system.            is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−
The light comes on when the ignition key       Contact your Toyota dealer as soon as
is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−                                                 lock brake system and the brake assist
                                               possible to service the vehicle.              system work properly, the light turns off
lock brake system works properly, the
light turns off after a few seconds. There-    D The light does not come on when the         after a few seconds. Thereafter, if either
after, if the system malfunctions, the light     ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-    of the systems malfunctions, the light
comes on again.                                  tion, or remains on.                        comes on again.

When the “ABS” warning light is on (and        D The light comes on while you are dri-       When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
the brake system warning light is off), the      ving.                                       the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate,       A warning light turning on briefly during     anti−lock brake system, the brake assist
but the brake system still operates con-       operation does not indicate a problem.        system, the traction control system and
ventionally.                                                                                 the vehicle stability control system do not
                                                                                             operate, but the brake system still oper-
When the “ABS” warning light is on (and                       CAUTION
                                                                                             ates conventionally.
the brake system warning light is off), the
anti−lock brake system does not operate         If the “ABS” warning light remains on        When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
so that the wheels could lock up during         together with the brake system warn-         the brake system warning light is off), the
a sudden braking or braking on slippery         ing light, immediately stop your ve-         anti−lock brake system does not operate
road surfaces.                                  hicle at a safe place and contact your       so that the wheels could lock up during
                                                Toyota dealer.                               a sudden brake or braking on slippery
                                                                                             road surfaces.
                                                In this case, not only the anti−lock
                                                brake system will fail but also the
                                                vehicle will become extremely unsta-
                                                ble during braking.




108




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




If either of the following conditions        (j) SRS Warning Light                            The SRS warning light will come on and
occurs, this indicates a malfunction         This indicator comes on when the igni-           front passenger occupant classification in-
somewhere in the parts monitored by          tion key is turned to the “ON” position.         dicator light will indicate “OFF” if there is
the warning light. Contact your Toyota       If goes off after about 6 seconds. This          a malfunction in the front passenger occu-
dealer as soon as possible to service        means the SRS airbags and seat belt              pant classification system.
the vehicle.                                 pretensioners are operating properly.            (k) Low Tire Pressure Warning Light
D The light does not come on when the        This warning light system monitors the           This light warns that the tire inflation pres-
  ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-   airbag sensor assembly, front airbag sen-        sure of any one of the tires is critically
  tion, or remains on.                       sors, side and curtain shield airbag sen-        low. The light comes on when the ignition
D The light comes on while you are driv-     sors, curtain shield airbag sensors, driv-       key is turned to the “ON” position. It goes
  ing.                                       er’s seat position sensor, driver’s seat belt    off after a few seconds. This indicates
A warning light turning on briefly during    buckle switch, front passenger occupant          that the low tire pressure warning system
operation does not indicate a problem.       classification system and indicator light,       is functioning properly.
                                             front passenger’s seat belt buckle switch,       If the light comes on while driving, adjust
                                             seat belt pretensioner assemblies, inflat-       tire inflation pressure to the specified lev-
               CAUTION
                                             ors, interconnecting wiring and power            el. (See “Tires” on page 284 in Section 8.)
                                             sources.                                         After the tire inflation pressure is adjusted,
 If the “ABS” warning light remains on
 together with the brake system warn-        If any of the     following conditions occurs,   push the tire pressure warning system
 ing light, immediately stop your ve-        this indicates   a malfunction of the airbags    reset switch for a few seconds and make
 hicle at a safe place and contact your      or seat belt     pretensioners. Contact your     sure the warning light goes off. If the light
 Toyota dealer.                              Toyota dealer    as soon as possible.            still remains or blinks once every second,
 In this case, not only the anti−lock        D The light does not come on when the            have the low tire pressure warning system
 brake system will fail but also the            ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-      checked at your Toyota dealer.
 vehicle will become extremely unsta-           tion or remains on for more than 6            If the light blinks once every three sec-
 ble during braking.                            seconds or flashes.                           onds, the low tire pressure warning sys-
                                             D The light comes on or starts flashing          tem needs to be initialized.
(i) Open Door Warning Light                     while driving.                                For details, see “Tire pressure warning
                                                                                              system” on page 124 in Section 1−7.
This light remains on until all the doors
are completely closed.

                                                                                                                                       109




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




(l) Low Windshield Washer Fluid Level           The slip indicator light/traction control sys-   The system must be reset after the en-
    Warning Light (for vehicles sold in         tem off indicator light will come on when        gine oil replacement. Reset the system by
    Canada)                                     the “VSC” warning light comes on even if         the following procedure:
The light warns that the windshield washer      the “TRAC OFF” switch is not pushed.              1. Turn the ignition key to the “ACC” or
fluid level is too low. Add washer fluid at     (n) Engine Oil Replacement Reminder                  “LOCK” position with the odometer
your earliest opportunity. (For instructions,       Light (for vehicles sold in the                  reading shown. (For details, see
see “Adding washer fluid” on page 271 in            U.S.A.)                                          “Odometer and two trip meters” on
Section 7−3.)                                   This light reminds you when to replace               page 100 in this Section.)
(m) “VSC” Warning Light                         the engine oil.                                   2. Turn the ignition key to the “ON” posi-
The light warns that there is a problem         This light will come on when the ignition            tion while holding down the trip meter
somewhere in the vehicle stability control      key is turned to “ON” and will go off after          reset knob.
system or the traction control system.          about a few seconds.                             Hold down the button for at least 5 sec-
The light will come on when the ignition        When you drive for about 7200 km (4500           onds. The odometer indicates “000000”
key is turned to “ON”, and will go off after    miles) after the engine oil replacement,         and the light goes off.
about a few seconds.                            this light illuminates for 3 seconds and         If the system fails to reset, the light will
If the light comes on, the vehicle stability    then flashes for 12 seconds with the igni-       continue flashing.
control system and traction control system      tion key turned to the “ON” position. If         (o) Key Reminder Buzzer
do not work. However, as conventional           you continue driving without replacing the
                                                engine oil, and if the distance driven ex-       This buzzer reminds you to remove the
braking operates when applied, there is no                                                       key when you open the driver’s door with
problem to continue your driving.               ceeds 8000 km (5000 miles), the light will
                                                come on after the ignition key is turned         the ignition key in the “ACC” or “LOCK”
In the following cases, contact your Toyota     to the “ON” position. The light will remain      position.
dealer:                                         on thereafter.                                   (p) Light Reminder Buzzer
D The light does not come on after the          If the light is flashing, we recommend that      This buzzer will sound if the headlight
   ignition is turned to on.                    you replace the engine oil at an early           switch is left on and the driver’s door is
D The light is left on after the ignition is    opportunity depending on the driving and         opened with the key removed from the
   turned to on.                                road conditions.                                 ignition switch.
D The light comes on while driving.


110




                                                                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




CHECKING        SERVICE       REMINDER
INDICATORS (except the low fuel level
warning light and low windshield
washer fluid level warning light)
1. Apply the parking brake.
2. Open one of the doors.
   The open door warning light should
   come on.
3. Close the door.
   The open door warning light should go
   off.
4. Turn the ignition key to “ON”, but do
   not start the engine.
   All the service reminder indicators ex-
   cept the open door warning light should
   come on. The “ABS”, “VSC”, low tire
   pressure warning light and engine oil
   replacement reminder light go off after
   a few seconds. The SRS warning light
   goes off after about 6 seconds. (Slip
   indicator light/traction control system
   off indicator light also comes on and
   go off after a few seconds.)
If any service reminder indicator or warn-
ing buzzer does not function as described
above, have it checked by your Toyota
dealer as soon as possible.




                                                                                                   111




                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




112




                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                             SECTION                            1− 7
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Ignition switch, Transmission and Parking brake
Ignition switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   114
Automatic transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              115
Manual transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           118
Traction control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           120
Vehicle stability control system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                122
Tire pressure warning system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  124
Parking brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     127
Cruise control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    128




                                                                                                                    113




                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Ignition switch
                                             “LOCK”—Engine is off and the steering
                                             wheel is locked. The key can be re-                            CAUTION
                                             moved only at this position.
                                                                                             For manual transmission:
                                             You must push in the key to turn the key
                                             from “ACC” to the “LOCK” position. On           Never remove the key when the ve-
                                             vehicles with an automatic transmission,        hicle is moving, as this will lock the
                                             the selector lever must be put in the “P”       steering wheel and result in loss of
                                             position before pushing the key.                steering control.
                                             Once you remove the key, the engine im-
                                             mobilizer system is automatically set. (See                     NOTICE
                                             “Engine immobilizer system” on page 12
                                             in Section 1−2.)                                Do not leave the key in the “ON”
                                             When starting the engine, the key may           position if the engine is not running.
“START”—Starter motor on. The key            seem stuck at the “LOCK” position. To           The battery will discharge and the
will return to the “ON” position when        free it, first be sure the key is pushed all    ignition could be damaged.
released.                                    the way in, and then rock the steering
                                             wheel slightly while turning the key gently.
For starting tips, see page 199 in Section
3.                                           Approximately five hours after the engine
                                             is turned off, you may hear sound coming
“ON”—Engine on and all accessories
on.                                          from underneath the trunk for several min-
                                             utes. This is normal operation and does
This is the normal driving position.         not indicate a malfunction. (See “Leak
“ACC”—Accessories such as the radio          detection pump” on page ix.)
operate, but the engine is off.              It is not a malfunction even if the needles
If you leave the key in the “ACC” or         on all meters and gauges move slightly
“LOCK” position and open the driver’s        when the key is turned to the “ACC”,
door, a buzzer will remind you to remove     “ON” or “START” position.
the key.



114




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Automatic transmission
                                                                                Your automatic transmission has a shift
       Lock release button                                                      lock system to minimize the possibility of
       To prevent misshifting                           Selector lever          incorrect operation. This means you can
                                                                                only shift out of “P” position when the
                                                                                brake pedal is depressed (with the ignition
                                                                                switch in “ON” position and the lock re-
                                                                                lease button depressed).
                                                                                (a) Selector lever
                                                                                P: Parking, engine starting and key
                                                                                   removal
                                                                                R: Reverse
                                                                                N: Neutral
                                                                                D: Normal driving (with overdrive on)
                                                                                2: Stronger engine braking
          With the brake pedal depressed,
                                                                                L: Maximum engine braking
          shift while holding the lock
          release button in.
          (The ignition switch must be in
          “ON” position.)


          Shift while holding the lock
          release button in.


          Shift normally.                   Overdrive
                                            switch




                                                                                                                        115




                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                              Vehicles with cruise control—When the
                                              cruise control is being used, even if you                    CAUTION
                                              downshift the transmission by pushing and
                                              releasing the overdrive switch, engine        Never put your foot on the accelera-
                                              braking will not be enabled because the       tor pedal while shifting.
                                              cruise control is not cancelled.
                                              For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,       3. Release the parking brake and brake
                                              see “Cruise control” on page 128 in this         pedal. Depress the accelerator pedal
                                              Section.                                         slowly for smooth starting.
                                              (c) Normal driving                           (d) Using engine braking
                                              1. Start the engine as instructed in “How    To use engine braking, you can downshift
                                                 to start the engine” on page 200 in       the transmission as follows:
                                                 Section 3. The transmission must be in     D Push the overdrive switch. The “O/D
(b) Overdrive switch                             “P” or “N”.                                  OFF” indicator light will come on and
You can select either a third gear (with      2. With your foot holding down the brake        the transmission will downshift to third
overdrive off) or fourth gear (with over-        pedal, shift the selector lever to “D”.      gear.
drive on) by pushing this switch.             When the lever is in the “D” position, the    D Shift into the “2” position. The trans-
To turn the overdrive off, push the switch.   automatic transmission system will select       mission will downshift to second gear
The “O/D OFF” indicator light should come     the most suitable gear for running condi-       when the vehicle speed drops down to
on. To turn the overdrive on again, push      tions such as normal cruising, hill climb-      or lower than 105 km/h (65 mph), and
the switch again. The “O/D OFF” indicator     ing, hard towing, etc.                          stronger engine braking will be en-
light should go off.                                                                          abled.
                                              Always turn the overdrive on for better
Always drive your vehicle with the over-      fuel economy and quieter driving. If the      D Shift into the “L” position. The trans-
drive on for better fuel economy and          engine coolant temperature is low, the          mission will downshift to first gear
quieter driving.                              transmission will not shift into overdrive      when the vehicle speed drops down to
                                              gear even with the overdrive on.                or lower than 49 km/h (30 mph), and
If the engine is turned off when the over-                                                    maximum engine braking will be en-
drive is off and restarted, the overdrive                                                     abled.
will be on automatically.


116




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Vehicles with cruise control—When the                                                                (g) Parking
                                                                NOTICE
cruise control is being used, even if you                                                             1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.
downshift the transmission by pushing and     z Be careful not to over−rev the en-
releasing the overdrive switch, engine                                                                2. Pull the parking brake lever up fully to
                                                gine. Watch the tachometer to keep
braking will not be enabled because the                                                                  securely apply the parking brake.
                                                engine rpm from going into the red
cruise control is not cancelled.                zone. The approximate maximum al-                     3. With the brake pedal pressed down,
For ways to decrease the vehicle speed,         lowable speed for each position is                       shift the selector lever to the “P” posi-
see “Cruise control” on page 128 in this        given below for your reference:                          tion.
Section.                                          “2” . . . . . . . . . . . 118 km/h (73 mph)
                                                  “L” . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 km/h (40 mph)                        CAUTION
                CAUTION                       z Do not continue hill climbing or
                                                                                                      Never attempt to move the selector
                                                hard towing for a long time in the
 Be careful when downshifting on a                                                                    lever into “P” position under any cir-
                                                “2” or “L” position. This may cause
 slippery  surface. Abrupt  shifting                                                                  cumstances while the vehicle is mov-
                                                severe automatic transmission dam-
 could cause the vehicle to skid or                                                                   ing. Serious mechanical damage and
                                                age from overheating. To prevent
 spin.                                                                                                loss of vehicle control may result.
                                                such damage, “D” position should
                                                be used in hill climbing or hard
(e) Using “2” and “L” positions                 towing.                                              (h) Good driving practice

The “2” and “L” positions are used for                                                                D If the transmission repeatedly shifts up
strong engine braking as described pre-       (f) Backing up                                            and down between third gear and over-
viously.                                      1. Bring the vehicle to a complete stop.                  drive when climbing a gentle slope, the
                                                                                                        overdrive should be turned off. Be sure
With the selector lever in “2” or “L”, you    2. With the brake pedal held down with                    to turn the switch on immediately after-
can start the vehicle in motion as with the      your foot, shift the selector lever to the             ward.
lever in “D”.                                    “R” position.
                                                                                                      D When towing a trailer, in order to main-
With the selector lever in “2”, the vehicle                                                             tain engine braking efficiency, do not
                                                                NOTICE
will start in first gear and automatically                                                              use overdrive.
shift to second gear.                         Never shift into reverse while the ve-
With the selector lever in “L”, the trans-    hicle is moving.
mission is engaged in first gear.

                                                                                                                                             117




                                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                               Manual transmission
                                                                                         Press the clutch pedal down fully while
                CAUTION                                                                  shifting, and then release it slowly. Do not
                                                                                         rest your foot on the pedal while driving,
 Always keep your foot on the brake                                                      because it will cause clutch trouble. Do
 pedal while stopped with the engine                                                     not use the clutch to hold the vehicle
 running. This prevents the vehicle                                                      when stopped on an uphill grade—use the
 from creeping.                                                                          parking brake.
                                                                                         Recommended shifting speeds
                 NOTICE                                                                  The transmission is fully synchronized and
                                                                                         upshifting or downshifting is easy.
Always use the brake pedal or the
parking brake to hold the vehicle on                                                     For the best compromise between fuel
an upgrade. Do not attempt to hold                                                       economy and vehicle performance, you
the vehicle using the accelerator ped-                                                   should upshift or downshift at the following
al, as this can cause the transmission         The shift pattern is conventional as      speeds:
to overheat.                                   shown above.

                                                            CAUTION
(i) If you cannot shift the selector le-
    ver out of “P” position
                                               The shift lever knob can become ex-
If you cannot shift the selector lever from    tremely hot after parking under the
“P” position even though the brake pedal       sun.
is depressed, use the shift lock override
button. For instructions, see “If you cannot
shift automatic transmission selector lever”
on page 229 in Section 4.




118




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




            Gear              km/h       (mph)      Maximum allowable speeds                    Good driving practice
  1   to   2 or 2   to   1     24         (15)      To get on a highway or to pass slower        D If it is difficult to shift into reverse, put
  2   to   3 or 3   to   2   37/40∗1   (23/25∗1 )   traffic, maximum acceleration may be nec-      the transmission in neutral, release the
  3   to   4 or 4   to   3   64/45∗2   (40/28∗2 )   essary. Make sure you observe the follow-      clutch pedal momentarily, and then try
  4   to   5 or 5   to   4   72/64∗2   (45/40∗2 )   ing maximum allowable speeds in each           again.
  ∗1 :
     Under cold engine conditions                   gear:
  ∗2 :                                                                                           D When towing a trailer, in order to main-
     For    constant−speed     cruise    or                Gear            km/h (mph)              tain engine braking efficiency, do not
  constant−speed cruise after deceleration                  1               58   (36)              use fifth gear.
Downshift to the appropriate gear if accel-                 2               96   (60)
eration is needed when you are cruising                     3              139   (87)                             CAUTION
below the above downshifting speeds.                        4              180 (111)
Upshifting too soon or downshifting too                                                          Be careful when downshifting on a
                                                                    NOTICE                       slippery  surface. Abrupt  shifting
late will cause lugging, and possibly ping-
ing. Regularly revving the engine to maxi-                                                       could cause the vehicle to skid or
                                                    Do not downshift if you are going
mum speed in each gear will cause ex-                                                            spin.
                                                    faster than the maximum allowable
cessive engine wear and high fuel                   speed for the next lower gear.
consumption.
                                                                                                                   NOTICE
                                                                                                 z Do not use any gears other than
                                                                                                   first gear when starting off and
                                                                                                   moving forward. Doing so may dam-
                                                                                                   age the clutch.
                                                                                                 z Make sure the vehicle is completely
                                                                                                   stopped before shifting into reverse.




                                                                                                                                           119




                                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Traction control system
The traction control system automatical-                                                 When the traction control system is oper-
ly helps prevent the spinning of front                                                   ating, the following conditions occur:
wheels when the vehicle is started or                                                     D The system controls the spinning of the
accelerated on slippery road surfaces.                                                      front wheels. At this time, the slip indi-
When the ignition key is turned to “ON”,                                                    cator light/traction control system off
the system automatically turns on.                                                          indicator light blinks.
                                                                                          D You may feel vibration or noise in your
               CAUTION                                                                      vehicle, caused by operation of the
                                                                                            brakes. This indicates the system is
 Under certain slippery road condi-                                                         functioning properly.
 tions, full traction of the vehicle and
                                                                                         The indicator light comes on for a few
 power against front wheels cannot be
 maintained, even though the traction                                                    seconds when the ignition key is turned
                                                                                         to “ON”.
 control system is in operation. Do not
 drive the vehicle under any speed or      NORMAL DRIVING MODE                           In the following cases, contact your Toyota
 maneuvering conditions which may          Leave the system on during the ordi-          dealer:
 cause the vehicle to lose traction        nary driving so that it can operate            D The indicator light does not come on
 control. In situations where the road     when needed.                                     when the ignition key is turned “ON”.
 surface is covered with ice or snow,
 your vehicle should be fitted with
                                           You may hear a sound in the engine             D The indicator light remains on after the
                                           compartment for a few seconds when the           ignition is turned on.
 snow tires or tire chains. Always         engine is started or just after the vehicle
 drive at an appropriate and cautious      begins to move. This means that the trac-
                                                                                          D The indicator light comes on with the
 speed for the present road condi-         tion control system is in the self−check         normal driving mode while driving.
 tions.                                    mode, but does not indicate a malfunction.




120




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                 To turn on: Push “TRAC OFF” switch
                                                 once again.
                                                 The slip indicator light/traction control sys-
                                                 tem off indicator light will go off.
                                                 The indicator light comes on for a few
                                                 seconds when the ignition key is turned
                                                 to “ON”. It will come on again when you
                                                 push the “TRAC OFF” switch to turn off
                                                 the traction control system.
                                                 In the following cases, contact your Toyota
                                                 dealer:
                                                 D The indicator light does not come on
                                                    when the ignition key is turned “ON”.
TRACTION CONTROL OFF MODE                                                                         “VSC” warning light
                                                 D The indicator light remains on after the
When getting the vehicle out of mud or              ignition is turned on.                        This light warns that there is a problem
newly fallen snow, etc., turn off the                                                             somewhere in the traction control system
traction control system. This system             D The indicator light comes on with the          or the vehicle stability control system.
                                                    normal driving mode while driving.
that controls engine performance inter-                                                           The light will come on when the ignition
feres with the process of freeing front                                                           key is turned to “ON” and will go off after
wheels.                                                                                           a few seconds.
To turn off: Push “TRAC OFF” switch.                                                              If the light comes on while driving, the
The slip indicator light/traction control sys-                                                    system does not work. However, as con-
tem off indicator light will come on.                                                             ventional braking operates when applied,
The vehicle stability control system is al-                                                       there is no problem to continue your driv-
ways activated, even if the traction control                                                      ing.
system is turned off.




                                                                                                                                        121




                                                                                              2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                 Vehicle stability control
                                                 system
In the following cases, contact your Toyota      The vehicle stability control system
dealer:                                          helps provide integrated control of the                       CAUTION
D The warning light does not come on             systems such as anti−lock brake sys-
                                                                                                D Do not rely excessively on the ve-
   after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.     tem, traction control, engine control,
                                                 etc. This system automatically controls          hicle stability control system. Even
D The warning light remains on after the         the brakes and engine to help prevent            if the vehicle stability control sys-
   ignition key is turned to “ON”.               the vehicle from skidding when corner-           tem is operating, you must always
D The warning light comes on while driv-         ing on a slippery road surface or oper-          drive carefully and attentively to
   ing.                                          ating steering wheel abruptly.                   avoid serious injury. Reckless driv-
                                                                                                  ing will result in an unexpected ac-
The slip indicator light/traction control sys-   This system will activate when your ve-
                                                                                                  cident. If the slip indicator light
tem off indicator light will come on when        hicle speed reaches or exceeds 15 km/h
                                                                                                  flashes, an alarm sounds, and spe-
the “VSC” warning light comes on even if         (9 mph), and will deactivate when the ve-
                                                                                                  cial care should be taken while
the “TRAC OFF” switch is not pushed.             hicle speed reduces to below 15 km/h (9
                                                                                                  driving.
                                                 mph).
                                                                                                D Only use tires of specified size. The
                                                 You may hear a sound in the engine               size, manufacture, brand and tread
                                                 compartment for a few seconds when the
                                                                                                  pattern for all 4 tires should be the
                                                 engine is started or just after the vehicle
                                                                                                  same. If you use the tires other
                                                 begins to move. This means that the sys-
                                                                                                  than specified, or different type or
                                                 tem is in the self−check mode, but does
                                                                                                  size, the vehicle stability control
                                                 not indicate a malfunction.
                                                                                                  system may not function correctly.
                                                                                                  When replacing the tires or wheels,
                                                                                                  contact your Toyota dealer. (See
                                                                                                  “Checking and replacing tires” on
                                                                                                  page 261 in Section 7−2.)
                                                                                                D In situations where the road surface
                                                                                                  is covered with ice or snow, your
                                                                                                  vehicle should be fitted with snow
                                                                                                  tires or tire chains.



122




                                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                 In the following cases, contact your Toyota
                                                 dealer:
                                                 D The indicator light does not come on
                                                    when the ignition key is turned “ON”.
                                                 D The indicator light remains on after the
                                                    ignition is turned on.
                                                 D The indicator light comes on with the
                                                    normal driving mode while driving.




If the vehicle is going to skid during driv-                                                    “VSC” warning light
ing, the slip indicator light blinks and an                                                     This light warns that there is a problem
alarm sounds intermittently. Special care                                                       somewhere in the vehicle stability control
should be taken while driving.                                                                  system or the traction control system.
The slip indicator light/traction control sys-                                                  The light will come on when the ignition
tem off indicator light comes on for a few                                                      key is turned to “ON” and will go off after
seconds when the ignition key is turned                                                         a few seconds.
to “ON”. If you select the traction control
off mode, the indicator light will come on                                                      If the light comes on while driving, the
again.                                                                                          system does not work. However, as con-
                                                                                                ventional braking operates when applied,
                                                                                                there is no problem to continue your driv-
                                                                                                ing.




                                                                                                                                      123




                                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                 Tire pressure warning system
In the following cases, contact your Toyota      The tire pressure warning system is de-
dealer:                                          signed to provide warning when tire
D The warning light does not come on             inflation pressure of any one of the
   after the ignition key is turned to “ON”.     tires is critically low while the vehicle
                                                 is moving. The low tire pressure warn-
D The warning light remains on after the         ing light comes on to inform you that
   ignition key is turned to “ON”.               such low tire pressure may hamper
D The warning light comes on while driv-         driving.
   ing.                                          This system is not designed to operate
The slip indicator light/traction control sys-   when the vehicle is stopped. Therefore,
tem off indicator light will come on when        check the tire inflation pressure regularly.
the “VSC” warning light comes on even if         The recommended cold tire inflation pres-
the “TRAC OFF” switch is not pushed.             sure, tire size and the vehicle capacity
                                                 weight are on the tire and loading informa-
                                                 tion label. (For instructions, see “Checking   LOW TIRE PRESSURE WARNING LIGHT
                                                 tire inflation pressure” on page 259 in        This light comes on when the ignition key
                                                 Section 7−2.)                                  is turned to the “ON” position. It goes off
                                                 Installed tires should be of the specified     after a few seconds. This indicates that
                                                 size. They should be of the same size          the tire pressure warning system is func-
                                                 and construction. If tires other than the      tioning properly.
                                                 specified size are used, or if tires of dif-   If the low tire pressure warning light
                                                 ferent sizes or constructions are mixed,       comes on or blinks while driving, do
                                                 the tire pressure warning system will not      the following.
                                                 function properly.




124




                                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




If the warning light comes on:                 The tire pressure warning system does            D The loading is over the limit or imbal-
1. Adjust the tire inflation pressure to       not function properly under certain cir-           anced.
   the specified level as soon as pos-         cumstances. In the following cases, the          D Initialization was not performed correct-
   sible. (See “Tires” on page 284 in          low tire pressure warning light may not            ly after replacing or rotating tires or
   Section 8.)                                 come on even if the tire inflation pres-           wheels.
                                               sure is low, or it may come on when
2. Push the tire pressure warning sys-         the tire inflation pressure is actually          D The outside temperature is below 0_C
   tem reset switch for a few seconds          normal.                                            (32_F) or above 40_C (104_F).
   and make sure the warning light
   goes off.                                   D A compact spare tire, snow tires, or                           CAUTION
                                                 tire chains are used.
If the light remains on after the reset
switch has been pushed, have the tire          D The tire inflation pressure is excessive-      When the tire pressure warning light
pressure warning system checked at your          ly higher than specified, or tire inflation    comes on, observe the following in-
Toyota dealer.                                   pressure suddenly drops due to burst-          structions:
                                                 ing or other causes.
If you have a flat tire, replace it with the                                                    D Adjust the tire inflation pressure to
spare tire. For details, see “If you have      D The vehicle is driven on a slippery              the specified level as soon as pos-
a flat tire” on page 217 in Section 4.           road surface such as rough or frozen             sible.
                                                 roads.
If the warning light blinks once every                                                          D Avoid abrupt steering wheel maneu-
second:                                        D The vehicle speed is less than 30 km/h           vering and braking. If the vehicle
                                                 (19 mph) or more than 100 km/h (62               tires deteriorate, you could lose
The low tire pressure warning system may         mph), and the driving duration is less           control of the steering wheel or the
be malfunctioning. Contact your Toyota           than 5 minutes.                                  brakes, causing death or serious in-
dealer.
                                               D The tires differ in tread pattern or             jury.
If the warning light blinks once every           manufacturer.
three seconds:
                                               D The tires are not the specified size.
The low tire pressure warning system
needs to be initialized. Reset the system      D The tread wear is very different among
with the tire pressure warning system re-        the installed tires.
set switch. (To reset the system, see          D Rapid    acceleration/deceleration      or
“TIRE PRESSURE WARNING SYSTEM                    sharp turns is continued.
RESET SWITCH”.)                                D Towing a trailer.
                                                                                                                                      125




                                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                       To initialize the system, perform the fol-
Note:      The tire pressure monitoring                                                lowing:
system on your vehicle will warn you
                                                                                        1. Park the vehicle at a safe place and
when one of your tires is significantly
                                                                                           apply the parking brake. Stop the en-
under−inflated and when some com-
                                                                                           gine.
binations of your tires are significant-
ly under−inflated. However, there are                                                   2. Adjust the pressure of all the installed
other combinations of significantly                                                        tires to the specified level. (See “Tires”
under−inflated tires for which your                                                        on page 284 in Section 8.)
tire pressure monitoring system may                                                     3. Turn the ignition key to “ON”.
not warn you. These other combina-
                                                                                          If the low tire pressure warning light
tions are relatively common, account-
                                                                                          comes on, push the reset switch for a
ing    for   approximately    half   the
                                                                                          few seconds and make sure the warn-
instances in which vehicles have sig-
                                                                                          ing light goes off.
nificantly under−inflated tires. For ex-   TIRE PRESSURE       WARNING     SYSTEM
ample, your system may not warn you        RESET SWITCH                                 4. Push and hold the reset switch until
when both tires on the same side or                                                        the low tire pressure warning light
                                           The tire pressure warning system need           blinks three times.
on the same axle of your vehicle are
                                           to be initialized in the following condi-
significantly under−inflated. It is par-                                               Initialization is completed after driving at
ticularly important, therefore, for you    tions:
                                                                                       the speeds of 30 km/h (19 mph) or over
to check the tire pressure in all of       D When the low tire pressure warning        for more than one hour. If the following
your tires regularly and maintain            light blinks once every three sec-        driving conditions are satisfied, initializa-
proper pressure.                             onds                                      tion will be completed in about one hour.
                                           D After replacing or rotating tires or       D The vehicle speed is between 50 km/h
                                             wheels                                       (31 mph) and 100 km/h (62 mph).
                                           When initializing the system, the pres-      D The roads are dry, smooth and straight.
                                           ent tire condition is stored as a stan-
                                           dard.
                                                                                        D The number of passengers is 1 or 2
                                                                                          (including driver).



126




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                                Parking brake
                                                 If the low tire pressure warning light does
                                                 not blink when you push and hold the
                                                 reset switch, have the low pressure warn-
                                                 ing system checked at your Toyota dealer.
                                                 When the warning light blinks once every
                                                 three seconds while driving, you may be
                                                 unable to reset the system. In this case,
                                                 set the system again according to the
                                                 above procedure.




                                                                                                Type A
When initializing the system, make sure
the low tire pressure warning light blinks
three times. If the warning light does not
blink three times, initializing will be failed
and the tire pressure warning system will
not function properly.
Do not push the reset switch without ad-
justing the tire inflation pressure to the
specified level. Otherwise, the low tire
pressure warning light may not come on
even if the tire pressure is low, or it may
come on when the tire inflation pressure
is actually normal.
If you push the reset switch while the
vehicle is moving, initialization is not per-
formed.                                                                                         Type B


                                                                                                                                    127




                                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                              Cruise control
When parking, firmly apply the parking        The cruise control is designed to main-
brake to avoid inadvertent creeping.          tain a set cruising speed without requir-
To set: Pull up the lever. For better hold-   ing the driver to operate the accelera-
ing power, first depress the brake pedal      tor. Cruising speed can be set to any
and hold it while setting the parking         speed above 40 km/h (25 mph).
brake.                                        Within the limits of the engine’s capabili-
To release: Pull up the lever slightly (1),   ties, cruising speed can be maintained up
press the lock release button (2), and low-   or down grades. However, changes in ve-
er (3).                                       hicle speed may occur on steeper grades.
To remind you that the parking brake is
set, the parking brake reminder light in                      CAUTION
the instrument panel remains on until you
release the parking brake.                     D To help maintain maximum control
                                                 of your vehicle, do not use the
                                                 cruise control when driving in              TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF
                CAUTION
                                                 heavy or varying traffic, or on slip-       To turn the cruise control on, press the
 Before driving, be sure the parking             pery (rainy, icy or snow−covered) or        “ON−OFF” button. The “CRUISE” indicator
 brake is fully released and the park-           winding roads.                              light on the instrument panel will come on
 ing brake reminder light is off.              D Avoid vehicle speed increases when          to indicate that the cruise control is opera-
                                                 driving downhill. If the vehicle            tional. Pressing the “ON−OFF” button
                                                 speed is too fast in relation to the        again turns the system off.
                                                 cruise control set speed, cancel the        When the system is turned off, cruising
                                                 cruise control then downshift the           speed must be reset when the cruise con-
                                                 transmission to use engine braking          trol is turned on again.
                                                 to slow down.




128




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                      If you need acceleration—for example,
             CAUTION                                                                  when passing—depress the accelerator
                                                                                      pedal enough for the vehicle to exceed
To avoid accidentally engaging the                                                    the set speed. When you release it, the
cruise control, turn the system off                                                   vehicle will return to the speed set prior
when it is not in use. Make sure the                                                  to the acceleration.
“CRUISE” indicator light is off.
                                                                                                         CAUTION

                                                                                       For manual transmission:
                                                                                       While driving with the cruise control
                                                                                       on, do not shift to neutral without
                                                                                       depressing the clutch pedal, as this
                                                                                       may cause engine racing or overrev-
                                       SETTING THE CRUISING SPEED                      ving.
                                       On vehicles with automatic transmission,
                                       the transmission must be in “D” before         CANCELLING THE CRUISE CONTROL
                                       you set the cruising speed.
                                                                                      The cruise control may be temporarily
                                       Bring your vehicle to the desired speed,       cancelled by the driver or by the system
                                       push the lever down in the “− SET” direc-      itself under certain circumstances. Tempo-
                                       tion and release it. This sets the vehicle     rary cancellation allows the set cruising
                                       at that speed. If the speed is not satisfac-   speed to remain in memory.
                                       tory, tap the lever up for a faster speed,
                                       or tap it down for a slower speed. Each        The cruise control can be temporarily can-
                                       tap changes the set speed by 1.6 km/h          celled by doing the following:
                                       (1.0 mph). You can now take your foot off       D Pulling the lever in the “CANCEL” di-
                                       the accelerator pedal.                            rection and releasing it
                                                                                       D Depressing the brake pedal
                                                                                       D Depressing the clutch pedal (manual
                                                                                         transmission)

                                                                                                                           129




                                                                                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Under certain circumstances, the cruise       RESETTING TO A FASTER SPEED                   CRUISE CONTROL FAILURE WARNING
control is temporarily cancelled:             Push the lever up in the “+ RES” direction    If the “CRUISE” indicator light flashes
D When vehicle speed falls below 40           and hold it. Release the lever when the       when using the cruise control, press the
   km/h (25 mph)                              desired speed is attained. While the lever    “ON−OFF” button to turn the system off
D When vehicle stability control is acti-     is held up, the vehicle will gradually gain   and then press it again to turn it on.
   vated                                      speed.                                        If any of the following conditions then oc-
When vehicle speed drops 16 km/h (10          However, a faster way to reset is to ac-      curs, there is some trouble in the cruise
mph) below the set speed, the cruise con-     celerate the vehicle and then push the        control system.
trol is cancelled and the set speed is        lever down in the “− SET” direction.           D The indicator light does not come on.
erased from memory.                           RESETTING TO A SLOWER SPEED                    D The indicator light flashes again.
The “CRUISE” indicator light remains on       Push the lever down in the “− SET” direc-      D The indicator light goes out after it
to indicate that the system is still in op-   tion and hold it. Release the lever when         comes on.
eration.                                      the desired speed is attained. While the
                                              lever is held down, the vehicle speed will    If this is the case, contact your Toyota
To turn the cruise control off, press the                                                   dealer and have your vehicle inspected.
“ON−OFF”    button.    Make      sure the     gradually decrease.
“CRUISE” indicator light is off.              However, a faster way to reset is to de-
If the cruise control automatically cancels   press the brake pedal and then push the
out other than for the above cases, have      lever down in the “− SET” direction.
your vehicle checked by your Toyota deal-     On vehicles with automatic transmission,
er at the earliest opportunity.               even if you turn off the overdrive switch,
RESUMING THE CRUISE CONTROL                   with the cruise control on, engine braking
                                              will not be applied because the cruise
If the cruise control is temporarily can-     control is not cancelled. To decrease the
celled, the cruising speed can be resumed     vehicle speed, reset to a slower speed
by pushing the lever up in the “+ RES”        with the cruise control lever or depress
direction.                                    the brake pedal. If you use the brake
Vehicle speed must be above 40 km/h (25       pedal, cruise control is cancelled.
mph).


130




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                           SECTION                           1− 8
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Audio system
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Using your audio system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Audio system operating hints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144




                                                                                                                  131




                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                          Using your audio system—
Reference                                 —Some basics
                                          This Section describes some of the basic     TONE AND BALANCE
                                          features on Toyota audio systems. Some       For details about your system’s tone and
                                          information may not pertain to your sys-     balance controls, see the description of
                                          tem.                                         your own system.
                                          Your audio system works when the ignition    Tone
                                          key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position.
                                                                                       How good an audio program sounds to
                                          TURNING THE SYSTEM ON AND OFF                you is largely determined by the mix of
                                          Push “PWR/VOL” to turn the audio system      the treble, midrange (on some models)
                                          on and off.                                  and bass levels. In fact, different kinds of
                                          Push “AM”, “FM” or “DISC” to turn on that    music and vocal programs usually sound
                                          function without pushing “PWR/VOL”.          better with different mixes of treble, mi-
                                                                                       drange and bass.
                                          You can turn on compact disc player by
Type 1: AM·FM radio/compact disc player   inserting a compact disc.                    Balance
(with compact disc changer controller)                                                 A good balance of the left and right stereo
                                          You can turn off the compact disc player
                                          by ejecting the compact disc. If the audio   channels and of the front and rear sound
                                          system was previously off, then the entire   levels is also important.
                                          audio system will be turned off when you     Keep in mind that if you are listening to
                                          eject the compact disc. If the other func-   a stereo recording or broadcast, changing
                                          tion was previously playing, it will come    the right/left balance will increase the vol-
                                          on again.                                    ume of one group of sounds while de-
                                          SWITCHING BETWEEN FUNCTIONS                  creasing the volume of another.

                                          Push “AM”, “FM” or “DISC” if the system
                                          is already on but you want to switch from
                                          one function to another.



Type 2: AM·FM radio/compact disc player
with changer

132




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




YOUR RADIO ANTENNA                             YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER WITH
Your vehicle has a mast type antenna.          CHANGER (type 2)

To remove the antenna, carefully turn it       When you insert a disc, push the “LOAD”
counterclockwise.                              button and gently push the disc in with
                                               the label side up. The player will play
                 NOTICE                        from track 1 through to the end of the
                                               disc. Then it will play from track 1 of the
To prevent damage to the antenna,              next disc.
make sure it is removed before driv-
                                               The player is intended for use with 12 cm
ing your Toyota through an automatic
                                               (4.7 in.) discs only.
car wash.

YOUR COMPACT DISC PLAYER (type 1)
When you insert a disc, gently push it in
with the label side up. The player will play                                                                  NOTICE
from track 1 through to the end of the
                                                                                              z Do not stack up two discs for in-
disc. Then it will play from track 1 again.
                                                                                                sertion, or it will cause damage to
                 NOTICE                                                                         the compact disc player. Insert only
                                                                                                one compact disc into slot at a
Never try to disassemble or oil any                                                             time.
part of the compact disc player. Do                                                           z Never try to disassemble or oil any
not insert anything other than com-                                                             part of the compact disc player. Do
pact discs into the slot.                                                                       not insert anything other than com-
                                                                                                pact discs into the slot.
The player is intended for use with 12 cm
(4.7 in.) discs only.




                                                                                                                                  133




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Controls and features
"Type 1
                                         Details of specific buttons, controls and
                                         features are described in the alphabetical
                                         list that follows.




134




                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)                  AM                                           Error messages
These buttons are used to preset and          Push the “AM” button to turn on the radio    If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-
tune in radio stations.                       and select the AM band. “AM” will appear     tem will display following error messages.
To preset a station to a button: Tune in      on the display.                              “WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
the desired station. (See “TUNE” or           AUDIO CONT (Tone and sound balance           may be too hot. Allow the player to cool
“SEEK”.) Push and hold down the button        adjustment function)                         down.
until you hear a beep—this will set the       Each time you push the “AUDIO CONT”          “ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, dam-
station to the button. The preset button      knob, the mode changes. To adjust the        aged or inserted incorrectly (up−side
number will appear on the display.            tone and balance, turn the knob.             down). Clean the disc and re−insert it.
To recall a preset station: Push the button   BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The dis-     “NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of
for the station you want. The preset but-     play ranges from −5 to 5.                    separate unit is empty. Insert a disc.
ton number and station frequency will ap-
pear on the display.                          TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The dis-    “ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside
                                              play ranges from −5 to 5.                    the system. Eject the disc or magazine.
These systems can store one AM and two                                                     Set the disc or magazine again.
FM stations for each button. (The display     FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between
will show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you       the front and rear speakers. The display     “ERROR 4”: Over−current.        Ask   your
push “AM” or “FM” button.)                    ranges from F7 to R7.                        Toyota dealer to inspect.
                                              BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between       “CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer
    (Eject button)                            the right and left speakers. The display     lid of separate unit is open. Close the
Push the compact disc eject button to         ranges from L7 to R7.                        compact disc changer lid.
eject a compact disc.                         DISC (Compact disc)                          If the malfunction still exists, take your
          (Reverse/Fast−forward button)       Push the “DISC” button to play a compact     vehicle to your Toyota dealer.
                                              disc.
Push and hold “      ” (preset button 6) or
                                              When the audio system is set into com-
“    ” (preset button 5) to fast forward or
                                              pact disc operation, the display shows the
reverse within a compact disc. When you       track, or track and disc number currently
release the button, the compact disc play-    being played.
er will resume playing.


                                                                                                                                 135




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




     DISC                                    RAND (Random)                                 RPT (Repeat)
With compact disc changer only—              There are two random features—you can         There are two repeat features—you can
Use these buttons to select a disc you       either listen to the tracks on one compact    either replay a disc track or a whole com-
want to listen to.                           disc in random order, or listen to the        pact disc.
                                             tracks on all the compact discs in the        Repeating a track:
Push “ ” (preset button 3) or “ ” (preset    magazine in random order.
button 4) until the number of the disc you                                                 Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset
want to listen appears on the display.       To play the tracks on one disc in random      button 2) while the track is playing.
                                             order:                                        “       ” will appear on the display. When
FM                                           Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset       the track ends, it will automatically replay.
Push the “FM” button to turn on the radio    button 1). “         ” will appear on the     To turn off the repeat feature, push this
and select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2”       display and the player will perform the       button again.
will appear on the display. This system      tracks on the disc you are listening to in    With compact disc changer only—
allows you to set twelve FM stations, two    random order. To turn off the random fea-
for each of the preset button.               ture, push this button again.                 Repeating a disc:
                                                                                           Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)
PWR/VOL (Power and Volume)                   With compact disc changer only—
                                                                                           until you hear a beep. “          ” will ap-
Push “PWR/VOL” to turn the audio system      To play all the tracks in the magazine in     pear on the display. The player will repeat
on and off. Turn “PWR/VOL” to adjust the     random order:                                 all the tracks on the disc you are listening
volume.                                      Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)        to. When the disc ends, the player will
                                             until you hear a beep. “         ” will ap-   automatically go back to the first track on
                                             pear on the display and the player will       the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat
                                             perform all the tracks on all the discs in    feature, push this button again.
                                             the magazine in random order. To turn off
                                             the random feature, push this button
                                             again.




136




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




SCAN                                         Compact disc player                             SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)
Radio                                        There are two scan features—you can ei-         Radio
You can either scan all the frequencies on   ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or      In the seek mode, the radio finds and
a band or scan only the preset stations      scan the first tracks of all the discs in the   plays the next station up or down the
for that band.                               magazine.                                       station band.
To scan all the frequencies:                 Scanning the tracks on a disc:                  To seek the next station, quickly push and
Quickly push and release “ ” or “ ” side     Quickly push and release “ ” or “ ” side        release “ ” or “ ” side of the “SEEK/
of the “SCAN” button. The radio will find    of the “SCAN” button. “SCAN” will appear        TRACK” button. Do this again to find the
the next station up the station band, stay   on the display and the player will scan all     station after that.
there for 5 seconds, and then scan again     the tracks on the disc you are listening to.
                                             To stop scanning, push “ ” or “ ” side          Compact disc player
to the next station. To stop scanning,
push “ ” or “ ” side of this button again.   of this button again. If the player scanned     Use this button to skip up or down to a
                                             all the tracks on the disc, it will stop        different track.
To scan the preset stations:                 scanning.
Push and hold “ ” or “ ” side of the                                                         Push “ ” or “ ” side of the “SEEK/
“SCAN” button until you hear a beep. The     With compact disc changer only—                 TRACK” button until the number of the
radio will tune in the next preset station   Scanning the first tracks of all the discs      track you want to listen to appears on the
up or down the band, stay there for 5        in the magazine:                                display. If you want to return to the begin-
seconds, and then move to the next pre-      Push and hold “ ” or “ ” side of the            ning of the current track, quickly push the
set station. To stop scanning, push “ ” or   “SCAN” button until you hear a beep.            down side of the button one time.
“ ” side of this button again.               “ ·SCAN” will appear on the display and         ST (Stereo reception) display
                                             the player will scan the first track on the     Your radio automatically changes to stereo
                                             next disc. To stop scanning, push “ ” or        reception when a stereo broadcast is re-
                                             “ ” side of this button again. If the player    ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the
                                             has scanned all the discs, it will stop         signal becomes weak, the radio reduces
                                             scanning.                                       the amount of channel separation to prev-
                                                                                             ent the weak signal from creating noise.
                                                                                             If the signal becomes extremely weak, the
                                                                                             radio switches from stereo to mono recep-
                                                                                             tion.

                                                                                                                                    137




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




TEXT
This button is used to change the display
for the compact disc that contains text
data.
To change the display, quickly push and
release the “TEXT” button while the com-
pact disc is playing. The display changes
in the order from the elapsed time to disc
title to track title, then back to the
elapsed time.
If this button is pushed while a compact
disc that does not contain text data is
playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the
display.
If the entire disc or track title does not
appear on the display, push and hold the
button until you hear a beep. The rest of
the title will appear.
TUNE (Tuning)
Turn the “TUNE” knob clockwise to step
up the frequency. Turn the knob counter-
clockwise to step down the frequency.




138




                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
          ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




"Type 2
                          Details of specific buttons, controls and
                          features are described in the alphabetical
                          list that follows.




                                                               139




                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




1 2 3 4 5 6 (Preset buttons)                   To eject all discs at a time, press and        FAD: Adjusts the sound balance between
These buttons are used to preset and           hold the eject button until you hear a         the front and rear speakers. The display
tune in radio stations.                        beep. The last compact disc played before      ranges from F7 to R7.
                                               pushing the button will be ejected first. If   BAL: Adjusts the sound balance between
To preset a station to a button: Tune in       the ejected disc is not removed for a long
the desired station. (See “TUNE” or                                                           the right and left speakers. The display
                                               time, the eject function will be cancelled.    ranges from L7 to R7.
“SEEK”.) Push and hold down the button
until you hear a beep—this will set the                   (Reverse/Fast−forward button)       DISC (Compact disc)
station to the button. The preset button                                                      Push the “DISC” button to play a compact
number will appear on the display.             Push and hold “      ” (preset button 6) or
                                                                                              disc.
                                               “    ” (preset button 5) to fast forward or
To recall a preset station: Push the button                                                   When the audio system is set into com-
for the station you want. The preset but-      reverse within a compact disc. When you
                                               release the button, the compact disc play-     pact disc operation, the display shows the
ton number and station frequency will ap-                                                     track, or track and disc number currently
pear on the display.                           er will resume playing.
                                                                                              being played.
This radio can store one AM and two FM         AM
                                                                                              Error messages
stations for each button. (The display will    Push the “AM” button to turn on the radio
show “AM”, “FM1” or “FM2” when you             and select the AM band. “AM” will appear       If the player malfunctions, your audio sys-
push “AM” or “FM” button.)                     on the display.                                tem will display following error messages.
                                               AUDIO CONT (Tone and sound balance             “WAIT”: The compact disc player unit
      (Eject button)                                                                          may be too hot. Allow the player to cool
                                               adjustment function)
This button is used to eject one or all                                                       down.
                                               Each time you push the “AUDIO CONT”
compact discs.                                                                                “ERROR 1”: The disc may be dirty, dam-
                                               knob, the mode changes. To adjust the
To eject the current compact disc, push        tone and balance, turn the knob.               aged or inserted incorrectly (up−side
and release the compact disc eject button.                                                    down). Clean the disc and re−insert it.
                                               BAS: Adjusts low−pitched tones. The dis-
To eject a specific disc, push “ ” (preset     play ranges from −5 to 5.                      “NO DISC”: The compact disc changer of
button 3) or “ ” (preset button 4) until the                                                  separate unit is empty. Insert a disc.
                                               MID (on some models): Adjusts mid−
number of the disc you want to eject is                                                       “ERROR 3”: There is a problem inside
                                               pitched tones. The display ranges from −5
displayed. Push and release the eject but-                                                    the system. Eject the disc or magazine.
                                               to 5.
ton.                                                                                          Set the disc or magazine again.
                                               TRE: Adjusts high−pitched tones. The dis-
                                               play ranges from −5 to 5.
140




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




“ERROR 4”: Over−current.          Ask   your    If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter   RAND (Random)
Toyota dealer to inspect.                       will close after 15 seconds.                  There are two random features—you can
“CD OPEN”: The compact disc changer             To load multiple compact discs, push and      either listen to the tracks on one compact
lid of separate unit is open. Close the         hold the button (until you hear a beep        disc in random order, or listen to the
compact disc changer lid.                       when the audio system is on), then insert     tracks on all the compact discs in the
If the malfunction still exists, take your      the first compact disc. After the disc is     magazine in random order.
vehicle to your Toyota dealer.                  loaded, the shutter of the slot will close.   To play the tracks on one disc in random
                                                After a few seconds, the shutter will auto-   order:
     DISC                                       matically open again so the next disc can     Quickly push and release “RAND” (preset
Use these buttons to select a disc you          be inserted. The same process can be
                                                                                              button 1). “         ” will appear on the
want to listen to.                              applied for loading the rest of the discs.
                                                                                              display and the player will perform the
Push “ ” (preset button 3) or “ ” (preset       If the player is full of discs, “DISC FULL”
                                                                                              tracks on the disc you are listening to in
button 4) until the number of the disc you      will appear on the display.
                                                                                              random order. To turn off the random fea-
want to listen appears on the display.          If no compact disc is inserted, the shutter   ture, push this button again.
FM                                              will close after 15 seconds.
                                                                                              To play all the tracks in the magazine in
Push the “FM” button to turn on the radio       PWR/VOL (Power and Volume)                    random order:
and select the FM band. “FM1” or “FM2”          Push “PWR/VOL” to turn the audio system       Push and hold “RAND” (preset button 1)
will appear on the display. This system         on and off. Turn “PWR/VOL” to adjust the      until you hear a beep. “         ” will ap-
allows you to set twelve FM stations, two       volume.                                       pear on the display and the player will
for each of the preset button.                  RDS (Radio Data System) display               perform all the tracks on all the discs in
LOAD                                                                                          the magazine in random order. To turn off
                                                The radio will automatically switch to the    the random feature, push this button
This button is used to load the compact         RDS mode to receive an RDS station            again.
discs in the compact disc player. This          while turned to FM broadcasts. “RDS” will
player can store up to six discs.               appear on the display.
To load one compact        disc only, quickly
push and release the      button, then insert
a compact disc. After     the disc is loaded,
the shutter of the slot    will close.


                                                                                                                                    141




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




RPT (Repeat)                                    SCAN                                           Compact disc player
There are two repeat features—you can           Radio                                          There are two scan features—you can ei-
either replay a disc track or a whole com-      You can either scan all the frequencies on     ther scan the tracks on a specific disc or
pact disc.                                      a band or scan only the preset stations        scan the first tracks of all the discs in the
Repeating a track:                              for that band.                                 magazine.
Quickly push and release “RPT” (preset          To scan the preset stations:                   Scanning the tracks on a disc:
button 2) while the track is playing.           Push and hold the “SCAN” button until          Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-
“       ” will appear on the display. When      you hear a beep. The radio will tune in        ton. “SCAN” will appear on the display
the track ends, it will automatically replay.   the next preset station up the band, stay      and the player will scan all the tracks on
To turn off the repeat feature, push this       there for 5 seconds, and then move to the      the disc you are listening to. To stop
button again.                                   next preset station. To stop scanning,         scanning, push this button again. If the
                                                push this button again.                        player scanned all the tracks on the disc,
Repeating a disc:                                                                              it will stop scanning.
Push and hold “RPT” (preset button 2)           To scan all the frequencies:
                                                Quickly push and release the “SCAN” but-       Scanning the first tracks of all the discs
until you hear a beep. “          ” will ap-
                                                ton. The radio will find the next station up   in the magazine:
pear on the display. The player will repeat
                                                the station band, stay there for 5 seconds,    Push the “SCAN” button until you hear a
all the tracks on the disc you are listening
to. When the disc ends, the player will         and then scan again to the next station.       beep. “ ·SCAN” will appear on the dis-
automatically go back to the first track on     To stop scanning, push this button again.      play and the player will scan the first
the disc and replay. To turn off the repeat                                                    track on the next disc. To stop scanning,
feature, push this button again.                                                               push this button again. If the changer has
                                                                                               scanned all the discs, it will stop scan-
                                                                                               ning.




142




                                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




SEEK/TRACK (Seeking/Track up/down)             TEXT                                          Compact disc player
Radio                                          Radio                                         This button is used to change the display
In the seek mode, the radio finds and          This button is operational only in RDS        for the compact disc that contains text
plays the next station up or down the          mode.                                         data.
station band.                                  When an RDS station transmits a text          To change the display, quickly push and
To seek the next station, quickly push and     message, “MSG” will appear on the dis-        release the “TEXT” button while the com-
release “ ” or “ ” side of the “SEEK/          played.                                       pact disc is playing. The display changes
TRACK” button. Do this again to find the                                                     in the order from the elapsed time to disc
                                               To display the text message, first push       title to track title, then back to the
station after that.                            the “TEXT” button to change the radio         elapsed time.
Compact disc player                            station display. Then push the “TEXT” but-
                                               ton once more to display, and the mes-        If this button is pushed while a compact
Use this button to skip up or down to a                                                      disc that does not contain text data is
different track.                               sage will appear on the display.
                                                                                             playing, “NO TITLE” will appear on the
Push “ ” or “ ” side of the “SEEK/             If the entire the message is not displayed,   display.
TRACK” button until the number of the          “ ” will appear on the display. To display
                                               the rest of the message, push and hold        If the entire disc or track title does not
track you want to listen to appears on the                                                   appear on the display, push and hold the
display. If you want to return to the begin-   the “TEXT” button until you hear a beep.
                                                                                             button until you hear a beep. The rest of
ning of the current track, quickly push the    After the entire message has been dis-        the title will appear.
down side of the button one time.              played, the message will disappear.
                                                                                             TRAF (Traffic)
ST (Stereo reception) display                  The message display will be canceled if
                                               any button that affects the display is        This button turns the traffic announcement
Your radio automatically changes to stereo                                                   (TA) feature on and off. This button is
reception when a stereo broadcast is re-       pushed.
                                                                                             operational only in FM mode.
ceived. “ST” appears on the display. If the    If no messages are received, “NO
signal becomes weak, the radio reduces         MESSAGE” will appear on the display, and      By pushing the “TRAF” button, “TRAF
the amount of channel separation to prev-      the display returns to the previous mode.     SEEK” will flash on the display and the
ent the weak signal from creating noise.                                                     radio will start seeking any traffic program
                                               The message display will be canceled if       station.
If the signal becomes extremely weak, the      you activate any function that affects the
radio switches from stereo to mono recep-      display.                                      When a traffic program station is found,
tion.                                                                                        “TRAF” will be displayed and you will hear
                                                                                             a beep.
                                                                                                                                    143




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                          Audio system operating hints
After the traffic announcement program is     D   INFORM (Information)
                                                                                                          NOTICE
over, the display returns to the previous     D   RELIGION
mode.                                                                                     To ensure correct audio system op-
                                              D   MISC (Miscellaneous)
If no traffic program station is found, “NO                                               erations:
TRAF INFO” appears on the display, and        D   ALERT (Emergency message)
                                                                                          z Be careful not to spill beverages
the display returns to the previous mode      To seek or scan for the same type of          over the audio system.
and a beep sound.                             program, push the “SEEK/TRACK” or
                                                                                          z Do not put anything other         than
To cancel the traffic announcement, push      “SCAN” button while the program type is
                                                                                            Compact Disc into the slot.
this button again.                            displayed.
                                                                                          z The use of a cellular phone inside
TUNE (Tuning)                                 If no program is found, “NOTHING” will
                                                                                            or near the vehicle may cause a
                                              appear on the display. The previous pro-
Turn the “TUNE” knob clockwise to step                                                      noise from the speakers of the au-
                                              gram information will resume.
up the frequency. Turn the knob counter-                                                    dio system which you are listening
clockwise to step down the frequency.         When the system is left untouched for 6       to. However, this does not indicate
                                              seconds, the program type display will        a malfunction.
TYPE (Program Types)                          change to the frequency display.
When you push “ ” or “ ” of the “TYPE”
                                                                                         RADIO RECEPTION
button while receiving an RDS station, the
current program type will appear on the                                                  Usually, a problem with radio reception
display. If the system is receiving a sta-                                               does not mean there is a problem with
tion that is not RDS, “NO PTY” will ap-                                                  your radio—it is just the normal result of
pear.                                                                                    conditions outside the vehicle.
Repeat this operation within 6 seconds to                                                For example, nearby buildings and terrain
display the program types in the following                                               can interfere with FM reception. Power
order:                                                                                   lines or telephone wires can interfere with
                                                                                         AM signals. And of course, radio signals
D   ROCK
                                                                                         have a limited range. The farther you are
D   EASY LIS (Easy listening)                                                            from a station, the weaker its signal will
D   CLS/JAZZ (Classical music and Jazz)                                                  be. In addition, reception conditions
                                                                                         change constantly as your vehicle moves.
D   R&B (Rhythm and Blues)

144




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Here are some common reception prob-          AM                                              CARING FOR YOUR          COMPACT     DISC
lems that probably do not indicate a prob-    Fading—AM broadcasts are reflected by           PLAYER AND DISCS
lem with your radio:                          the upper atmosphere—especially at night.        D Your compact disc player is intended
FM                                            These reflected signals can interfere with         for use with 12 cm (4.7 in.) discs only.
Fading and drifting stations—Generally, the   those received directly from the radio sta-      D Extremely high temperatures can keep
effective range of FM is about 40 km (25      tion, causing the radio station to sound           your compact disc player from working.
miles). Once outside this range, you may      alternately strong and weak.                       On hot days, use the air conditioning
notice fading and drifting, which increase    Station interference—When a reflected sig-         to cool the vehicle interior before you
with the distance from the radio transmit-    nal and a signal received directly from a          listen to a disc.
ter. They are often accompanied by distor-    radio station are very nearly the same           D Bumpy roads or other vibrations may
tion.                                         frequency, they can interfere with each            make your compact disc player skip.
                                              other, making it difficult to hear the broad-
Multi−path—FM signals are reflective,
                                              cast.                                            D If moisture gets into your compact disc
making it possible for two signals to reach                                                      player, you may not hear any sound
your antenna at the same time. If this        Static—AM is easily affected by external           even though your compact disc player
happens, the signals will cancel each oth-    sources of electrical noise, such as high          appears to be working. Remove the
er out, causing a momentary flutter or        tension power lines, lightening, or electri-       disc from the player and wait until it
loss of reception.                            cal motors. This results in static.                dries.
Static and fluttering—These occur when
signals are blocked by buildings, trees, or                                                                   CAUTION
other large objects. Increasing the bass
level may reduce static and fluttering.                                                        Compact disc players use an invisible
Station swapping—If the FM signal you                                                          laser beam which could cause hazard-
are listening to is interrupted or weak-                                                       ous radiation exposure if directed
ened, and there is another strong station                                                      outside the unit. Be sure to operate
nearby on the FM band, your radio may                                                          the player correctly.
tune in the second station until the origi-
nal signal can be picked up again.




                                                                                                                                    145




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                        Special shaped discs                    Low quality discs
D Use only compact discs marked as
  shown above. The following products
  may not be playable on your compact
  disc player.
  Copy−protected CD
  CD−R (CD−Recordable)
  CD−RW (CD−Re−writable)
  CD−ROM




                                        Transparent/translucent discs           Labeled discs


146




                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




               NOTICE
Do not use special shaped, transpar-
ent/translucent, low quality or labeled
discs such as those shown in the il-
lustrations. The use of such discs
may damage the player or changer, or
it may be impossible to eject the
disc.
                                               Correct             Wrong




                                          D Handle compact discs carefully, espe-      To clean a compact disc: Wipe it with a
                                            cially when you are inserting them.        soft, lint−free cloth that has been damp-
                                            Hold them on the edge and do not           ened with water. Wipe in a straight line
                                            bend them. Avoid getting fingerprints      from the center to the edge of the disc
                                            on them, particularly on the shiny side.   (not in circles). Dry it with another soft,
                                          D Dirt, scratches, warping, pin holes, or    lint−free cloth. Do not use a conventional
                                            other disc damage could cause the          record cleaner or anti−static device.
                                            player to skip or to repeat a section of
                                            a track. (To see a pin hole, hold the
                                            disc up to the light.)
                                          D Remove discs from the compact disc
                                            player when you are not listening to
                                            them. Store them in their plastic cases
                                            away from moisture, heat, and direct
                                            sunlight.



                                                                                                                             147




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




148




                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                               SECTION                             1− 9
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Air conditioning system
Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   150
Air flow selector settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             153
Operating tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       153
Side vents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .     156
Air conditioning filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          156




                                                                                                                       149




                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Controls
                            1. “A/C” button (on some models)
                            2. Air intake selector
                            3. Temperature selector
                            4. Fan speed selector
                            5. Air flow selector




150




                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Fan speed selector                                                                           In this position, air intake selector
Turn the knob to adjust the fan speed—to                                                     mode changes to FRESH automatically
the right to increase, to the left to de-                                                    to clean up the front view quickly. It is
crease.                                                                                      not possible to return to RECIRCULATE
                                                                                             in this position.
Temperature selector
                                                                                             Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
Turn the knob to adjust the temperature—                                                     heating or cooling. This setting clears
to the right to warm, to the left to cool.                                                   the front view more quickly.
                                                                                           5. Windshield—Air flows mainly from the
                                                                                              windshield vents.
                                                                                             Turning the air flow selector to the
                                                                                             windshield position turns on the defog-
                                                                                             ging function with the purpose of clear-
                                             Air flow selector                               ing the front view.
                                             Turn the knob to select the vents used for      In this position, air intake selector
                                             air flow.                                       mode changes to FRESH automatically
                                             1. Panel—Air flows mainly       from   the      to clean up the front view quickly. It is
                                                                                             not possible to return to RECIRCULATE
                                                instrument panel vents.
                                                                                             in this position.
                                             2. Bi−level—Air flows from both the floor
                                                                                             Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
                                                vents and the instrument panel vents.
                                                                                             heating or cooling. This setting clears
                                             3. Floor—Air flows mainly from the floor        the front view more quickly.
                                                vents.
                                                                                          For details about air flow selector settings,
                                             4. Floor/Windshield—Air  flows mainly        see “Air flow selector settings” described
                                                from the floor vents and windshield       below.
                                                vents.
                                               Turning the air flow selector to the
                                               floor/windshield position turns on the
                                               defogging function with the purpose of
                                               clearing the front view.
                                                                                                                                  151




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             “A/C” button
                                             To turn on the air conditioning, press the
                                             “A/C” button. The “A/C” button indicator
                                             will come on. To turn the air conditioning
                                             off, press the button again.
                                             If the “A/C” button indicator flashes, there
                                             is a problem in the air conditioning system
                                             and the air conditioning automatically
                                             shuts off. If this happens, take your ve-
                                             hicle to a Toyota dealer for service.




Air intake selector
Press the button to select the air source.
1. Recirculate (indicator light is on)—Re-
   circulates the air inside the vehicle.
2. Fresh (indicator light is off)—Draws
   outside air into the system.
To prevent fogging up of the windshield,
the air intake mode may change automati-
cally to FRESH depending on the condi-
tion of the air conditioning system.




152




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Air flow selector settings                                       Operating tips
                                                                 D To cool off your Toyota after it has
                                                                   been parked in the hot sun, drive with
                                                                   the windows open for a few minutes.
                                                                   This vents the hot air, allowing the air
                                                                   conditioning to cool the interior more
                                                                   quickly.
                                                                 D Make sure the air intake grilles in front
                                                                   of the windshield are not blocked (by
                                                                   leaves or snow, for example).
                                                                 D On humid days, do not blow cold air
                                                                   on the windshield. The windshield could
                                                                   fog up because of the difference in air
                                                                   temperature on the inside and outside
                                                                   of the windshield.
                                                                 D Keep the area under the front seats
                                                                   clear to allow air to circulate through-
                                                                   out the vehicle.
                                                                 D On cold days, set the fan speed to
                                                                   high for a minute to help clear the
                                                                   intake ducts of snow or moisture. This
                                                                   can reduce the amount of fogging on
                                                                   the windows.




                             : On some models




                                                                                                       153




                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




D When driving on dusty roads, close all        Heating
  windows. If dust thrown up by the ve-         For best results, set controls to:
  hicle is still drawn into the vehicle after
  closing the windows, it is recommended        Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
  that the air intake selector be set to        Temperature—Towards red zone
  FRESH and the fan speed selector to           Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
  any setting except “OFF”.                     Air flow—FLOOR
D If following another vehicle on a dusty       Air conditioning—OFF
  road, or driving in windy and dusty           D For quick heating, select recirculated
  conditions, it is recommended that the           air for a few minutes. To keep the
  air intake selector be temporarily set to        windows from fogging, select fresh af-
  RECIRCULATE, which will close off the            ter the vehicle interior has been
  outside passage and prevent outside              warmed.
  air and dust from entering the vehicle
  interior.                                     D Press the “A/C” button on for dehumidi-     Air conditioning
                                                   fied heating.                              For best results, set controls to:
                                                D Choose floor/windshield air flow to heat
                                                   the vehicle interior while defrosting or    Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
                                                   defogging the windshield.                   Temperature—Towards blue zone
                                                                                               Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
                                                                                               Air flow—PANEL
                                                                                               Air conditioning—ON
                                                                                               D For quick cooling, turn the temperature
                                                                                                 selector knob fully counterclockwise
                                                                                                 (into the blue zone) and change the air
                                                                                                 intake selector mode to RECIRCULATE.




154




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Ventilation                          Defogging                                      Defrosting
For best results, set controls to:   The inside of the windshield                   The outside of the windshield

Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”   For best results, set controls to:             For best results, set controls to:
Temperature—Towards blue zone        Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”              Fan speed—Any setting except “OFF”
Air intake—FRESH (outside air)       Temperature—Towards red zone to heat;           Temperature—Towards red zone
Air flow—PANEL                                    blue zone to cool                  Air intake—FRESH (outside air)
Air conditioning—OFF                 Air intake—FRESH (outside air)                  Air flow—WINDSHIELD
                                     Air flow—WINDSHIELD
                                                                                    Turning the air flow selector to the wind-
                                     Turning the air flow selector to the wind-     shield or floor/windshield position turns on
                                     shield or floor/windshield position turns on   the defrosting function with the purpose of
                                     the defogging function with the purpose of     clearing the front view.
                                     clearing the front view.                       When turning the air flow selector to wind-
                                     When turning the air flow selector to wind-    shield or floor/windshield position, air in-
                                     shield or floor/windshield position, air in-   take selector mode changes to FRESH
                                     take selector mode changes to FRESH            automatically to clean up the front view
                                     automatically to clean up the front view       quickly. It is not possible to return to
                                     quickly. It is not possible to return to       RECIRCULATE in this position.
                                     RECIRCULATE in this position.                  Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified
                                     Press the “A/C” button for dehumidified        heating. This setting clears the front view
                                     heating or cooling. This setting clears the    more quickly.
                                     front view more quickly.                        D To heat the vehicle interior while de-
                                     D On humid days, do not blow cold air             frosting    the    windshield,    choose
                                        on the windshield—the difference be-           floor/windshield air flow.
                                        tween the outside and inside tempera-
                                        tures could make the fogging worse.




                                                                                                                           155




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                 Air conditioning filter
Side vents                                       (on some models)—




If air flow control is not satisfactory, check   The air conditioning filter information     The air conditioning filter is behind the
the side vents. The side vents may be            label is placed inside of the glove box     glove box.
opened or closed as shown.                       as shown and indicates that a filter has
                                                 been installed.
                                                 The air conditioning filter prevents dust
                                                 from entering the vehicle through the air
                                                 conditioning vent.




156




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Checking and replacing the
air conditioning filter
The air conditioning filter may clog af-
ter long use. The filter may need to be
replaced if the air flow of the air condi-
tioning and heater experiences extreme
reductions in operating efficiency, or if
the windows begin to fog up easily in
FRESH mode.
To maintain the air conditioning efficiency,
inspect and replace the air conditioning
filter according to the maintenance sched-
ule. (For scheduled maintenance informa-
tion, please refer to the “Scheduled Main-
tenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual
Supplement”.)
                                               1. Open the glove box. Remove the        2. Push in each side of the glove box
                                                  screw with a Phillips−head screw-        to disconnect the claws.
                                                  driver and slide off the damper as
                                                  shown.




                                                                                                                            157




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




3. Remove the filter cover while push-   4. Pull the filter out of the filter outlet.   When inserting the filter in the filter
   ing in both ends of the cover.           Inspect the filter on the surface.          outlet, keep the arrow pointing up.
                                         If it is dirty, it should be replaced.
                                                                                                     INFORMATION
                                                                                         The air filter should be installed prop-
                                                                                         erly in position. The use of air condi-
                                                                                         tioning with the air filter removed
                                                                                         may cause deteriorated dustproof per-
                                                                                         formance and then affect air condi-
                                                                                         tioning performance.




158




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                          SECTION                               1− 10
OPERATION OF INSTRUMENTS AND
CONTROLS
Other equipment
Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   160
Cigarette lighter and portable ashtray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                            160
Power outlets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           161
Compass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         162
Glove box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       166
Auxiliary boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           166
Rear console box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              167
Cup holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         168
Floor mat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       168




                                                                                                                          159




                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                              Cigarette lighter and portable
Clock                                         ashtray




To reset the hour: Push the “H” button.       CIGARETTE LIGHTER                            PORTABLE ASHTRAY
To reset the minutes: Push the “M” button.    To use the cigarette lighter, press it in.   The ashtray can be removed and used
The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”          After it finishes heating up, it automati-   outside the vehicle. To use the ashtray,
position.                                     cally pops out ready for use.                raise the lid.
If the electrical power source has been       If the engine is not running, the key must   When finished with your cigarette, thor-
disconnected from the clock, the time dis-    be in the “ACC” position.                    oughly extinguish it in the ashtray to pre-
play will automatically be set to 1:00.       Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed    vent other cigarette butts from catching
When the instrument panel lights are          in.                                          fire. After using the ashtray, close the lid
turned on, the brightness of the time indi-                                                completely.
                                              Use a Toyota genuine cigarette lighter or
cator will be reduced.                        equivalent for replacement.                  To detach the ashtray, raise the lid.




160




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                         Power outlets
                                                                            The power outlets are designed        for
              CAUTION                                                       power supply for car accessories.
                                                                            The key must be in the “ACC” or “ON”
To reduce the chance of injury in
                                                                            position for the power outlet to be used.
case of an accident or sudden stop
while driving, always completely close
                                                                                             NOTICE
the ashtray after use.
                                                                             z To prevent the fuse from being
                                                                               blown, do not use the electricity
                                                                               over the total vehicle capacity of 12
                                                                               V/120W.
                                                                             z To prevent the battery from being
                                                                               discharged, do not use the power
                                         Instrument panel                      outlets longer than necessary when
                                                                               the engine is not running.
                                                                             z Close the power outlet lids when
                                                                               the power outlets are not in use.
                                                                               Inserting anything other than an ap-
                                                                               propriate plug that fits the outlet,
                                                                               or allowing any liquid to get into
                                                                               the outlet may cause electrical fail-
                                                                               ure or short circuits.




                                         Rear console box


                                                                                                                 161




                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Compass
                                                The compass indicates the direction            D The vehicle is in a place where the
                                                that the vehicle is heading. In the              earth’s magnetic field is subject to in-
                                                above case, it shows that the vehicle is         terference by artificial magnetic fields
                                                heading north.                                   (underground parking, under a steel
                                                                                                 tower, between buildings, roof parking,
                                                      Displays               Directions          near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
                                                         N                     North             etc.).
                                                        NE                   Northeast         D The vehicle is magnetized. (There is a
                                                         E                     East              magnet or a metal object on or near
                                                        SE                   Southeast           the inside rear view mirror.)
                                                         S                     South
                                                                                               D The battery has been disconnected.
                                                        SW                   Southwest
                                                         W                     West           If your vehicle is out of the set zone,
                                                        NW                   Northwest        refer to “CALIBRATING THE COMPASS”
The direction is indicated on the inside                                                      below to set the zone number.
rear view mirror.                               The compass may not show the correct
                                                                                              If the deviation is small, the compass
                                                direction in the following conditions:
If the ignition switch was turned off with                                                    works to calibrate the direction automati-
the system on, the system will automati-        D The vehicle is stopped immediately af-      cally while the vehicle is in motion.
cally turn back on when the ignition switch       ter turning.
                                                                                              For additional precision or for complete
is turned on.                                   D The compass does not adjust while the       calibrating,  see   “CALIBRATING   THE
To     turn on the compass, push and hold         vehicle is stopped.                         COMPASS” below.
the     “    ” switch until the display turns   D The ignition switch is turned off imme-
on.                                               diately after turning.
To     turn off the compass, push and hold      D The vehicle is on an inclined surface.
the     “    ” switch until the display turns
off.




162




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




The compass sensor is on the inside      CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (deviation
rear view mirror.                        calibration)
                                         The direction display on the compass
               NOTICE
                                         deviates from the true direction deter-
Do not put magnets or a metal object     mined by the earth’s magnetic field. The
on or near the inside rear view mirror   angle of deviation varies according to the
of the vehicle. Doing this may cause     geographic position of the vehicle.
malfunction of the compass sensor.       To adjust this deviation, stop the vehicle,
                                         then push and hold the both personal light
                                         switches until the zone number appears
                                         on the display. Then push the right side
                                         or left side personal light switch, referring
                                         to the following map to select the number
                                         of the zone where the vehicle is.




                                                                                                                              163




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                         After calibration, leaving the system for
              Samoa:   5   Guam:   8   Saipan:   8       several seconds returns it to the compass
                                                         mode.

                                                                         CAUTION

                                                          Do not adjust the display while the
                                                          vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
                                                          the display only when the vehicle is
                                                          stopped.




Zone number


164




                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                           Perform circling calibration just after
                                                                                           you have purchased your Toyota. And
                                                                                           then always perform circling calibration
                                                                                           after the battery has been removed, re-
                                                                                           placed or disconnected.
                                                                                            D Do not perform circling calibration of
                                                                                              the compass in a place where the
                                                                                              earth’s magnetic field is subject to in-
                                                                                              terference by artificial magnetic fields
                                                                                              (underground parking, under a steel
                                                                                              tower, between buildings, roof parking,
                                                                                              near a crossing, near a large vehicle,
                                                                                              etc.).

CALIBRATING THE COMPASS (circling             Drive the vehicle in a circle at 8 km/h (5
                                                                                            D During calibration, do not operate elec-
calibration)                                  mph) or less. If there is not enough space      tric systems (moon roof, power win-
                                                                                              dows, etc.) as they may interfere with
Sometimes the direction display on the        to drive in a circle, drive around the
                                                                                              the calibration.
compass may not change after a turn. To       block.
rectify this, stop the vehicle and push and   After driving 1 to 3 circles in the above                    CAUTION
hold the both personal light switches until   method, calibration is completed when the
“C” appears on the display.                   direction is shown on the display.            D When doing the circling calibration,
If “C” appears on the display because of      If calibration cannot be performed because      be sure to secure a wide space,
a drastic change in the magnetic field,       of the magnetized vehicle etc., take your       and watch out for people and ve-
perform circling calibration.                 vehicle to Toyota dealer.                       hicles in the neighborhood. Do not
                                                                                              violate any local traffic rules while
                                                                                              performing circling calibration.
                                                                                            D Do not adjust the display while the
                                                                                              vehicle is moving. Be sure to adjust
                                                                                              the display only when the vehicle is
                                                                                              stopped.

                                                                                                                                 165




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                          ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Glove box                               Auxiliary boxes




                                        Type A                             Type C
To open the glove box door, pull the
lever.
                                                                          To use the box, pull on the handle.
             CAUTION
                                                                                          CAUTION
To reduce the chance of injury in
case of an accident or a sudden stop,                                      D To reduce the chance of injury in
always keep the glove box door                                               case of an accident or a sudden
closed while driving.                                                        stop, always keep the auxiliary box
                                                                             closed while driving.
                                                                           D Do not use the auxiliary box as an
                                                                             ashtray.



                                        Type B


166




                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Rear console box
                                                           UPPER TRAY (on some models)
                                                           To access the upper tray, raise the con-
                                                           sole box lid without touching the lock
                                                           release lever.

                                                                           CAUTION

                                                            To reduce the chance of injury in
                                                            case of an accident or a sudden stop,
                                                            always keep the console box closed
                                                            while driving.



CONSOLE BOX
To access the rear console box, pull up
the lock release lever while raising the
rear console box lid.




                                                                                                167




                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Cup holders                                                  Floor mat
              The cup holder is designed for holding
              cups or drink−cans securely.
              Rear: To use the holder, pull it out.

                               CAUTION

               D Do not place anything else other
                 than cups or drink−cans in the cup
                 holder, as such items may be
                 thrown about in the compartment
                 and possibly injure people in the
                 vehicle during sudden braking or in
                 an accident.
Front          D Rear cup holder—To reduce the              Use a floor mat of the correct size.
                 chance of injury in case of an acci-
                 dent or sudden stop while driving,         If the vehicle carpet and floor mat have
                 keep the cup holder closed when it         2 holes, then they are designed for use
                 is not in use.                             with locking clips. Attach the floor mat to
                                                            the vehicle carpet using the crips. Look
                                                            the clips into the holes in the vehicle
                                                            carpet.




Rear


168




                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                          ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




              CAUTION

Make sure the floor mat is properly
placed on the vehicle carpet. If the
floor mat slips and interferes with the
movement of the pedals during driv-
ing, it may cause an accident.




                                                                                               169




                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




170




                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                             SECTION                                 2
INFORMATION BEFORE DRIVING YOUR
TOYOTA
Information before driving your Toyota
Break−in period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              172
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   172
Fuel pump shut off system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      174
Operation in foreign countries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       174
Three−way catalytic converters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                           175
Engine exhaust cautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      176
Facts about engine oil consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                               176
Iridium−tipped spark plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     177
Brake system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             178
Brake pad wear limit indicators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                        181
Your Toyota’s identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     182
Theft prevention labels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  183
Suspension and chassis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       183
Tire information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           184
Vehicle load limits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .              194
Cargo and luggage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  194
Types of tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         197




                                                                                                                           171




                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Break−in period                               Fuel
Drive gently and avoid high speeds.           FUEL TYPE                                       OCTANE RATING
Your vehicle does not need an elaborate       Your new vehicle must use only un-              Select Octane Rating 87 (Research Oc-
break−in. But following a few simple tips     leaded gasoline.                                tane Number 91) or higher.
for the first 1600 km (1000 miles) can add    To help prevent gas station mix−ups, your       Use of unleaded gasoline with an octane
to the future economy and long life of        Toyota has a smaller fuel tank opening.         rating or research octane number lower
your vehicle:                                 The special nozzle on pumps with un-            than stated above will cause persistent
D Avoid full throttle acceleration when       leaded fuel will fit it, but the larger stan-   heavy knocking. If it is severe, this will
  starting and driving.                       dard nozzle on pumps with leaded gas will       lead to engine damage.
D Avoid racing the engine.                    not.                                            If your engine knocks...
D Try to avoid hard stops during the first    At a minimum, the gasoline you use              If you detect heavy knocking even when
  300 km (200 miles).                         should meet specifications of ASTM              using the recommended fuel, or if you
                                              D4814 in the U.S.A. and CGSB 3.5−M93
D Do not drive slowly with the manual         in Canada.
                                                                                              hear steady knocking while holding a
  transmission in a high gear.                                                                steady speed on level roads, consult your
                                                                                              Toyota dealer.
D Do not drive for a long time at any                           NOTICE
  single speed, either fast or slow.                                                          However, occasionally, you may notice
                                              Do not use leaded gasoline. Use of              light knocking for a short time while accel-
D Do not tow a trailer during the first 800   leaded gasoline will cause the three−           erating or driving up hills. This is normal
  km (500 miles).                             way catalytic converter to lose its ef-         and there is no need for concern.
                                              fectiveness and the emission control
                                              system to function improperly. Also,
                                              this can increase maintenance costs.




172




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




GASOLINE     CONTAINING      DETERGENT       CLEAN BURNING GASOLINE                       GASOLINE CONTAINING MMT
ADDITIVES                                    Cleaner burning gasoline, including re-      Some gasoline contain an octane en-
Toyota recommends the use of gasoline        formulated gasoline that contains oxy-       hancing additive called MMT (Methylcy-
that contains detergent additives to         genates such as ethanol or MTBE is           clopentadienyl Manganese Tricarbonyl).
avoid build−up of engine deposits.           available in many areas.                     Toyota does not recommend the use of
However, all gasoline sold in the U.S.       Toyota recommends the use of cleaner         gasoline that contains MMT. If fuel con-
contains detergent additives to keep clean   burning gasoline and appropriately blended   taining MMT is used, your emission con-
and/or clean intake systems.                 reformulated gasoline. These types of gas-   trol system may be adversely affected.
QUALITY GASOLINE                             oline provide excellent vehicle perfor-      The Malfunction Indicator Lamp on the in-
                                             mance, reduce vehicle emissions, and im-     strument cluster may come on. If this hap-
Automotive manufacturers in the U.S.,        prove air quality.                           pens, contact your Toyota dealer for ser-
Europe and Japan have developed a                                                         vice.
specification for quality fuel named         OXYGENATES IN GASOLINE
World−Wide Fuel Charter (WWFC) that          Toyota allows the use of oxygenate           GASOLINE QUALITY
is expected to be applied world wide.        blended gasoline where the oxygenate         In a very few cases, you may experience
The WWFC consists of four categories         content is up to 10% ethanol or 15%          driveability problems caused by the partic-
that depend on required emission lev-        MTBE. If you use gasohol in your             ular gasoline that you are using. If you
els. In the U.S., category 4 has been        Toyota, be sure that it has an octane        continue to have unacceptable driveability,
adopted. The WWFC improves air quali-        rating no lower than 87.                     try changing gasoline brands. If this does
ty by providing for better emissions in      Toyota does not recommend the use of         not rectify your problem, then consult your
vehicle fleets, and customer satisfaction    gasoline containing methanol.                Toyota dealer.
through better vehicle performance.




                                                                                                                                173




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                          Fuel pump shut off system                      Operation in foreign countries
                                          The fuel pump shut off system stops sup-      If you plan to drive your Toyota in
                NOTICE
                                          plying fuel to the engine to minimize the     another country...
z Do not use gasohol other than           risk of fuel leakage when the engine stalls   First, comply with the vehicle registration
  stated above. It will cause fuel sys-   or an airbag inflates upon collision. To      laws.
  tem damage or vehicle performance       restart the engine after the fuel pump shut
                                          off system activates, turn the ignition       Second, confirm the availability of the cor-
  problems.
                                          switch to “ACC” or “LOCK” once and start      rect fuel (unleaded and minimum octane
z If driveability problems occur (poor                                                  number).
                                          it.
  hot starting, vaporizing, engine
  knock, etc.), discontinue the use.
                                                          CAUTION
z Take care not to spill gasohol dur-
  ing refueling. Gasohol may cause         Inspect the ground under the vehicle
  paint damage.                            before restarting the engine. If you
                                           find that fuel has leaked onto the
FUEL TANK CAPACITY                         ground, the fuel system has been
 50 L (13.2 gal., 11.0 Imp. gal.)          damaged and is in need of repair. In
                                           this case, do not restart the engine.




174




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Three−way catalytic converters
                                                            NOTICE                         z Keep your engine in good running
                                                                                             order. Malfunctions in the engine
                                             A large amount of unburned gases
                                                                                             electrical system, electronic ignition
                                             flowing into the three−way catalytic            system/distributor ignition system
                                             converter may cause it to overheat
                                                                                             or fuel system could cause an ex-
                                             and create a fire hazard. To prevent
                                                                                             tremely high three−way catalytic
                                             this and other damage, observe the              converter temperature.
                                             following precautions:
                                                                                           z If the engine becomes difficult to
                                             z Use only unleaded gasoline.
                                                                                             start or stalls frequently, take your
                                             z Do not drive with an extremely low            vehicle in for a check−up as soon
                                               fuel level; running out of fuel could         as possible. Remember, your Toyota
                                               cause the engine to misfire, creat-           dealer knows your vehicle and its
                                               ing an excessive load on the three−           three−way catalytic converter sys-
The three−way catalytic converter is an        way catalytic converter.                      tem best.
emission control device installed in the     z Do not allow the engine to run at           z To ensure that the three−way cata-
exhaust system.                                idle speed for more than 20 min-              lytic converter and the entire emis-
The purpose is to reduce pollutants in the     utes.                                         sion control system operate proper-
exhaust gas.                                 z Avoid racing the engine.                      ly, your vehicle must receive the
                                                                                             periodic inspections required by the
                                             z Do not push−start or pull−start your
                CAUTION                                                                      Toyota Maintenance Schedule. For
                                               vehicle.                                      scheduled maintenance information,
 D Keep people and combustible mate-         z Do not turn off the ignition while            refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
   rials away from the exhaust pipe            the vehicle is moving.                        Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
   while the engine is running. The                                                          ment”.
   exhaust gas is very hot.
 D Do not drive, idle or park your ve-
   hicle over anything that might burn
   easily such as grass, leaves, paper
   or rags.

                                                                                                                               175




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                        Facts about engine oil
Engine exhaust cautions                                                                 consumption
                                                                                        FUNCTIONS OF ENGINE OIL
              CAUTION                    D Keep the trunk lid closed while
                                                                                        Engine oil has the primary functions of
                                          driving. An open or unsealed trunk
                                                                                        lubricating and cooling the inside of the
D Avoid inhaling the engine exhaust.      lid may cause exhaust gases to be
                                          drawn into the vehicle.                       engine, and plays a major role in main-
  It contains carbon monoxide, which
                                                                                        taining the engine in proper working order.
  is a colorless and odorless gas. It    D To allow proper operation of your
  can cause unconsciousness or even       vehicle’s ventilation system, keep            ENGINE OIL CONSUMPTION
  death.                                  the inlet grilles in front of the wind-       It is normal that an engine should con-
D Make sure the exhaust system has        shield clear of snow, leaves, or oth-         sume some engine oil during normal
  no holes or loose connections. The      er obstructions.                              engine operation. The causes of oil
                                                                                        consumption in a normal engine are as
  system should be checked from          D If you smell exhaust fumes in the
  time to time. If you hit something,                                                   follows.
                                          vehicle, open the windows and
  or notice a change in the sound of      close the trunk lid to ensure plenty           D Oil is used to lubricate pistons, piston
  the exhaust, have the system            of fresh air enters the vehicle. If              rings and cylinders. A thin film of oil
  checked immediately.                    you can smell exhaust fumes even                 is left on the cylinder wall when a pis-
D Do not run the engine in a garage       though there are no other vehicles               ton moves downwards in the cylinder.
  or enclosed area except for the         in the surrounding area, have your               High negative pressure generated when
  time needed to drive the vehicle in     vehicle checked by your Toyota                   the vehicle is decelerating sucks some
  or out. The exhaust gases cannot        dealer. Continued inhalation of ex-              of this oil into the combustion chamber.
  escape, making this a particularly      haust fumes can lead to death by                 This oil as well as some part of the oil
  dangerous situation.                    gas poisoning.                                   film left on the cylinder wall is burned
                                                                                           by the high temperature combustion
D Do not remain for a long time in a
                                                                                           gases during the combustion process.
  parked vehicle with the engine run-
  ning. If it is unavoidable, however,                                                   D Oil is also used to lubricate the stems
  do so only in an unconfined area                                                         of the intake valves. Some of this oil
  and adjust the heating or cooling                                                        is sucked into the combustion chamber
  system to force outside air into the                                                     together with the intake air and is
  vehicle.                                                                                 burned along with the fuel. High tem-
                                                                                           perature exhaust gases also burn the
                                                                                           oil used to lubricate the exhaust valve
                                                                                           stems.
176




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                               Iridium−tipped spark plugs
The amount of engine oil consumed de-          The diluting ingredients evaporate out
pends on the viscosity of the oil, the         when the vehicle is then driven at high
quality of the oil and the conditions the      speeds, as on an express way, making it
vehicle is driven under.                       appear that oil is excessively consumed
More oil is consumed by high−speed driv-       after driving at high speeds.
ing and frequent acceleration and decel-       IMPORTANCE OF ENGINE OIL LEVEL
eration.                                       CHECK
A new engine consumes more oil, since          One of the most important points in prop-
its pistons, piston rings and cylinder walls   er vehicle maintenance is to keep the en-
have not become conditioned.                   gine oil at the optimum level so that oil
Oil consumption: Max. 1.0 L per 1000           function will not be impaired. Therefore, it
km (1.1 qt./600 miles, 0.9 Imp. qt./600        is essential that the oil level be checked
miles)                                         regularly. Toyota recommends that the oil
                                               level be checked every time you refuel
When judging the amount of oil con-                                                           Your engine is fitted with iridium−tipped
                                               the vehicle.                                   spark plugs.
sumption, note that the oil may become
diluted and make it difficult to judge                          NOTICE
the true level accurately.                                                                                     NOTICE
                                               Failure to check the oil level regularly        Use only iridium−tipped spark plugs.
As an example, if a vehicle is used for
                                               could lead to serious engine trouble            Do not adjust gaps for engine perfor-
repeated short trips, and consumes a nor-
                                               due to insufficient oil.                        mance or smooth driveability.
mal amount of oil, the dipstick may not
show any drop in the oil level at all, even
after 1000 km (600 miles) or more. This        For detailed information on oil level check,
is because the oil is gradually becoming       see “Checking the engine oil level” on
diluted with fuel or moisture, making it       page 254 in Section 7−2.
appear that the oil level has not changed.




                                                                                                                                   177




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Brake system
The tandem master cylinder brake system                                                       Effective way to press the ABS brake
is a hydraulic system with two separate                         CAUTION
                                                                                              pedal: When the anti−lock brake system
sub−systems. If either sub−system should                                                      function is in action, you may feel the
fail, the other will still work. However, the    D Do not pump the brake pedal if the
                                                                                              brake pedal pulsating and hear a noise.
pedal will be harder to press, and your            engine stalls. Each push on the
                                                   pedal uses up your reserved vacu-          In this situation, to let the anti−lock
stopping distance will increase. Also, the                                                    brake system work for you, just hold the
brake system warning light may come on.            um.
                                                                                              brake pedal down more firmly. Do not
                                                 D Even if the power assist is com-           pump the brake in a panic stop. This
                 CAUTION                           pletely lost, the brakes will still        will result in reduced braking performan-
                                                   work. But you will have to push the        ce.
 Do not drive your vehicle with only a             pedal hard, much harder than nor-
 single brake system. Have your                    mal. And your braking distance will       The anti−lock brake system becomes op-
 brakes fixed immediately.                         increase.                                 erative after the vehicle has accelerated
                                                                                             to a speed in excess of approximately 10
                                                                                             km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the
BRAKE BOOSTER                                   ANTI−LOCK   BRAKE        SYSTEM      (with
                                                                                             vehicle decelerates to a speed below
The brake booster uses engine vacuum to         “ABS” warning light)
                                                                                             approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
power−assist the brakes. If the engine          The anti−lock brake system is designed
                                                                                             Depressing the brake pedal on slippery
should quit while you are driving, you can      to help prevent lock−up of the wheels
                                                                                             road surfaces such as on a manhole cov-
bring the vehicle to a stop with normal         during a sudden braking or braking on
                                                                                             er, a steel plate at a construction site,
pedal pressure. There is enough reserved        slippery road surfaces. This assists in
                                                                                             joints in a bridge, etc. on a rainy day
vacuum for one or two stops—but no              providing directional stability and steer-
                                                                                             tends to activate the anti−lock brake sys-
more!                                           ing performance of the vehicle under
                                                                                             tem.
                                                these circumstances.




178




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




You may hear a click or motor sound in
the engine compartment for a few seconds                  CAUTION                         Anti−lock brake system is not de-
when the engine is started or just after                                                  signed to shorten the stopping dis-
the vehicle begins to move. This means      Do not overestimate the anti−lock             tance: Always drive at a moderate
that the anti−lock brake system is in the   brake system: Although the anti−lock          speed and maintain a safe distance
self−check mode, and does not indicate a    brake system assists in providing ve-         from the vehicle in front of you.
malfunction.                                hicle control, it is still important to       Compared with vehicles without an
                                            drive with all due care and maintain          anti−lock brake system, your vehicle
When the anti−lock brake system is ac-
                                            a moderate speed and safe distance            may require a longer stopping dis-
tivated, the following conditions may
                                            from the vehicle in front of you, be-         tance in the following cases:
occur. They do not indicate a malfunc-
tion of the system:
                                            cause there are limits to the vehicle         D Driving on rough, gravel or snow−
                                            stability and effectiveness of steering         covered roads.
D You may hear the anti−lock brake sys-     wheel operation even with the anti−
  tem operating and feel the brake pedal    lock brake system on.                         D Driving with tire chains installed.
  pulsating and the vibrations of the ve-
                                            If tire grip performance exceeds its          D Driving over the steps such as the
  hicle body and steering wheel. You        capability, or if hydroplaning occurs           joints on the road.
  may also hear the motor sound in the
                                            during high speed driving in the rain,        D Driving on roads where the road
  engine compartment even after the ve-
                                            the anti−lock brake system does not             surface is pitted or has other differ-
  hicle is stopped.                                                                         ences in surface height.
                                            provide vehicle control.
D At the end of the anti−lock brake sys-                                                  Install all 4 tires of specified size at
  tem activation, the brake pedal may                                                     appropriate pressure: The anti−lock
  move a little forward.
                                                                                          brake system detects vehicle speeds
                                                                                          using the speed sensors for respec-
                                                                                          tive wheels’ turning speeds. The use
                                                                                          of tires other than specified may fail
                                                                                          to detect the accurate turning speed
                                                                                          resulting in a longer stopping dis-
                                                                                          tance.




                                                                                                                              179




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




         “ABS” warning light (vehicles without          A warning light turning on briefly during
         vehicle stability control system)              operation does not indicate a problem.
         The light comes on when the ignition key       “ABS” warning light (vehicles with ve-
         is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−   hicle stability control system)
         lock brake system works properly, the          The light comes on when the ignition key
         light turns off after a few seconds. There-    is turned to the “ON” position. If the anti−
         after, if the system malfunctions, the light   lock brake system and the brake assist
         comes on again.                                system work properly, the light turns off
         When the “ABS” warning light is on (and        after a few seconds. Thereafter, if the
         the brake system warning light is off), the    system malfunctions, the light comes on
         anti−lock brake system does not operate,       again.
         but the brake system still operates con-       When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
         ventionally.                                   the brake system warning light is off), the
Type A
         When the “ABS” warning light is on (and        anti−lock brake system, the brake assist
         the brake system warning light is off), the    system, the traction control system and
         anti−lock brake system does not operate        the vehicle stability control system do not
         so that the wheels could lock up during        operate, but the brake system still oper-
         a sudden braking or braking on slippery        ates conventionally.
         road surfaces.                                 When the “ABS” warning light is on (and
         If either of the following conditions          the brake system warning light is off), the
         occurs, this indicates a malfunction           anti−lock brake system does not operate
         somewhere in the components moni-              so that the wheels could lock up during
         tored by the warning light system. Con-        a sudden braking or braking on slippery
         tact your Toyota dealer as soon as             road surfaces.
         possible to service the vehicle.
         D The light does not come on when the
            ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-
            tion, or remains on.
Type B
         D The light comes on while you are driv-
            ing.
180




                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                             Brake pad wear limit
                                                                                             indicators
If either of the following conditions oc-    BRAKE ASSIST SYSTEM (vehicles with
curs, this indicates a malfunction some-     vehicle stability control system)
where in the components monitored by         When you slam the brakes on, the
the warning light system. Contact your       brake assist system judges as an emer-
Toyota dealer as soon as possible to         gency stop and provides more powerful
service the vehicle.                         braking for a driver who cannot hold
D The light does not come on when the        down the brake pedal firmly.
  ignition key is turned to the “ON” posi-   When you slam the brakes on, more pow-
  tion, or remains on.                       erful braking will be applied. At this time,
D The light comes on while you are driv-     you may hear a sound in the engine
  ing.                                       compartment and feel the vibrations of the
                                             brake pedal. This does not indicate a mal-
A warning light turning on briefly during
                                             function.
operation does not indicate a problem.
                                             The brake assist system becomes opera-         The brake pad wear limit indicators on
               CAUTION                       tive after the vehicle has accelerated to      your disc brakes give a warning noise
                                             a speed in excess of approximately 10          when the brake pads are worn to where
 If the “ABS” warning light remains on       km/h (6 mph). It stops operating when the      replacement is required.
 together with the brake system warn-        vehicle decelerates to a speed below
                                                                                            If you hear a squealing or scraping noise
 ing light, immediately stop your ve-        approximately 5 km/h (3 mph).
                                                                                            while driving, have the brake pads
 hicle at a safe place and contact your      For an explanation of this system’s warn-      checked and replaced by your Toyota
 Toyota dealer.                              ing light, see “Service reminder indicators    dealer as soon as possible. Expensive ro-
 In this case, not only the anti−lock        and warning buzzers” on page 102 in Sec-       tor damage can result if the pads are not
 brake system will fail but also the         tion 1−6.                                      replaced when necessary.
 vehicle will become extremely unsta-
 ble during braking.




                                                                                                                                 181




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Your Toyota’s identification—
—Vehicle identification
number                                                                                     —Engine number




The vehicle identification number (VIN)      The vehicle identification number (VIN) is   The engine number is stamped on the
is the legal identifier for your vehicle.    also on the Certification Label.             engine block as shown.
This number is on the left top of the
instrument panel, and can be seen
through the windshield from outside.
This is the primary identification number
for your Toyota. It is used in registering
the ownership of your vehicle.




182




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Theft prevention labels (except
for Canada)                                     Suspension and chassis
Your new vehicle carries theft preven-
tion labels which are approximately 47                         CAUTION
mm (1.85 in.) by 12 mm (0.47 in.).
                                                Do not modify the suspension/chassis
The purpose of these labels is to reduce
                                                with lift kits, spacers, springs, etc. It
the incidence of vehicle thefts by facilitat-
                                                can cause dangerous vehicle handling
ing the tracing and recovery of parts from
                                                characteristics, resulting in loss of
stolen vehicles. The label is designed so
                                                control.
that once it is applied to a surface, any
attempt to remove it will result in destroy-
ing the integrity of the label. Transferring
these labels intact from one part to anoth-
er, will be impossible.

                 NOTICE
 You should not attempt to remove the
 theft prevention labels as it may vio-
 late certain state or federal laws.




                                                                                                                                     183




                                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Tire information—
—Tire symbols (standard tire)
                                                This illustration indicates typical tire
                                                symbols.
                                                1. Tire size—For details, see “—Tire
                                                   size” on page 188.
                                                2. DOT and Tire Identification
                                                   Number (TIN)—For details, see
                                                   “—DOT and Tire Identification
                                                   Number (TIN)” on page 187.
                                                3. Uniform tire quality grading—
                                                   For details, see “Uniform tire quali-
                                                   ty grading” that follows.
                                                4. The location of the tread wear
                                                   indicators—For details, see
                                                   “Checking and replacing tires” on
                                                   page 261.
                                                5. Tire ply composition and mate-
                                                   rials—Plies mean a layer of rub-
                                                   ber−coated parallel cords. Cords
                                                   mean the strands forming the plies
                                                   in the tire.
                                                6. Radial tire or bias−ply tires—A
                                                   radial tire has “RADIAL” on the
                                                   sidewall. The tire not marked with
                                                   “RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.




184




                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




7. “TUBELESS”             or      “TUBE
   TYPE”—A tubeless tire does not
   have a tube inside the tire and air
   is directly filled in the tire. A tube
   type tire has a tube inside the tire
   and the tube maintains the air
   pressure.
8. Load limit at maximum cold tire
   inflation pressure—For details,
   see “Vehicle load limits” on page
   194 and “Checking and replacing
   tires” on page 261.
9. Maximum cold tire inflation
   pressure—This means the pres-
   sure to which a tire may be in-
   flated. For details about recom-
   mended       cold      tire   inflation
   pressure, see “Tires” on page 284.
10.Summer tire or all season
   tire—An all season tire has “M+S”
   on the sidewall. The tire not
   marked with “M+S” is a summer
   tire. For details, see “Types of
   tires” on page 197.




                                                                                                  185




                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Tire symbols
(compact spare tire)
                                       This illustration indicates typical tire
                                       symbols.
                                       1. “TEMPORARY USE ONLY”—A
                                          compact spare tire is identified by
                                          the phrase “TEMPORARY USE
                                          ONLY” molded into its sidewall.
                                          This tire is designed for temporary
                                          emergency use only. For details,
                                          see “Compact spare tire” on page
                                          218.
                                       2. Tire size—For details, see “—Tire
                                          size” on page 188.
                                       3. DOT and Tire Identification
                                          Number (TIN)—For details, see
                                          “—DOT and Tire Identification
                                          Number (TIN)” on page 187.
                                       4. The location of the tread wear
                                          indicators—For details, see
                                          “Checking and replacing tires” on
                                          page 261.
                                       5. Load limit at maximum cold tire
                                          inflation pressure—For details,
                                          see “Vehicle load limits” on page
                                          194 and “Checking and replacing
                                          tires” on page 261.



186




                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             —DOT and Tire Identification
                                             Number (TIN)
6. Maximum cold tire inflation                                                         The “DOT” symbol certifies that the
   pressure—This means the pres-                                                       tire conforms to applicable Federal
   sure to which a tire may be in-                                                     Motor Vehicle Safety Standards.
   flated. For details about recom-
   mended       cold      tire   inflation
   pressure, see “Tires” on page 284.
7. Tire ply composition and mate-
   rials—Plies mean a layer of rub-
   ber−coated parallel cords. Cords
   mean the strands forming the plies
   in the tire.
8. “TUBELESS”             or      “TUBE
   TYPE”—A tubeless tire does not            This illustration indicates typical DOT
   have a tube inside the tire and air       and Tire Identification Number (TIN).
   is directly filled in the tire. A tube
   type tire has a tube inside the tire      1. “DOT” symbol
   and the tube maintains the air            2. Tire Identification Number (TIN)
   pressure.                                 3. Tire manufacturer’s identification
9. Radial tire or bias−ply tires—A              mark
   radial tire has “RADIAL” on the           4. Tire size code
   sidewall. The tire not marked with
   “RADIAL” is a bias−ply tire.              5. Manufacturer’s optional tire type
                                                code (3 or 4 letters)
                                             6. Manufacturing week
                                             7. Manufacturing year



                                                                                                                            187




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Tire size                                                                      —Name of each section of tire




This illustration indicates typical tire   1. Section width                    1. Bead
size.                                      2. Tire height                      2. Sidewall
1. Tire use (P=Passenger car,              3. Wheel diameter                   3. Shoulder
   T=Temporary use)
                                                                               4. Tread
2. Section width (in millimeters)
                                                                               5. Belt
3. Aspect ratio (tire height to section
   width)                                                                      6. Inner liner
4. Tire construction code (R=Radial,                                           7. Reinforcing rubber
   D=Diagonal)                                                                 8. Carcass
5. Wheel diameter (in inches)                                                  9. Rim lines
6. Load index (2 digits or 3 digits)                                           10.Bead wires
7. Speed symbol (alphabet with one                                             11. Chafer
   letter)

188




                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Uniform tire quality grading
This information has been prepared        Treadwear—The treadwear grade is         Traction AA, A, B, C—The traction
in accordance with regulations issued     a comparative rating based on the        grades, from highest to lowest, are
by the National Highway Traffic Safe-     wear rate of the tire when tested un-    AA, A, B, and C, and they represent
ty Administration of the U.S. Depart-     der controlled conditions on a speci-    the tire’s ability to stop on wet pave-
ment of Transportation. It provides       fied government test course. For ex-     ment as measured under controlled
the purchasers and/or prospective         ample, a tire graded 150 would wear      conditions on specified government
purchasers of Toyota vehicles with in-    one and a half (1−1/2) times as well     test surfaces of asphalt and concrete.
formation on uniform tire quality grad-   on the government course as a tire       A tire marked C may have poor trac-
ing.                                      graded 100. The relative performance     tion performance.
Your Toyota dealer will help answer       of tires depends upon the actual         Warning: The traction grade assigned
any questions you may have as you         conditions of their use, however, and    to this tire is based on braking
read this information.                    may depart significantly from the        (straight ahead) traction tests and
                                          norm due to variations in driving hab-   does not include cornering (turning)
DOT quality grades—All passenger          its, service practices and differences
vehicle tires must conform to Fed-                                                 traction.
                                          in road characteristics and climate.
eral Safety Requirements in addi-
tion to these grades. Quality
grades can be found where appli-
cable on the tire sidewall between
tread shoulder and maximum sec-
tion width. For example: Treadwear
200 Traction AA Temperature A




                                                                                                                        189




                                                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Temperature A, B, C—The tempera-
ture grades are A (the highest), B,
and C, representing the tire’s resis-
tance to the generation of heat and
its ability to dissipate heat when
tested under controlled conditions on
a specified indoor laboratory test
wheel. Sustained high temperature
can cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. The grade C cor-
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle
Safety Standard No.109. Grades B
and A represent higher levels of per-
formance on the laboratory test wheel
than the minimum required by law.
Warning: The temperature grades for
this tire are established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not over-
loaded. Excessive speed, underinfla-
tion, or excessive loading, either sep-
arately or in combination, can cause
heat buildup and possible tire failure.



190




                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Glossary of tire terminology
         Tire related term                                           Meaning
                                the combined weight (in excess of those standard items which may be
                                replaced) of automatic transmission, power steering, power brakes, power
Accessory weight
                                windows, power seats, radio, and heater, to the extent that these items
                                are available as factory−installed equipment (whether installed or not)
                                tire inflation pressure when the vehicle has been parked for at least 3
Cold tire inflation pressure    hours or more, or it has not been driven more than 1.5 km or 1 mile
                                under that condition
                                the weight of a motor vehicle with standard equipment including the
Curb weight                     maximum capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, and, if so equipped, air
                                conditioning and additional weight optional engine
                                (A) the sidewall that contains a whitewall, bears white lettering or bears
                                    manufacturer, brand, and/or model name molding that is higher or
Intended outboard sidewall                                                                        tire
                                    deeper than the same molding on the other sidewall of the tire, or
                                (B) the outward facing sidewall of an asymmetrical tire that has a particular
                                    side that must always face outward when mounted on a vehicle
                                the maximum cold inflation pressure to which a tire may be inflated and it
Maximum inflation pressure
                                is shown on the sidewall of the tire
                                the   sum of—
                                (a)        weight
                                      curb weight;
Maximum loaded vehicle weight   (b)              weight
                                      accessory weight;
                                (c)
                                ( )                   y   g
                                      vehicle capacity weight; and
                                (d)      d ti      ti       i ht
                                      production options weight



                                                                                                                191




                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




         Tire related term                                            Meaning
                                   68 kg (150 lb.) times the number of occupants specified in the second
Normal occupant weight
                                   column of Table 1 that follows
                                   distribution of occupants in a vehicle as specified in the third column of Table
Occupant distribution
                                   1 that follows
                                   the combined weight of those installed regular production options weighing
                                   over 2.3 kg (5 lb.) in excess of those standard items which they replace,
Production options weight          not previously considered in curb weight or accessory weight, including
                                   heavy duty brakes, ride levelers, roof rack, heavy duty battery, and special
                                   trim
Recommended inflation pressure     cold tire inflation pressure recommended by a manufacturer
                                   a metal support for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads
Rim
                                   are seated
Rim diameter (Wheel diameter)      nominal diameter of the bead seat
Rim size designation               rim diameter and width
Rim type designation               the industry of manufacturer’s designation for a rim by style or code
Rim width                          nominal distance between rim flanges
Vehicle capacity weight            the rated cargo and luggage load plus 68 kg (150 lb.) times the vehicle’s desig-
(Total load capacity)              nated seating capacity
                                   the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
Vehicle maximum load on the tire
                                   its share of the maximum loaded vehicle weight and dividing by two



192




                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




         Tire related term                                           Meaning
                                   the load on an individual tire that is determined by distributing to each axle
Vehicle normal load on the tire    its share of the curb weight, accessory weight, and normal occupant weight
                                   (distributed in accordance with Table 1 that follows) and dividing by two
Weather side                       the surface area of the rim not covered by the inflated tire
Table 1—Occupant loading and distribution for vehicle normal load for various designated seating capacities
   Designated seating capacity,       Vehicle normal load, number of       Occupant distribution in a normally
      number of occupants                       occupants                           loaded vehicle
2 through 4                                          2                    2 in front
5 through 10                                         3                    2 in front, 1 in second seat




                                                                                                                 193




                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                          Cargo and luggage—
Vehicle load limits                                                                       —Stowage precautions
Vehicle load limits include total load                      NOTICE                        When stowing cargo and luggage in
capacity, seating capacity, towing ca-                                                    the vehicle, observe the following:
pacity and cargo capacity. Follow the       Even if the number of occupants are            D Put cargo and luggage in the trunk
load limits shown below. Total load ca-     within the seating capacity, do not ex-
                                                                                             when at all possible. Be sure all
pacity and seating capacity are also        ceed the total load capacity.
                                                                                             items are secured in place.
described on the tire and loading in-
formation label. For location of the tire   Towing capacity:                               D Be careful to keep the vehicle bal-
and loading information label, see             680 kg (1500 lb.)                             anced. Locating the weight as far
“Checking tire inflation pressure” on                                                        forward as possible helps maintain
                                            Towing capacity means the maximum                balance.
page 259.                                   gross trailer weight (trailer weight plus
Total load capacity:                        its cargo weight) that your vehicle is         D For better fuel economy, do not
   385 kg (850 lb.)                         able to tow.                                     carry unneeded weight.
Total load capacity means combined          Cargo capacity                                                CAUTION
weight of occupants, cargo and lug-         Cargo capacity may increase or de-
gage. Tongue load is included when          crease depending on the size (weight)          D To prevent cargo and luggage
trailer towing.                             and the number of occupants. For de-             from sliding forward during
Seating capacity:                           tails, see “Capacity and distribution”           braking, do not stack anything
   Total 5 (Front 2, Rear 3)                that follows.                                    in the enlarged trunk. Keep car-
Seating capacity means the maximum                                                           go and luggage low, as close
number of occupants whose esti-                            CAUTION                           to the floor as possible.
mated average weight is 68 kg (150
lb.) per person. Depending on the            Do not apply the load more than
weight of each person, the seating ca-       each load limit. That may cause
pacity given may exceed the total            not only damage to the tires, but
                                             also deterioration to the steering
load capacity.
                                             ability and braking ability, which
                                             may cause an accident.


194




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                      —Capacity and distribution
                                      Cargo capacity depends on the to-        (4) The resulting figure equals the
D Never allow anyone to ride in       tal weight of the occupants.                 available amount of cargo and
  the enlarged trunk. It is not de-                                                luggage load capacity. For exam-
  signed for passengers. They         (Cargo capacity) = (Total load capac-
                                      ity) – (Total weight of occupants)           ple, if the “XXX” amount equals
  should ride in their seats with                                                  1400 lbs. and there will be five
  their seat belts properly fas-      Steps for Determining Correct                150 lb passengers in your ve-
  tened. Otherwise, they are          Load Limit—                                  hicle, the amount of available
  much more likely to suffer seri-    (1) Locate the statement “The com-           cargo and luggage load capacity
  ous bodily injury, in the event          bined weight of occupants and           is     650      lbs.   (1400–750
  of sudden braking or a colli-            cargo should never exceed XXX           (5x150)=650 lbs.)
  sion.                                    kg or XXX lbs.” on your vehicle’s   (5) Determine the combined weight
D Do not place anything on the             placard.                                of luggage and cargo being
  package tray behind the rear        (2) Determine the combined weight            loaded on the vehicle. That
  seatback. Such items may be              of the driver and passengers that       weight may not safely exceed the
  thrown about and possibly in-            will be riding in your vehicle.         available cargo and luggage load
  jure people in the vehicle dur-                                                  capacity calculated in Step 4.
                                      (3) Subtract the combined weight of
  ing sudden braking or an acci-
  dent.                                    the driver and passengers from      (6) If your vehicle will be towing a
                                           XXX kg or XXX lbs.                      trailer, load from your trailer will
D Do not drive with objects left                                                   be transferred to your vehicle.
  on top of the instrument panel.                                                  Consult this manual to determine
  They may interfere with the                                                      how this reduces the available
  driver’s field of view. Or they                                                  cargo and luggage load capacity
  may move during sharp vehicle                                                    of your vehicle.
  acceleration or turning, and im-
  pair the driver’s control of the                                             For details about trailer towing, see
  vehicle. In an accident they                                                 page 204.
  may injure the vehicle occu-
  pants.

                                                                                                                    195




                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                          219 kg – 176 kg = 43 kg.
                                          (484 lb. – 388 lb. = 96 lb.)                             CAUTION
                                          As shown in the above example, if the     Even if the total load of occu-
                                          number of occupants increases, the        pant’s weight and the cargo load
                                          cargo and luggage load equaling the       is less than the total load capac-
                                          combined weight of occupants who          ity, do not apply the load uneven-
              Cargo                       got on later must be reduced. In other    ly. That may cause not only dam-
              capacity                    words, if the increase in the number      age to the tire but also deteriora-
                                          of occupants causes the excess of         tion to the steering ability due to
                                          the total load capacity (combined         unbalance of the vehicle, causing
             Total load                   weight of occupants plus cargo and
             capacity                                                               an accident.
                                          luggage load), you have to reduce the
                                          cargo and luggage on your vehicle.
Example on Your Vehicle
                                          For details about total load capacity,
In case that 2 people with the com-       see “Vehicle load limits” on page 194.
bined weight of 166 kg (366 lb.) are
riding in your vehicle with the total
load capacity of 385 kg (850 lb.), the
available amount of cargo and lug-
gage load capacity will be as follows:
385 kg – 166 kg = 219 kg.
(850 lb. – 366 lb. = 484 lb.)
From this condition, if 3 more passen-
gers with the combined weight of 176
kg (388 lb.) get on, the available car-
go and luggage load will be reduced
as follows:

196




                                                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Types of tires
Determine what kind of tires your          All season tires, however, do not have
vehicle is originally equipped with.       adequate      traction   performance
 1. Summer tires                           compared with snow tires in heavy or
                                           loose snow. Also, all season tires fall
Summer tires are high−speed capabil-       short in acceleration and handling
ity tires best suited to highway driving   performance compared with summer
under dry conditions.                      tires in highway driving.
Since summer tires do not have the         The details about how to distinguish
same traction performance as snow          summer tires from all season tires are
tires, summer tires are inadequate for     described on page 184.
driving on snow−covered or icy roads.
For driving on snow−covered or icy                        CAUTION
roads, we recommend using snow
tires. If installing snow tires, be sure    D Do not mix summer and all sea-
to replace all four tires.                    son tires on your vehicle as
 2. All season tires                          this can cause dangerous han-
All season tires are designed to pro-         dling characteristics, resulting
vide better traction in snow and to be        in loss of control.
adequate for driving in most winter         D Do not use tires other than the
conditions, as well as for use all year       manufacturer’s      designated
round.                                        tires, and never mix tires or
                                              wheels of the sizes different
                                              from the originally equipped
                                              tires and wheels.




                                                                                                                          197




                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




198




                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                       SECTION                               3
STARTING AND DRIVING
Starting and driving
Before starting the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .             200
How to start the engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          200
Tips for driving in various conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   201
Winter driving tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      202
Dinghy towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    203
Trailer towing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   204
How to save fuel and make your vehicle last longer . . . . . . . . . . . . .                                 209




                                                                                                                   199




                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             How to start the engine—
Before starting the engine                   (a) Before cranking                              (b) Starting the engine
1. Check the area around the vehicle be-     1. Apply the parking brake firmly.              Before starting the engine, be sure to fol-
   fore entering it.                         2. Turn off unnecessary lights and acces-       low the instructions in “(a) Before crank-
2. Adjust seat position, seatback angle,        sories.                                      ing”.
   seat cushion height, head restraint       3. Manual transmission: Press the clutch        Normal starting procedure
   height and steering wheel angle.             pedal to the floor and shift the trans-      The multiport fuel injection system/sequen-
3. Adjust the inside and outside rear view      mission into neutral. Hold the clutch        tial multiport fuel injection system in your
   mirrors.                                     pedal to the floor until the engine is       engine automatically controls the proper
4. Lock all doors.                              started. A starter safety device will pre-   air−fuel mixture for starting. You can start
                                                vent the starter from operating if the       a cold or hot engine as follows:
5. Fasten seat belts.                           clutch pedal is not fully depressed.         With your foot off the accelerator pedal,
                                               Automatic transmission: Put the se-           crank the engine by turning the key to
                                               lector lever in “P”. If you need to re-       “START”. Release it when the engine
                                               start the engine while the vehicle is         starts.
                                               moving, put the selector lever in “N”.        Engine should be warmed up by driving,
                                               A starter safety device will prevent the      not in idle. For warming up, drive with
                                               starter from operating if the selector        smoothly turning engine until engine cool-
                                               lever is in any drive position.               ant temperature is within normal range.
                                             4. Automatic transmission only: De-             If the engine stalls...
                                                press the brake pedal and hold it to
                                                the floor until driving off.                 Simply restart it, using the correct proce-
                                                                                             dure given in normal starting.
                                                                                             If the engine will not start...
                                                                                             See “If your vehicle will not start” on page
                                                                                             212 in Section 4.




200




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                         Tips for driving in various
                                         conditions
                                         D Always slow down in gusty crosswinds.        D Washing your vehicle or driving through
               NOTICE
                                           This will allow you much better control.       deep water may get the brakes wet. To
z Do not crank for more than 30 se-      D Drive slowly onto curbs and, if pos-           see whether they are wet, check that
  conds at a time. This may overheat       sible, at a right angle. Avoid driving         there is no traffic near you, and then
  the starter and wiring systems.          onto high, sharp−edged objects and             press the pedal lightly. If you do not
                                           other road hazards. Failure to do so           feel a normal braking force, the brakes
z Do not race a cold engine.
                                           can lead to severe tire damage such            are probably wet. To dry them, drive
z If the engine becomes difficult to                                                      the vehicle cautiously while lightly
                                           as a tire burst.
  start or stalls frequently, have the                                                    pressing the brake pedal with the park-
  engine checked immediately.              Drive slowly when passing over bumps           ing brake applied. If they still do not
                                           or travelling on a bumpy road. Other-          work safely, pull to the side of the road
                                           wise, the impact could cause severe            and call a Toyota dealer for assistance.
                                           damage to the tires and/or wheels.
                                         D When parking on a hill, turn the front                      CAUTION
                                           wheels until they touch the curb so
                                           that the vehicle will not roll. Apply the    D Before driving off, make sure that
                                           parking brake, and place the transmis-         the parking brake is fully released
                                           sion in “P” (automatic) or in first or         and the parking brake reminder
                                           reverse (manual). If necessary, block          light is off.
                                           the wheels.
                                                                                        D Do not leave your vehicle unat-
                                                                                          tended while the engine is running.
                                                                                        D Do not rest your foot on the brake
                                                                                          pedal while driving. It can cause
                                                                                          dangerous overheating, needless
                                                                                          wear, and poor fuel economy.
                                                                                        D To drive down a long or steep hill,
                                                                                          reduce your speed and downshift.
                                                                                          Remember, if you ride the brakes
                                                                                          excessively, they may overheat and
                                                                                          not work properly.

                                                                                                                              201




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                            Winter driving tips
                                            Make sure your coolant is properly pro-       Check the condition of the battery and
D Be careful when accelerating, up-         tected against freezing.                      cables.
  shifting, downshifting or braking on
                                            Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”     Cold temperatures reduce the capacity of
  a slippery surface. Sudden accelera-
  tion or engine braking could cause        or similar high quality ethylene glycol       any battery, so it must be in top shape
                                            based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,   to provide enough power for winter start-
  the vehicle to skid or spin.
                                            and non−borate coolant with long−life         ing. Section 7−3 tells you how to visually
D Do not drive in excess of the speed       hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant      inspect the battery. Your Toyota dealer
  limit. Even if the legal speed limit      with   long−life   hybrid  organic    acid    and most service stations will be pleased
  permits it, do not drive over 140         technology is a combination of low            to check the level of charge.
  km/h (85 mph) unless your vehicle         phosphates and organic acids.)
  has high−speed capability tires.                                                        Make sure the engine oil viscosity is
                                            See “Checking the engine coolant level”       suitable for the cold weather.
  Driving over 140 km/h (85 mph) may
  result in tire failure, loss of control   on page 256 in Section 7−2 for details of     See page 255 in Section 7−2 for recom-
  and possible injury. Be sure to con-      coolant type selection.                       mended viscosity. Leaving a heavy sum-
  sult a tire dealer to determine           For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life        mer oil in your vehicle during winter
  whether the tires on your vehicle         Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and      months may cause harder starting. If you
  are high−speed capability tires or        50% deionized water. This coolant pro-        are not sure about which oil to use, call
  not before driving at such speeds.        vides protection down to about −35_C          your Toyota dealer—they will be pleased
D Do not continue normal driving            (−31_F).                                      to help.
  when the brakes are wet. If they are      For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life            Keep the door locks from freezing.
  wet, your vehicle will require a          Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and      Squirt lock de−icer or glycerine into the
  longer stopping distance, and it          45% deionized water. This coolant pro-        locks to keep them from freezing.
  may pull to one side when the             vides protection down to about −42_C
  brakes are applied. Also, the park-       (−44_F).                                      Use a washer fluid containing an anti-
  ing brake will not hold the vehicle                                                     freeze solution.
  securely.                                                  NOTICE                       This product is available at your Toyota
                                                                                          dealer and most auto parts stores. Follow
                                            Do not use plain water alone.
                                                                                          the manufacturer’s directions for how
                                                                                          much to mix with water.



202




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             Dinghy towing                                Dinghy towing
                                             (with automatic transmission)                (with manual transmission)
                NOTICE
Do not use engine antifreeze or any
other substitute because it may dam-
age your vehicle’s paint.

Do not use your parking brake when
there is a possibility it could freeze.
When parking, put the transmission into
“P” (automatic) or into first or reverse
(manual) and block the rear wheels. Do
not use the parking brake, or snow or
water accumulated in and around the
parking brake mechanism may freeze,          Your vehicle is not designed to be          Your vehicle can be dinghy towed (with
making it hard to release.                   dinghy towed (with four wheels on the       four wheels on the ground) from the
Keep ice and snow from accumulating          ground) behind a motorhome.                 front behind a motorhome.
under the fenders.
                                                           NOTICE                                        CAUTION
Ice and snow built up under your fenders
can make steering difficult. During bad      Do not tow your vehicle with four
winter driving, stop and check under the                                                  Dinghy towing requires special equip-
                                             wheels on the ground. This may
fenders occasionally.                                                                     ment and accessories. Please refer to
                                             cause serious damage to your vehicle.
                                                                                          your service outlet of the motorhome
Depending on where you are driving,                                                       manufacture for the recommended
we recommend you carry some emer-                                                         equipment.
gency equipment.
Some of the things you might put in the
vehicle are tire chains, window scraper,                                                                  NOTICE
bag of sand or salt, flares, small shovel,
jumper cables, etc.
                                                                                          Dinghy towing does not eliminate the
                                                                                          possibility of damage to your vehicle.

                                                                                                                              203




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                          Trailer towing
DINGHY TOWING TIPS                                                                       Your vehicle is designed primarily as a
Before dinghy towing, be sure to ob-                                                     passenger−carrying vehicle. Towing a
serve the following in order to reduce                                                   trailer will have an adverse effect on
the damage to your vehicle.                                                              handling, performance, braking, durability
                                                                                         and driving economy (fuel consumption,
1. Put the shift lever in neutral.                                                       etc.). Your safety and satisfaction depend
2. Turn the ignition switch to the “ACC”                                                 on the proper use of correct equipment
   position. Make sure the audio is turned                                               and cautious driving habits. For your
   off and any item is not plugged into                                                  safety and the safety of others, you must
   the power outlet.                                                                     not overload your vehicle or trailer. Toyota
                                                                                         warranties do not apply to damage or
                 NOTICE                                                                  malfunction caused by towing a trailer for
                                                                                         commercial purposes. Ask your local
To avoid the locking of the steering
                                                                                         Toyota dealer for further details before
wheel, turn the ignition switch to the
                                                                                         towing.
“ACC” position.                                             NOTICE
                                                                                         WEIGHT LIMITS
                                               Do not tow your vehicle from the          Before towing, make sure the total trailer
3. Release the parking brake.
                                               rear. This may cause serious damage       weight, gross vehicle weight, gross axle
After dinghy towing, let the engine idle for   to your vehicle.                          weight and trailer tongue load are all with-
more than 3 minutes before driving the
                                                                                         in the limits.
vehicle.
                                                                                         The total trailer weight and tongue load
                                                                                         can be measured with platform scales
                                                                                         found at a highway weighing station, build-
                                                                                         ing supply company, trucking company,
                                                                                         junk yard, etc.




204




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                       D Trailer hitch assemblies have differ-        D The load on either the front or rear
                                        ent weight capacities established by            axle resulting from distribution of
                                        the hitch manufacturer. Even though             the gross vehicle weight on both
                                        the vehicle may be physically capa-             axles must not exceed the Gross
                                        ble of towing a higher weight, the              Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) listed
                                        operator must determine the maxi-               on the Certification Label.
                                        mum weight rating of the particular
                                        hitch assembly and never exceed
                                        the maximum weight rating speci-
                                        fied for the trailer−hitch. Exceeding
                                        the maximum weight rating set by
                                        the trailer hitch manufacturer can
                                        cause an accident resulting in seri-
                                        ous personal injuries.
             CAUTION                   D The gross vehicle weight must not
                                        exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
D The  total trailer weight (trailer    Rating (GVWR) indicated on the
 weight plus its cargo load) must       Certification Label. The gross ve-
 not exceed 680 kg (1500 lb.). Ex-      hicle weight is the sum of weights
 ceeding this weight is dangerous.      of the unloaded vehicle, driver, pas-
                                        sengers, luggage, hitch and trailer
                                        tongue load. It also includes the
                                        weight of any special equipment
                                        installed on your vehicle.




                                                                                                                          205




                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                          HITCHES                                         D A safety chain must always be used
 Total trailer weight   Tongue load
                                          D Use only a hitch which is recom-                between the towing vehicle and the
                                            mended by the hitch manufacturer and            trailer. Leave sufficient slack in the
                                            conforms to the total trailer weight re-        chain for turns. The chain should
                                            quirement.                                      cross under the trailer tongue to
                                                                                            prevent the tongue from dropping to
                                          D Follow the directions supplied by the           the ground in case it becomes dam-
                                            hitch manufacturer. Lubricate the hitch         aged or separated. For correct safety
                                            ball with a light coat of grease.               chain procedures, follow the hitch or
                                          D Toyota recommends removing the trail-           trailer manufacturer’s recommenda-
      Tongue load
                         100 = 9 to 11%
                                            er hitch whenever you are not towing            tions.
 Total trailer weight                       a trailer to reduce the possibility of
                                            additional damage caused by the hitch                        CAUTION
                                            if your vehicle is struck from behind.
                                                                                          D If the total trailer weight exceeds
D The trailer cargo load should be                        NOTICE                            453 kg (1000 lb.), trailer brakes are
  distributed so that the tongue load                                                       required.
  is 9 to 11% of the total trailer        Do not use axle−mounted hitches as
  weight, not exceeding the maximum       they can cause damage to the axle               D Never tap into your vehicle’s hy-
  of 68 kg (150 lb.). Never load the      housing, wheel bearings, wheels or                draulic system as it would lower its
  trailer with more weight in the back    tires. Also, never install a hitch which          braking effectiveness.
  than in the front. About 60% of the     may interfere with the normal function          D Never tow a trailer without using a
  trailer load should be in the front     of an Energy Absorbing Bumper, if so              safety chain securely attached to
  half of the trailer and the remaining   equipped.                                         both the trailer and the vehicle. If
  40% in the rear.                                                                          damage occurs to the coupling unit
                                          BRAKES AND SAFETY CHAINS                          or hitch ball, there is danger of the
                                          D Toyota   recommends trailers with               trailer wandering over into another
                                            brakes that conform to any applica-             lane.
                                            ble federal and state/provincial regu-
                                            lations.


206




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




TIRES                                         MAINTENANCE                                   TRAILER TOWING TIPS
D Ensure that your vehicle’s tires are        D If you tow a trailer, your vehicle will     When towing a trailer, your vehicle will
  properly inflated. See page 259 in Sec-       require more frequent maintenance due       handle differently than when not tow-
  tion 7−2 and page 284 in Section 8 for        to the additional load. For this informa-   ing. The three main causes of vehicle−
  instructions.                                 tion, please refer to the scheduled         trailer accidents are driver error, exces-
D The trailer tires should be inflated to       maintenance information in the “Sched-      sive speed and improper trailer loading.
  the pressure recommended by the trail-        uled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s         Keep these in mind when towing:
  er manufacturer in respect to the total       Manual Supplement”.                          D Before starting out, check operation of
  trailer weight.                             D Retighten all fixing bolts of the towing       the lights and all vehicle−trailer connec-
TRAILER LIGHTS                                  ball and bracket after approximately           tions. After driving a short distance,
                                                1000 km (600 miles) of trailer driving.        stop and recheck the lights and con-
D Trailer lights must comply with federal,                                                     nections. Before actually towing a trail-
  state/provincial and local regulations.     PRE−TOWING SAFETY CHECK
                                                                                               er, practice turning, stopping and back-
  See your local recreational vehicle         D Check that your vehicle remains level          ing with a trailer in an area away from
  dealer or rental agency for the correct       when a loaded or unloaded trailer is           traffic until you learn the feel.
  type of wiring and relays for your trail-     hitched. Do not drive if the vehicle has
  er. Check for correct operation of the        an abnormal nose−up or nose−down             D Backing with a trailer is difficult and
  turn signals and stop lights each time        condition, and check for improper              requires practice. Grip the bottom of
  you hitch up. Direct splicing may dam-        tongue load, overload, worn suspension         the steering wheel and move your hand
  age your vehicle’s electrical system          or other possible causes.                      to the left to move the trailer to the
                                                                                               left. Move your hand to the right to
  and cause a malfunction of your lights.     D Make sure the trailer cargo is securely        move the trailer to the right. (This pro-
BREAK−IN SCHEDULE                               loaded so that it can not shift.               cedure is generally opposite to that
D Toyota recommends that you do not           D Check that your rear view mirrors con-         when backing without a trailer.) Also,
  tow a trailer with a new vehicle or a         form to any applicable federal, state/         just turn the steering wheel a little at
  vehicle with any new power train com-         provincial or local regulations. If not,       a time, avoiding sharp or prolonged
  ponent (engine, transmission, differen-       install the rear view mirrors required         turning. Have someone guide you when
  tial, wheel bearing, etc.) for the first      for towing purpose.                            backing to reduce the risk of an acci-
  800 km (500 miles) of driving.                                                               dent.



                                                                                                                                    207




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




D Because stopping distance may be in-      D Crosswinds and rough roads will ad-          D Because of the added load of the trail-
  creased, vehicle−to−vehicle distance        versely affect handling of your vehicle        er, your vehicle’s engine may overheat
  should be increased when towing a           and trailer, causing sway. Pay attention       on hot days (at temperatures over
  trailer. For each 16 km/h (10 mph) of       to the rear from time to time to pre-          30_C [85_F]) when going up a long or
  speed, allow at least one vehicle and       pare yourself for being passed by large        steep grade with a trailer. If the engine
  trailer length between you and the ve-      trucks or buses, which may cause your          coolant temperature gauge indicates
  hicle ahead. Avoid sudden braking as        vehicle and trailer to sway. If swaying        overheating, immediately turn off the air
  you may skid, resulting in jackknifing      happens, firmly grip the steering wheel        conditioning (if in use), pull off the road
  and loss of control. This is especially     and reduce speed immediately but               and stop in a safe spot. Refer to “If
  true on wet or slippery surfaces.           gradually. Never increase speed. Steer         your vehicle overheats” on page 216 in
D Avoid jerky starts or sudden accelera-      straight ahead. If you make no extreme         Section 4.
  tion. If your vehicle has a manual          correction with the steering or brakes,      D Always place wheel blocks under both
  transmission, prevent excessive clutch      the vehicle and trailer will stabilize.        the vehicle and trailer wheels when
  slippage by keeping engine rpm low        D Be careful when passing other ve-              parking. Apply the parking brake firmly.
  and not racing the engine. Always start     hicles. Passing requires considerable          Put the transmission in “P” (automatic)
  out in first gear.                          distance. After passing a vehicle, do          or in first or reverse (manual). Avoid
D Avoid jerky steering and sharp turns.       not forget the length of your trailer and      parking on a slope with a trailer, but
  The trailer could hit your vehicle in a     be sure you have plenty of room be-            if it cannot be avoided, do so only
  tight turn. Slow down before making a       fore changing lanes.                           after performing the following:
  turn to avoid the necessity of sudden     D In order to maintain engine braking effi-    1. Apply the brakes and hold.
  braking.                                    ciency do not use the highest gear           2. Have someone place wheel blocks un-
D Remember that when making a turn,           (manual transmission) or overdrive (au-         der both the vehicle and trailer wheels.
  the trailer wheels will be closer than      tomatic transmission).
                                                                                           3. When the wheel blocks are in place,
  the vehicle wheels to the inside of the                                                     release your brakes slowly until the
  turn. Therefore, compensate for this by                                                     blocks absorb the load.
  making a larger than normal turning
  radius with your vehicle.                                                                4. Apply the parking brake firmly.
                                                                                           5. Shift into first or reverse (manual) or
                                                                                              “P” (automatic) and turn off the engine.


208




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                      How to save fuel and make
                                                                                      your vehicle last longer
When restarting out after parking on a                                                Improving fuel economy is easy—just take
slope:                                                   CAUTION                      it easy. It will help make your vehicle last
1. With the transmission in “P” position                                              longer, too. Here are some specific tips
                                           D Do not exceed 72 km/h (45 mph) or        on how to save money on both fuel and
   (automatic) or the clutch pedal de-
                                            the posted towing speed limit,            repairs:
   pressed (manual), start the engine.
                                            whichever is lower. Because insta-
   (With an automatic transmission, be
                                            bility (swaying) of a towing vehicle−
                                                                                       D Keep your tires inflated at the cor-
   sure to keep the brake pedal de-                                                      rect pressure. Underinflation causes
                                            trailer   combination    usually   in-
   pressed.)                                                                             tire wear and wastes fuel. See page
                                            creases as the speed increases, ex-
2. Shift into gear.                                                                      259 in Section 7−2 for instructions.
                                            ceeding 72 km/h (45 mph) may
3. Release the parking brake (also foot     cause loss of control.                     D Do not carry unneeded weight in
                                                                                         your vehicle. Excess weight puts a
   brake on automatic transmission ve-     D Slow down and downshift before
   hicles) and slowly pull or back away     descending steep or long downhill            heavier load on the engine, causing
   from the wheel blocks. Stop and apply                                                 greater fuel consumption.
                                            grades. Do not make sudden down-
   your brakes.                             shifts.                                    D Avoid lengthy warm−up idling. Once
                                                                                         the engine is running smoothly, begin
4. Have someone retrieve the blocks.       D Avoid holding the brake pedal down
                                                                                         driving—but gently. Remember, howev-
                                            too long or too frequently. This
                                                                                         er, that on cold winter days this may
                                            could cause the brakes to overheat
                                                                                         take a little longer.
                                            and result in reduced braking effi-
                                            ciency.                                    D Keep    the automatic transmission
                                                                                         overdrive turned on when engine
                                                                                         braking is not required. Driving with
                                                                                         the overdrive off will reduce the fuel
                                                                                         economy. (For details, see “Automatic
                                                                                         transmission” on page 115 in Section
                                                                                         1−7.)
                                                                                       D Accelerate   slowly and smoothly.
                                                                                         Avoid jackrabbit starts. Get into high
                                                                                         gear as quickly as possible.



                                                                                                                             209




                                                                                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




D Avoid long engine idling. If you have      D Keep the front wheels in proper
  a long wait and you are not in traffic,      alignment. Avoid hitting the curb and                        CAUTION
  it is better to turn off the engine and      slow down on rough roads. Improper
  start again later.                           alignment not only causes faster tire         Never turn off the engine to coast
                                                                                             down hills. Your power steering and
D Avoid engine lugging or over−rev-            wear but also puts an extra load on
                                                                                             brake booster will not function with-
  ving. Use a gear position suitable for       the engine, which, in turn, wastes fuel.
                                                                                             out the engine running. Also, the
  the road on which you are travelling.      D Keep the bottom of your vehicle free          emission control system operates
D Avoid continuous speeding up and             from mud, etc. This not only lessens
                                                                                             properly only when the engine is run-
  slowing down.     Stop−and−go    driving     weight but also helps prevent corro-
                                                                                             ning.
  wastes fuel.                                 sion.
D Avoid    unnecessary stopping and          D Keep your vehicle tuned−up and in
  braking. Maintain a steady pace. Try         top shape. A dirty air cleaner, improp-
  to time the traffic signals so you only      er valve clearance, dirty plugs, dirty oil
  need to stop as little as possible or        and grease, brakes not adjusted, etc.
  take advantage of through streets to         all lower engine performance and con-
  avoid traffic lights. Keep a proper dis-     tribute to poor fuel economy. For longer
  tance from other vehicles to avoid sud-      life of all parts and lower operating
  den braking. This will also reduce wear      costs, keep all maintenance work on
  on your brakes.                              schedule, and if you often drive under
                                               severe conditions, see that your vehicle
D Avoid heavy traffic or traffic jams          receives more frequent maintenance.
  whenever possible.                           (For scheduled maintenance informa-
D Do not rest your foot on the clutch          tion, please refer to the “Scheduled
  or brake pedal. This causes premature        Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manu-
  wear, overheating and poor fuel econo-       al Supplement”.)
  my.
D Maintain a moderate speed on high-
  ways. The faster you drive, the greater
  the fuel consumption. By reducing your
  speed, you will cut down on fuel con-
  sumption.
210




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                       SECTION                              4
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
In case of an emergency
If your vehicle will not start . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        212
If your engine stalls while driving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               215
If you cannot increase engine speed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     215
If your vehicle overheats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           216
If you have a flat tire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   217
If your vehicle becomes stuck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .               226
If your vehicle needs to be towed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 227
If you cannot shift automatic transmission selector lever . . . . . . . .                                   229
If you lose your keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       230
If you lose your wireless remote control transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . .                              230




                                                                                                                  211




                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




If your vehicle will not start—
(a) Simple checks                                                                                   (b) Starting a flooded engine
Before making these checks, make sure                                                               If the engine will not start, your engine
                                                                    NOTICE
you have followed the correct starting pro-                                                         may be flooded because of repeated
cedure given in “How to start the engine”         Do not pull− or push−start the ve-                cranking.
on page 200 in Section 3 and that you             hicle. It may damage the vehicle or               If this happens, turn the key to “START”
have sufficient fuel. Also, check whether         cause a collision when the engine                 with the accelerator pedal fully depressed.
the other keys will start the engine. If          starts. Also the three−way catalytic              Keep the key and accelerator pedal in
they work, your key may be broken. Have           converter may overheat and become a               these positions for 15 seconds and re-
the key checked at your Toyota dealer. If         fire hazard.                                      lease them. Then try starting the engine
none of your keys work, there may be a                                                              with your foot off the accelerator pedal.
malfunction in the immobilizer system. Call
                                                  If the engine turns over at its normal            If the engine does not start after 15 sec-
your Toyota dealer. (See “Keys” on page
                                                  speed but will not start—                         onds of cranking, release the key, wait a
10 in Section 1−2.)
                                                  1. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” or              few minutes and try again.
If the engine is not turning over or is
                                                     “LOCK” and try starting the engine             If the engine still will not start, it needs
turning over too slowly—
                                                     again.                                         adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota dealer
1. Check that the battery terminals are                                                             or qualified repair shop for assistance.
                                                  2. If the engine will not start, the engine
   tight and clean.
                                                     may be flooded because of repeated
2. If the battery terminals are O.K., switch         cranking. See “(b) Starting a flooded                           NOTICE
   on the interior light.                            engine” on page 212 for further instruc-       Do not crank for more than 30 se-
3. If the light is out, dim or goes out              tions.                                         conds at a time. This may overheat
   when the starter is cranked, the battery       3. If the engine still will not start, it needs   the starter and wiring systems.
   is discharged. You may try jump start-            adjustment or repair. Call a Toyota
   ing. See “(c) Jump starting” on page              dealer or qualified repair shop.
   213 for further instructions.
If the light is O.K., but the engine still will
not start, it needs adjustment or repair.
Call a Toyota dealer or qualified repair
shop.




212




                                                                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




(c) Jump starting
To avoid serious personal injury and                                                     JUMP STARTING PROCEDURE
damage to your vehicle which might re-       D The gas normally produced by a
                                                                                          1. If the booster battery is installed in
sult from battery explosion, acid burns,       battery will explode if a flame or
                                                                                             another vehicle, make sure the vehicles
electrical burns, or damaged electronic        spark is brought near. Use only
                                               standardized jumper cables and do             are not touching. Turn off all unneces-
components, these instructions must be                                                       sary lights and accessories.
followed precisely.                            not smoke or light a match while
                                               jump starting.                               When boosting, use the battery of
If you are unsure about how to follow this                                                  matching or higher quality. Any other
procedure, we strongly recommend that                                                       battery may be difficult to jump start
you seek the help of a competent me-                       NOTICE                           with.
chanic or towing service.
                                             The battery used for boosting must             If jump starting is difficult, charge the
                                             be 12 V. Do not jump start unless you          battery for several minutes.
                CAUTION
                                             are sure that the booster battery is         2. If required, remove all the vent plugs
 D Batteries  contain    sulfuric  acid      correct.                                        from the booster and discharged batter-
   which is poisonous and corrosive.                                                         ies. Lay a cloth over the open vents
   Wear protective safety glasses when                                                       on the batteries. (This helps reduce the
   jump starting, and avoid spilling                                                         explosion hazard, personal injuries and
   acid on your skin, clothing, or ve-                                                       burns.)
   hicle.                                                                                 3. If the engine in the vehicle with the
 D If you should accidentally get acid                                                       booster battery is not running, start it
   on yourself or in your eyes, remove                                                       and let it run for a few minutes. During
   any contaminated clothing and flush                                                       jump starting, run the engine at about
   the affected area with water imme-                                                        2000 rpm with the accelerator pedal
   diately. Then get immediate medical                                                       lightly depressed.
   attention. If possible, continue to
   apply water with a sponge or cloth
   while en route to the medical office.




                                                                                                                                213




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Positive terminal (“+” mark)                     Discharged battery




                                Discharged
 Jumper   Positive              battery
                                             Booster                     Jumper cable
 cable    terminal     Booster battery               Negative terminal
                                             battery
          (“+” mark)                                 (“−” mark)
                                                                                             Connecting point
4. Make the cable connections in the or-      c. Connect the clamp of the negative
   der a, b, c, d.                            (black) jumper cable to the negative (−)
                                              terminal on the booster battery.                Do not connect the cable to or near any
  a. Connect the clamp of the positive
                                                                                              part that moves when the engine is
  (red) jumper cable to the positive (+)      d. Connect the clamp at the other end
                                                                                              cranked.
  terminal on the discharged battery.         of the negative (black) jumper cable to
  b. Connect the clamp at the other end       a solid, stationary, unpainted, metallic
                                              point of the vehicle with the discharged                      CAUTION
  of the positive (red) jumper cable to
  the positive (+) terminal on the booster    battery.
                                                                                             When making the connections, to
  battery.                                    The recommended connecting point is            avoid serious injury, do not lean over
                                              shown in the following illustration:           the battery or accidentally let the
                                                                                             jumper cables or clamps touch any-
                                                                                             thing except the correct battery termi-
                                                                                             nals or the ground.




214




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                              If your engine stalls while                    If you cannot increase engine
                                              driving                                        speed
5. Start your engine in the normal way.       If your engine stalls while driving...        If engine speed does not increase when
   After starting, run it at about 2000 rpm   1. Reduce your speed gradually, keeping       the accelerator pedal is depressed, there
   for several minutes with the accelerator      a straight line. Move cautiously off the   may be a problem somewhere in the elec-
   pedal lightly depressed.                      road to a safe place.                      tronic throttle control system.
6. Carefully disconnect the cables in the     2. Turn on your emergency flashers.           At this time, vibration may occur. Howev-
   exact reverse order: the negative cable                                                  er, if you depress the accelerator pedal
   and then the positive cable.               3. Turn the ignition key to “ACC” or          more firmly and slowly, you can drive your
                                                 “LOCK”, and try starting the engine        vehicle at low speeds. Have your vehicle
7. Carefully dispose of the battery cover        again.
   cloths—they may now contain sulfuric                                                     checked by your Toyota dealer as soon as
   acid.                                      If the engine will not start, see “If your    possible.
                                              vehicle will not start” on page 212 in this   Even if the abnormality of the electronic
8. If removed, replace all the battery vent   Section.
   plugs.                                                                                   throttle control system is corrected during
                                                                                            low speed driving, the system may not be
If the cause of your battery discharging is                    CAUTION                      recovered until the engine is stopped and
not apparent (for example, lights left on),                                                 the ignition key is turned to “ACC” or
you should have it checked at your Toyota      If the engine is not running, the pow-       “LOCK” position.
dealer.                                        er assist for the brakes and steering
If the first start attempt is not success-     will not work so steering and braking                        CAUTION
ful...                                         will be much harder than usual.
Check that the clamp on the jumper                                                           Be especially careful to prevent erro-
cables are tight. Recharge the discharged                                                    neous pedal operation.
battery with the jumper cables connected
for several minutes and restart your en-
gine in the normal way.
If the another attempt is not successful,
the battery may be depleted. Have it ch-
ecked at your Toyota dealer.




                                                                                                                                  215




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




If your vehicle overheats
If your engine coolant temperature             3. Look for obvious coolant leaks from the      6. After the engine coolant temperature
gauge indicates overheating, if you ex-           radiator, hoses, and under the vehicle.         has cooled to normal, again check the
perience a loss of power, or if you hear          However, note that water draining from          coolant level in the reservoir. If neces-
a loud knocking or pinging noise, the             the air conditioning is normal if it has        sary, bring it up to half full again. Seri-
engine has probably overheated. You               been used.                                      ous coolant loss indicates a leak in the
should follow this procedure...                                                                   system. You should have it checked as
1. Pull safely off the road, stop the ve-                      CAUTION                            soon as possible at your Toyota dealer.
   hicle and turn on your emergency
   flashers. Put the transmission in “P”       When the engine is running, keep
   (automatic) or neutral (manual) and ap-     hands and clothing away from the
   ply the parking brake. Turn off the air     moving fan and engine drive belts.
   conditioning if it is being used.
2. If coolant or steam is boiling out of the   4. If the coolant is leaking, stop the en-
   radiator or reservoir, stop the engine.        gine immediately. Call a Toyota dealer
   Wait until the steam subsides before           for assistance.
   opening the hood. If there is no coolant    5. If there are no obvious leaks, check
   boiling over or steam, leave the engine        the coolant reservoir. If it is dry, add
   running and make sure the electric             coolant to the reservoir while the en-
   cooling fan is operating. If it is not,        gine is running. Fill it about half full.
   turn the ignition off.                         For the coolant type, see “Coolant type
                                                  selection” on page 256 in Section 7−2.
                CAUTION
                                                               CAUTION
 To help avoid personal injury, keep
 the hood closed until there is no             Do not attempt to remove the radiator
 steam. Escaping steam or coolant is           cap when the engine and radiator are
 a sign of very high pressure.                 hot. Serious injury could result from
                                               scalding hot fluid and steam blown
                                               out under pressure.


216




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




If you have a flat tire—
1. Reduce your speed gradually
   while driving in a straight line.      D Do not put any part of your             D Use the jack only for lifting
   Move cautiously off the road to a        body under the vehicle sup-               your vehicle during wheel
   safe place well away from the traf-      ported by the jack. Otherwise,            changing.
   fic. Avoid stopping on the center        personal injury may occur.              D Do not raise the vehicle with
   divider of a highway. Park on a lev-   D Do not start or run the engine            someone in the vehicle.
   el spot with firm ground.                while your vehicle is supported         D When raising the vehicle, do
2. Stop the engine and turn on your         by the jack.                              not place any objects on top
   emergency flashers.                    D Stop the vehicle on a level firm          of or underneath the jack.
3. Firmly set the parking brake and         ground, firmly set the parking          D Raise the vehicle only high
   put the transmission in “P” (auto-       brake and put the transmission            enough to remove and change
   matic) or reverse (manual).              in “P” (automatic) or reverse             the tire.
                                            (manual). Block the wheel diag-
4. Have everyone get out of the ve-         onally opposite to the one be-
   hicle on the side away from traffic.     ing changed if necessary.                               NOTICE
5. Read the following instructions        D Make sure to set the jack prop-
   thoroughly.                                                                      Do not continue driving with a
                                            erly in the jack point. Raising         deflated tire. Driving even a
                                            the vehicle with jack improper-         short distance can damage a
              CAUTION                       ly positioned will damage the           tire and wheel beyond repair.
                                            vehicle or may allow the ve-
When jacking, be sure to observe            hicle to fall off the jack and
the following to reduce the possi-          cause personal injury.
bility of personal injury:
                                          D Never get under the vehicle
D Follow jacking instructions.              when the vehicle is supported
                                            by the jack alone.




                                                                                                                        217




                                                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                        The compact spare tire can be used
                                        many times, if necessary. It has tread    D Replace the compact spare tire
                                        life of up to 4800 km (3000 miles) de-      with the standard tire as soon
                                        pending on road conditions and your         as possible.
                                        driving habits. When tread wear indi-     D Avoid sudden acceleration,
                                        cators appear on the tire, replace the      sudden deceleration and sharp
                                        tire.                                       turns with the compact spare
                                        See also the tire information on page       tire.
                                        259 in Section 7−2 for details on the
                                        tread wear indicators and other ser-                      NOTICE
                                        vice information.
                                                                                  Your ground clearance is re-
                                                      CAUTION                     duced when the compact spare
Compact spare tire                                                                tire is installed so avoid driving
The compact spare tire is designed       D The compact spare tire was de-         over obstacles and drive slowly
for temporary emergency use only.          signed especially for your Toy-        on rough, unpaved roads and
The compact spare tire is identified       ota. Do not use it on any other        speed bumps. Also, do not at-
by     the    distinctive     wording      vehicle.                               tempt to go through an auto-
“TEMPORARY USE ONLY” molded              D Do not use more than one com-          matic car wash as the vehicle
into the side wall of the tire.            pact spare tire at the same            may get caught, resulting in
                                           time.                                  damage.
The compact spare tire saves space
in your luggage compartment, and its     D Do not exceed 80 km/h (50
lighter weight helps to improve fuel       mph) when driving with the
economy and permits easier installa-       compact spare tire.
tion in case of a flat tire.




218




                                                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Required tools and spare
tire
                                To prepare yourself for an emergency,
                                you should familiarize yourself with
                                the use of the jack, each of the tools
                                and their storage locations.




1. Get the required tools and                                            Turn the jack joint by hand.
   spare tire.                                                           To remove: Turn the joint in direction
   1. Wheel nut wrench                                                   1 until the jack is free.
   2. Jack handle                                                        To store: Turn the joint in direction 2
   3. Tool holder                                                        until the jack is firmly secured to pre-
   4. Jack                                                               vent it flying forward during a collision
   5. Spare tire                                                         or sudden braking.




                                                                                                              219




                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                     —Blocking the wheel
                                          When storing the spare tire, put it in
                                          place with the outer side of the wheel
                                          facing up. Then secure the tire by re-
                                          peating the above removal steps in
                                          reverse order to prevent it from flying
                                          forward during a collision or sudden
                                          braking.




To remove the spare tire:                                                           2. Block the wheel diagonally op-
1. Raise the luggage compartment                                                       posite the flat tire to keep the
   floor.                                                                              vehicle from rolling when it is
                                                                                       jacked up.
2. Take the tool holder with tools out.
                                                                                    When blocking the wheel, place a
3. Loosen the bolt with spacer and                                                  wheel block in front of one of the front
   remove it.                                                                       wheels or behind one of the rear
Then take the spare tire out of the                                                 wheels.
vehicle.




220




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Removing wheel ornament
(steel wheels)                          —Loosening wheel nuts

                                                                                                CAUTION

                                                                                 Never use oil or grease on the
                                                                                 bolts or nuts. The nuts may loose
                                                                                 and the wheels may fall off,
                                                                                 which could cause a serious ac-
                                                                                 cident.




3. Remove the wheel ornament.           4. Loosen all the wheel nuts.
Pry off the wheel ornament, using the   Always loosen the wheel nuts before
beveled end of the wheel nut wrench     raising the vehicle.
as shown.                               Turn the wheel nuts counterclockwise
                                        to loosen. To get maximum leverage,
              CAUTION                   fit the wrench to the nut so that the
                                        handle is on the right side, as shown
 Do not try to pull off the orna-       above. Grab the wrench near the end
 ment by hand. Take due care in         of the handle and pull up on the han-
 handling the ornament to avoid         dle. Be careful that the wrench does
 unexpected personal injury.            not slip off the nut.
                                        Do not remove the nuts yet—just un-
                                        screw them about one−half turn.



                                                                                                                     221




                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Positioning the jack                 —Raising your vehicle

                                                                                                 CAUTION

                                                                                  Never get under the vehicle when
                                                                                  the vehicle is supported by the
                                                                                  jack alone.




5. Position the jack at the correct   6. After making sure that no one
   jack point as shown.                   is in the vehicle, raise it high
Make sure the jack is positioned on       enough so that the spare tire
a level and solid place.                  can be installed.
                                      Remember you will need more ground
                                      clearance when putting on the spare
                                      tire than when removing the flat tire.
                                      To raise the vehicle, insert the jack
                                      handle into the jack (it is a loose fit)
                                      and turn it clockwise. As the jack
                                      touches the vehicle and begins to lift,
                                      double−check that it is properly posi-
                                      tioned.



222




                                                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Changing wheels                                                                        —Reinstalling wheel nuts




 7. Remove the wheel nuts and                Before putting on wheels, remove any       8. Reinstall all the wheel nuts fin-
    change tires.                            corrosion on the mounting surfaces            ger tight.
Lift the flat tire straight off and put it   with a wire brush or such. Installation   Reinstall the wheel nuts (tapered end
aside.                                       of wheels without good metal−to−met-      inward) and tighten them as much as
                                             al contact at the mounting surface can    you can by hand. Press back on the
Roll the spare wheel into position and       cause wheel nuts to loosen and
align the holes in the wheel with the                                                  tire and see if you can tighten them
                                             eventually cause a wheel to come off      more.
bolts. Then lift up the wheel and get        while driving.
at least the top bolt started through
its hole. Wiggle the tire and press it
back over the other bolts.




                                                                                                                            223




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                      —Lowering your vehicle

             CAUTION                                                                           CAUTION

Never use oil or grease on the                                                  D When lowering the vehicle,
bolts or nuts. Doing so may lead                                                  make sure all portions of your
to overtightening the nuts and                                                    body and all other persons
damaging the bolts. The nuts                                                      around will not be injured as
may loose and the wheels may                                                      the vehicle is lowered to the
fall off, which could cause a seri-                                               ground.
ous accident. If there is oil or                                                D Have the wheel nuts tightened
grease on any bolt or nut, clean                                                  by torque wrench at 103 N·m
it.                                                                               (10.5 kgf·m, 76 ft·lbf), as soon
                                                                                  as possible after changing
                                      9. Lower the vehicle completely             wheels. Otherwise, the nuts
                                          and tighten the wheel nuts.             may loosen and the wheels
                                      Turn the jack handle counterclock-          may fall off, which could cause
                                      wise to lower the vehicle.                  a serious accident.
                                      Use only the wheel nut wrench to          D Do not attach a heavily dam-
                                      tighten the nuts. Do not use other          aged plastic wheel ornament.
                                      tools or any additional leverage other      It may fly off the wheel and
                                      than your hands, such as a hammer,          cause accidents while the ve-
                                      pipe or your foot. Make sure the            hicle is moving.
                                      wrench is securely engaged over the
                                      nut.
                                      Tighten each nut a little at a time in
                                      the order shown. Repeat the process
                                      until all the nuts are tight.

224




                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Reinstalling wheel ornament
(steel wheels)                                                                    —After changing wheels
                                                                                 11. Check the air pressure of the re-
                                                     CAUTION                         placed tire.
                                         Take due care in handling the or-       Adjust the air pressure to the specifi-
                                         nament to avoid unexpected per-         cation designed on page 284 in Sec-
                                         sonal injury.                           tion 8. If the pressure is lower, drive
                                                                                 slowly to the nearest service station
                                                                                 and fill to the correct pressure.
                                                                                 Do not forget to reinstall the tire infla-
                                                                                 tion valve cap as dirt and moisture
                                                                                 could get into the valve core and
                                                                                 possibly cause air leakage. If the cap
                                                                                 is missing, have a new one put on as
10.Reinstall the wheel ornament.                                                 soon as possible.
1. Put the wheel ornament into posi-                                             12.Restow all the tools, jack and
    tion.                                                                            flat tire securely.
Align the cutout of the wheel orna-                                              As soon after changing wheels as
ment with the valve stem as shown.                                               possible, tighten the wheel nuts to the
                                                                                 torque specified on page 284 in Sec-
2. Press hand firmly on one side of                                              tion 8 with a torque wrench. Have a
    wheel ornament and then firmly                                               technician repair the flat tire and re-
    tap the other side around the edge                                           place the spare tire with it.
    of wheel ornament with the heel
    of your hand to snap into place.                                             Initial adjustment of the tire pres-
                                                                                 sure warning system is necessary
                                                                                 after you have replaced your tires
                                                                                 or wheels. See “Tire pressure
                                                                                 warning system” on page 124 in
                                                                                 Section 1−7.

                                                                                                                      225




                                                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                     If your vehicle becomes stuck
                                     If your vehicle becomes stuck in snow,
            CAUTION                                                                                NOTICE
                                     mud, sand, etc., then you may attempt
                                     to rock the vehicle free by moving it         If you rock your vehicle, observe the
Before driving, make sure all the    forward and backward.                         following precautions to prevent dam-
tools, jack and flat tire are se-    Vehicles with traction control system—        age to the transmission and other
curely in place in their storage     Turn off the traction control system to       parts.
location to reduce the possibility   become unstuck to allow the tires to          z Do not depress the accelerator ped-
of personal injury during a colli-   spin enough to remove the vehicle from          al while shifting the selector lever
sion or sudden braking.              the obstruction. (For details, see “Trac-       or before the transmission is com-
                                     tion control system” on page 120 in             pletely shifted to forward or reverse
                                     Section 1−7.)                                   gear.
                                                                                   z Do not race the engine and avoid
                                                    CAUTION
                                                                                     spinning the wheels.
                                      Do not attempt to rock the vehicle           z If your vehicle remains stuck after
                                      free by moving it forward and back-            rocking the vehicle several times,
                                      ward if people or objects are any-             consider other ways such as tow-
                                      where near the vehicle. During the             ing.
                                      rocking operation the vehicle may
                                      suddenly move forward or backward
                                      as it becomes unstuck, causing injury
                                      or damage to nearby people or ob-
                                      jects.




226




                                                                              2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




If your vehicle needs to be
towed—
                                          If towing is necessary, we recommend          (a) Towing with wheel lift type truck
 (a) Towing with wheel lift type truck—   you to have it done by your Toyota            From front—Release the parking brake.
    —From front                           dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-
                                          vice. In consultation with them, have                          NOTICE
                                          your vehicle towed using either (a) or
                                          (b).                                           When lifting wheels, take care to en-
                                                                                         sure adequate ground clearance for
                                          Only when you cannot receive a towing
                                                                                         towing at the opposite end of the
                                          service from a Toyota dealer or com-
                                                                                         raised vehicle. Otherwise, the bumper
                                          mercial tow truck service, tow your ve-
                                                                                         and/or underbody of the towed vehicle
                                          hicle carefully in accordance with the
                                                                                         will be damaged during towing.
    —From rear                            instructions given in “—Emergency tow-
                                          ing” on page 228 in this Section.
                                                                                        From rear—
                                          Proper equipment will help ensure that
                                          your vehicle is not damaged while being        D Manual transmission:
                                          towed. Commercial operators are generally        We recommend using a towing dolly
                                          aware of the state/provincial and local          under the front wheels. If you do not
                                          laws pertaining to towing.                       use a towing dolly, place the ignition
                                          Your vehicle can be damaged if it is             key in the “ACC” position and put the
                                          towed incorrectly. Although most operators       transmission in neutral.
 (b) Using flat bed truck
                                          know the correct procedure, it is possible
                                          to make a mistake. To avoid damage to                          NOTICE
                                          your vehicle, make sure the following pre-     Do not tow with the key removed or
                                          cautions are observed. If necessary, show      in the “LOCK” position when towing
                                          this page to the tow truck driver.             from the rear without a towing dolly.
                                          TOWING PRECAUTIONS:                            The steering lock mechanism is not
                                          Use a safety chain system for all towing,      strong enough to hold the front
                                          and abide by the state/provincial and local    wheels straight.
                                          laws. The wheels and axle on the ground
                                          must be in good condition. If they are
                                          damaged, use a towing dolly.
                                                                                                                             227




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                     —Emergency towing
D Automatic transmission:
                                         (c) Towing with sling type
  Use a towing dolly under the front         truck
  wheels.

               NOTICE
Never tow a vehicle with an automatic
transmission from the rear with the
front wheels on the ground, as this
may cause serious damage to the
transmission.

(b) Using flat bed truck

                                        (c) Towing with sling type truck            If towing is necessary, we recommend
                                                                                    you to have it done by your Toyota
                                                         NOTICE                     dealer or a commercial tow truck ser-
                                                                                    vice.
                                        Do not tow with sling type truck, ei-
                                        ther from the front or rear. This may       If towing service is not available in an
                                        cause body damage.                          emergency, your vehicle may be tempo-
                                                                                    rarily towed by a cable or chain se-
                                                                                    cured to the emergency towing eyelet
                                                                                    under the vehicle. Use extreme caution
                                                                                    when towing vehicles.

                                                                                                     NOTICE
                                                                                     Only use specified towing eyelet;
                                                                                     otherwise your vehicle may be dam-
                                                                                     aged.


228




                                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                  ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                          If you cannot shift automatic
                                                                                          transmission selector lever
A driver must be in the vehicle to steer   Before towing, release the parking brake
it and operate the brakes.                 and put the transmission in neutral (manu-
Towing in this manner may be done only     al) or “N” (automatic). The key must be
on hard−surfaced roads for a short dis-    in “ACC” (engine off) or “ON” (engine run-
tance and at low speeds. Also, the         ning).
wheels, axles, drive train, steering and
brakes must all be in good condition.                      CAUTION

               CAUTION                      If the engine is not running, the pow-
                                            er assist for the brakes and steering
 Use extreme caution when towing ve-        will not work so steering and braking
 hicles. Avoid sudden starts or erratic     will be much harder than usual.
 driving maneuvers which would place
 excessive stress on the emergency
 towing eyelet and towing cable or                                                       If you cannot shift the selector lever
 chain. The eyelet and towing cable or                                                   out of “P” position to other positions
 chain may break and cause serious                                                       even though the brake pedal is de-
 injury or damage.                                                                       pressed, use the shift lock override but-
                                                                                         ton as follows:
                                                                                          1. Turn the ignition key to     “LOCK”
                NOTICE                                                                       position. Make sure the      parking
                                                                                             brake is applied.
Use only a cable or chain specifically
intended for use in towing vehicles.                                                      2. Pry up the cover with a flathead
Securely fasten the cable or chain to                                                        screwdriver or equivalent.
the towing eyelet provided.




                                                                                                                              229




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                           If you lose your wireless
                                            If you lose your keys                          remote control transmitter
                                            You can purchase a new key at your            You can purchase a new wireless re-
                                            Toyota dealer if you can give them the        mote control transmitter at your Toyota
                                            key number and master key.                    dealer.
                                            Even if you lose only one key, contact        Have the registered identification numbers
                                            your Toyota dealer to make a new key. If      of your transmitters deleted from your ve-
                                            you lose all your master keys, you cannot     hicle by your Toyota dealer as soon as
                                            make new keys; the whole engine immobi-       possible to avoid the possibility of theft or
                                            lizer system must be replaced.                an accident. Then, have the identification
                                            See the suggestion given in “Keys” on         number of your new transmitter registered.
                                            page 10 in Section 1−2.                       At the same time, you must bring all of
                                                                                          the remaining transmitters to have them
                                            If your keys are locked in the vehicle and    registered again as well.
                                            you cannot get a duplicate, many Toyota
                                            dealers can still open the door for you,      You can use the wireless remote control
                                            using their special tools. If you must        system with the new transmitter. Contact
3. Insert your finger into the    hole to
   push down the shift lock      override   break a window to get in, we suggest          your Toyota dealer for detailed information.
   button. You can shift out      of “P”    breaking the smallest side window be-
   position only while pushing   the but-   cause it is the least expensive to replace.
   ton.                                     Be extremely cautious to avoid cuts from
                                            the glass.
4. Shift into “N” position.
5. Insert the cover.
6. Start the engine. For your safety,
   keep the brake pedal depressed.
Be sure to have the system checked by
your Toyota dealer as soon as possible.




230




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
              ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                  SECTION                         5
CORROSION PREVENTION AND
APPEARANCE CARE
Corrosion prevention and appearance care
Protecting your Toyota from corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
Washing and waxing your Toyota . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Cleaning the interior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235




                                                                                                            231




                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Protecting your Toyota from
corrosion
Toyota, through the diligent research, de-      D Wetness or dampness to certain parts          D High pressure water or steam is effec-
sign and use of the most advanced                  of your vehicle for an extended period         tive for cleaning the vehicle’s underside
technology available, helps prevent corro-         of time, may cause corrosion even              and wheel housings. Pay particular
sion and provides you with the finest qual-        though other parts of the vehicle may          attention to these areas as it is difficult
ity vehicle construction. Now, it is up to         be dry.                                        to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
you. Proper care of your Toyota can help        D High ambient temperatures can cause             more harm than good to simply wet the
ensure long−term corrosion prevention.             corrosion to those components of the           mud and debris without removing. The
The most common causes of corrosion                vehicle which do not dry quickly due to        lower edge of doors, rocker panels and
to your vehicle are:                               lack of proper ventilation.                    frame members have drain holes which
                                                                                                  should not be allowed to clog with dirt
D The accumulation of road salt, dirt and       The above signifies the necessity to keep         as trapped water in these areas can
   moisture in hard−to−reach areas under        your vehicle, particularly the underside, as      cause corrosion.
   the vehicle.                                 clean as possible and to repair any dam-
                                                                                                D Wash the underside of the vehicle thor-
D Chipping   of paint, or undercoating          age to paint or protective coatings as
                                                                                                  oughly when winter is over.
   caused by minor accidents or by              soon as possible.
   stones and gravel.                           To help prevent corrosion on           your    See “Washing and waxing your Toyota” on
                                                Toyota, follow these guidelines:               page 233 for more tips.
Care is especially important if you live
in particular areas or operate your ve-         Wash your vehicle frequently. It is, of        Check the condition of your vehicle’s
hicle under certain environmental condi-        course, necessary to keep your vehicle         paint and trim. If you find any chips or
tions:                                          clean by regular washing, but to prevent       scratches in the paint, touch them up im-
                                                                                               mediately to prevent corrosion from start-
D Road salt or dust control chemicals will      corrosion, the following points should be
                                                                                               ing. If the chips or scratches have gone
   accelerate corrosion, as will the pres-      observed:
                                                                                               through the bare metal, have a qualified
   ence of salt in the air near the sea−        D If you drive on salted roads in the          body shop make the repair.
   coast or in areas of industrial pollution.      winter or if you live near the ocean,
D High humidity accelerates corrosion es-          you should hose off the undercarriage
   pecially when temperatures range just           at least once a month to minimize cor-
   above the freezing point.                       rosion.




232




                                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                Washing and waxing your
                                                Toyota
Check the interior of your vehicle. Wa-         Washing your Toyota
ter and dirt can accumulate under the                                                            D Exhaust gases cause the exhaust
                                                Keep your      vehicle   clean   by   regular
floor mats and could cause corrosion. Oc-                                                           pipe to become quite hot. When
                                                washing.
casionally check under the mats to make                                                             washing the vehicle, be careful not
sure the area is dry. Be particularly care-     The following cases may cause weakness              to touch the pipe until it has cooled
ful when transporting chemicals, cleans-        to the paint or corrosion to the body and           sufficiently, as touching a hot ex-
ers, fertilizers, salt, etc.; these should be   parts. Wash your vehicle as soon as pos-            haust pipe can cause burns.
transported in proper containers. If a spill    sible.
or leak should occur, immediately clean         D When driving in a coastal area                 1. Rinse off loose dirt with a hose. Re-
and dry the area.                               D When driving on a road sprinkled with             move any mud or road salt from the
Use mud shields on your wheels. If you            antifreeze                                        underside of the vehicle or the wheel
drive on salted or gravel roads, mud                                                                wells.
                                                D When exposed to coal tar, tree sap,
shields help protect your vehicle. Full−size      bird droppings and carcass of an insect        2. Wash with a mild car−wash soap,
shields, which come as near to the ground                                                           mixed according to the manufacturer’s
as possible, are the best. We recommend         D When driving in areas where there is              instructions. Use a soft cotton mitt and
that the fittings and the area where the          a lot of smoke, soot, dust, iron dust or
                                                                                                    keep it wet by dipping it frequently into
shields are installed be treated to resist        chemical substances
                                                                                                    the wash water. Do not rub hard—let
corrosion. Your Toyota dealer will be           D When the vehicle becomes remarkably               the soap and water remove the dirt.
happy to assist in supplying and installing       dirty with dust and mud
                                                                                                Fuel filler door: Do not apply water (high−
the shields if they are recommended for         Hand−washing your Toyota                        pressure car wash, for example) at or
your area.
                                                Work in the shade and wait until the            near the fuel tank inlet with the fuel filler
Keep your vehicle in a well ventilated          vehicle body is not warm to the touch.          door opened. If the water enters the air
garage or a roofed place. Do not park                                                           vent, you may experience trouble with re-
your vehicle in a damp, poorly venti-                                                           fueling or rough engine idling.
                                                                 CAUTION
lated garage. If you wash your vehicle in
                                                                                                Plastic wheel ornaments: The plastic
the garage, or if you drive it covered with
                                                 D When cleaning under floor or chas-           wheel ornaments are damaged easily by
water or snow, your garage may be so
                                                   sis, be careful not to injure your           organic substances. If any organic sub-
damp as to cause corrosion. Even if your
                                                   hands.                                       stances splash an ornament, be sure to
garage is heated, a wet vehicle can cor-
                                                                                                wash them off with water and check if the
rode if the ventilation is poor.
                                                                                                ornament is damaged.

                                                                                                                                        233




                                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Aluminum wheels: Use only a mild soap                                                      Waxing your Toyota
                                                              NOTICE
or neutral detergent.                                                                      Polishing and waxing is recommended
Plastic bumpers: Wash carefully. Do not       z Do not use organic substances              to maintain the original beauty of your
scrub with abrasive cleaners. The bumper        (gasoline, kerosene, benzine or            Toyota’s finish.
faces are soft.                                 strong solvents), which may be tox-
                                                                                           Apply wax once a month or if the vehicle
                                                ic or cause damage.
Exterior lights: Wash carefully. Do not use                                                surface does not repel water well.
organic substances or scrub them with a       z Do not scrub any part of the ve-
                                                                                            1. Always wash and dry the vehicle be-
hard brush. This may damage the sur-            hicle with a hard brush, which may
                                                                                               fore you begin waxing, even if you are
faces of the lights.                            cause damage.
                                                                                               using a combined cleaner and wax.
Road tar: Remove with turpentine or                                                         2. Use a good quality polish and wax. If
cleaners that are marked safe for painted     Automatic car wash
                                                                                               the finish has become extremely weath-
surfaces.                                     Your vehicle may be washed in an auto-           ered, use a car−cleaning polish, fol-
3. Rinse    thoroughly—dried soap  can        matic car wash, but remember that the            lowed by a separate wax. Carefully fol-
   cause streaking. In hot weather you        paint can be scratched by some types of          low the manufacturer’s instructions and
   may need to rinse each section right       brushes, unfiltered washing water, or the        precautions. Be sure to polish and wax
   after you wash it.                         washing process itself. Scratching reduces       the chrome trim as well as the paint.
                                              paint durability and gloss, especially on
4. To prevent water spots, dry the vehicle                                                 Windshield washer nozzles: Make sure
                                              darker colors. The manager of the car
   using a clean soft cotton towel. Do not                                                 that the nozzles do not become blocked
                                              wash should be able to advise you wheth-
   rub or press hard—you might scratch                                                     when waxing. If a nozzle becomes
                                              er the process is safe for the paint on
   the paint.                                                                              blocked, contact your Toyota dealer to
                                              your vehicle.
                                                                                           have the vehicle serviced.
                                                              NOTICE
                                                                                                            NOTICE
                                              To prevent damage to the antenna,
                                                                                            If a nozzle becomes blocked, do not
                                              make sure it is removed before driv-
                                                                                            try to clear it with a pin or other
                                              ing your Toyota through an automatic
                                                                                            object. The nozzle will be damaged.
                                              car wash.




234




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                            Cleaning the interior
Exterior lights: Do not apply wax on the                                                   Vinyl interior
surfaces of the lights. Wax may cause                      CAUTION
                                                                                           The vinyl upholstery may be easily
damage to the lenses. If you accidentally                                                  cleaned with a mild soap or detergent
put wax on the light surfaces, wipe or      D Vehicles with side airbags and cur-
                                                                                           and water.
wash it off.                                  tain shield airbags:
                                                                                           First vacuum over the upholstery to re-
3. Wax the vehicle again when water           Be careful not to splash water or
                                              spill liquid on the floor. This may          move loose dirt. Then, using a sponge or
   does not bead but remains on the sur-                                                   soft cloth, apply the soap solution to the
   face in large patches.                     prevent the side airbags from acti-
                                                                                           vinyl. After allowing it to soak in for a few
                                              vating correctly, resulting in serious
                                              injury.                                      minutes to loosen the dirt, remove the dirt
                                                                                           and wipe off the soap with a clean damp
                                            D Do not wash the vehicle floor with           cloth. If all the dirt do not come off, re-
                                              water, or allow water to get onto            peat the procedure. Commercial foaming−
                                              the floor when cleaning the vehicle          type vinyl cleaners are also available
                                              interior or exterior. Water may get          which work well. Follow the manufacturer’s
                                              into audio components or other               instructions.
                                              electrical components above or un-
                                              der the floor carpet (or mat) and                             NOTICE
                                              cause a malfunction; and it may
                                              cause body corrosion.                         Do not use solvent, thinner, gasoline
                                                                                            or window cleaner on the interior.




                                                                                                                                   235




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Carpets                                      Windows
                                                                                             z If you use a liquid car freshener, do
Use a good foam−type        shampoo     to   The windows may be cleaned with any               not spill the liquid onto the ve-
clean the carpets.                           household window cleaner.                         hicle’s interior surfaces. It may con-
Begin by vacuuming thoroughly to remove                                                        tain the      ingredients mentioned
                                                             NOTICE
as much dirt as possible. Several types of                                                     above. Immediately clean any spill
foam cleaners are available; some are in     When cleaning the inside of the rear              using the method mentioned above.
aerosol cans and others are powders or       window, be careful not to scratch or
liquids which you mix with water to pro-     damage the heater wires or connec-             Leather interior
duce a foam. To shampoo the carpets,         tors.
use a sponge or brush to apply the foam.                                                    The leather upholstery may be cleaned
Rub in overlapping circles.                                                                 with neutral detergent for wool.
                                             Air conditioning control panel, audio
Do not apply water—the best results are                                                     Remove dirt using a soft cloth dampened
                                             panel, instrument panel, console panel,
obtained by keeping the carpet as dry as                                                    with 5% solution of neutral detergent for
                                             and switches
possible. Read the shampoo instructions                                                     wool. Then thoroughly wipe off all traces
                                             Use a soft damp cloth for cleaning.            of detergent with a clean damp cloth.
and follow them closely.
                                             Soak a clean soft cloth in water or luke-      After cleaning or whenever any part of the
Seat belts
                                             warm water then lightly wipe off dirt.         leather gets wet, dry with a soft clean
The seat belts may be cleaned with                                                          cloth. Allow the leather to dry in a venti-
mild soap and water or with lukewarm                         NOTICE                         lated shaded area.
water.
                                             z Do not use organic substances (sol-
Use a cloth or sponge. As you are clean-       vents, kerosene, alcohol, gasoline,
ing, check the belts for excessive wear,       etc.) or alkaline or acidic solutions.
fraying, or cuts.                              These chemicals can cause discol-
                                               oring, staining or peeling of the
                NOTICE
                                               surface.
z Do not use dye or bleach on the            z If you use cleaners or polishing
  belts—it may weaken them.                    agents, make sure their ingredients
z Do not use the belts until they be-          do not include the substances men-
  come dry.                                    tioned above.

236




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




               NOTICE                     z The interior of your vehicle is apt
                                            to heat up on hot summer days, so
z If a stain should fail to come out
                                            avoid placing on the upholstery
  with a neutral detergent, apply a         items made of vinyl or plastic or
  cleaner that does not contain an
                                            containing wax as these tend to
  organic solvent.
                                            stick to leather when warm.
z Never use organic substances such
                                          z Improper cleaning of the leather up-
  as benzine, alcohol or gasoline, or
                                            holstery could result in discolor-
  alkaline or acid solutions for clean-
                                            ation or staining.
  ing the leather as these could
  cause discoloring.
                                          If you have any questions about the
z Use of a nylon brush or synthetic       cleaning of your Toyota, your local
  fiber cloth, etc. may scratch the       Toyota dealer will be pleased to answer
  fine grained surface of the leather.    them.
z Mildew may develop on soiled leath-
  er upholstery. Be especially careful
  to avoid oil spots. Try to keep your
  upholstery always clean.
z Long exposure to direct sunlight
  may cause the leather surface to
  harden and shrink. Keep your ve-
  hicle in a shaded area, especially in
  the summer.




                                                                                                                            237




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




238




                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
              ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                 SECTION                            6
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE AND CARE
Vehicle maintenance and care
Maintenance requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .        240
General maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   241
Does your vehicle need repairing? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           243
Emissions Inspection and Maintenance (I/M) programs . . . . . . . . .                               244




 For scheduled maintenance information, please refer to the
 “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.




                                                                                                          239




                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Maintenance requirements
Your Toyota vehicle has been designed for       Scheduled maintenance                       Where to go for service?
fewer maintenance requirements with long-       The scheduled maintenance items listed in   Toyota technicians are well−trained spe-
er service intervals to save both your time     the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide” or        cialists and are kept up to date with the
and money. However, each regular mainte-        “Owner’s Manual Supplement” are those       latest service information through technical
nance, as well as day−to−day care, is           required to be serviced at regular inter-   bulletins, service tips, and in−dealership
more important than ever before to ensure       vals.                                       training programs. They learn to work on
smooth, trouble−free, safe, and economical                                                  Toyotas before they work on your vehicle,
drivings.                                       For details of your maintenance schedule,
                                                read the “Scheduled Maintenance Guide”      rather than while they are working on it.
It is the owner’s responsibility to make        or “Owner’s Manual Supplement”.             You can be confident that your Toyota
sure the specified maintenance, including                                                   dealer’s service department performs the
general maintenance service, is performed.      It is recommended that any replacement
                                                parts used for maintenance or for the       best job to meet the maintenance require-
Note that both the new vehicle and emis-                                                    ments on your vehicle—reliably and eco-
sion control system warranties specify that     repair of the emission control system
                                                be Toyota supplied.                         nomically.
proper maintenance and care must be per-
formed. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-          The owner may elect to use non−Toyota       Your copy of the repair order is proof that
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-        supplied parts for replacement pur-         all required maintenance has been per-
ment” for complete warranty information.        poses without invalidating the emission     formed for warranty coverage. If any prob-
                                                control system warranty. However, use       lems should arise with your vehicle while
General maintenance                                                                         under warranty, your Toyota dealer will
                                                of replacement parts which are not of
General maintenance items are those day−        equivalent quality may impair the effec-    promptly take care of it. Again, be sure
to−day care practices that are important to     tiveness of the emission control sys-       to keep a copy of the repair order for any
your vehicle for proper operation. It is the    tems.                                       service performed on your Toyota.
owner’s responsibility to insure that the                                                   What about do−it−yourself maintenance?
general maintenance items are performed         You may also elect to have mainte-
regularly.                                      nance, replacement, or repair of the        Many of the maintenance items are easy
                                                emission control devices and system         to do yourself if you have a little mechani-
These checks or inspections can be done         performed by any automotive repair es-      cal ability and a few basic automotive
either by yourself or a qualified technician,   tablishment or individual without invali-   tools. Simple instructions for how to per-
or if you prefer, your Toyota dealer will be    dating this warranty. See “Owner’s War-     form them are presented on page 245 in
pleased to do them at a nominal cost.           ranty Information Booklet” or “Owner’s      Section 7.
                                                Manual Supplement” for complete war-
                                                ranty information.
240




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                              General maintenance
If you are a skilled do−it−yourself mechan-   Listed below are the general maintenance       Engine coolant level
ic, the Toyota service manuals are recom-     items that should be performed as fre-         Make sure the coolant level is between
mended. Please be aware that do−it−your-      quently as specified. In addition to check-    the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the see−
self maintenance can affect your warranty     ing the items listed, if you notice any        through reservoir when the engine is cold.
coverage. See “Owner’s Warranty Informa-      unusual noise, smell or vibration, you         See page 256 in Section 7−2 for addition-
tion Booklet” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-      should investigate the cause or take your      al information.
ment” for the details.                        vehicle to your Toyota dealer or a quali-      Radiator, condenser and hoses
                                              fied service shop immediately. It is recom-    Check that the front of the radiator and
                                              mended that any problem you notice be          condenser are clean and not blocked with
                                              brought to the attention of your dealer or     leaves, dirt, or insects. See page 257 in
                                              the qualified service shop for their advice.   Section 7−2 for additional information.
                                                                                             Battery condition
                                                              CAUTION
                                                                                             Check the battery condition by the indica-
                                                                                             tor color. See page 268 in Section 7−3 for
                                               Make these checks only with ade-
                                                                                             additional information.
                                               quate ventilation if you run the en-
                                               gine.                                         Brake fluid level
                                                                                             Make sure the brake fluid level is correct.
                                                                                             See page 257 in Section 7−2 for addition-
                                              IN THE ENGINE COMPARTMENT
                                                                                             al information.
                                              Items listed below should be checked
                                                                                             Engine oil level
                                              from time to time, e.g. each time when
                                                                                             Check the level on the dipstick with the
                                              refueling.
                                                                                             engine turned off and the vehicle parked
                                              Washer fluid                                   on a level spot. See page 254 in Section
                                              Make sure there is sufficient fluid in the     7−2 for additional information.
                                              tank. See page 271 in Section 7−3 for
                                                                                             Power steering fluid level
                                              additional information.
                                                                                             Check the level through the reservoir. The
                                                                                             level should be in the “HOT” or “COLD”
                                                                                             range depending on the fluid temperature.
                                                                                             See page 258 in Section 7−2 for addition-
                                                                                             al information.
                                                                                                                                   241




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Exhaust system                                 Seats                                           Parking brake
If you notice any change in the sound of       Check that all front seat controls such as      Check that the lever has the proper travel
the exhaust or smell exhaust fumes, have       seat adjusters, seatback recliner, etc. op-     and that, on a safe incline, your vehicle
the cause located and corrected immedi-        erate smoothly and that all latches lock        is held securely with only the parking
ately. (See “Engine exhaust cautions” on       securely in any position. Check that the        brake applied.
page 176 in Section 2.)                        head restraints move up and down                Automatic transmission “Park” mecha-
INSIDE THE VEHICLE                             smoothly and that the locks hold securely       nism
                                               in any latched position. For folding−down       Check the lock release button of the se-
Items listed below should be checked           rear seatbacks, check that the latches
regularly, e.g. while performing periodic                                                      lector lever for proper and smooth opera-
                                               lock securely.                                  tion. On a safe incline, check that your
services, cleaning the vehicle, etc.
                                               Seat belts                                      vehicle is held securely with the selector
Lights                                         Check that the seat belt system      such as    lever in “P” position and all brakes re-
Make sure the headlights, stop lights, tail    buckles, retractors and anchors       operate   leased.
lights, turn signal lights, and other lights   properly and smoothly. Make sure     that the
are all working. Check headlight aim.                                                          OUTSIDE THE VEHICLE
                                               belt webbings are not cut, frayed,   worn or
Service reminder indicators and warning        damaged.                                        Items listed below should be performed
buzzers                                                                                        from time to time, unless otherwise
                                               Accelerator pedal                               specified.
Check that all service reminder indicators     Check the pedal for smooth operation and
and warning buzzers function properly.         uneven pedal effort or catching.                Fluid leaks
Steering wheel                                                                                 Check underneath for leaking fuel, oil, wa-
                                               Clutch pedal                                    ter or other fluid after the vehicle has
Be alert for changes in steering condition,    Check the pedal for smooth operation.
such as hard steering or strange noise.                                                        been parked for a while. If you smell fuel
                                               Brake pedal                                     fumes or notice any leak, have the cause
                                               Check the pedal for smooth operation and        found and corrected immediately.
                                               that the pedal has the proper clearance.
                                               Check the brake booster function.
                                               Brakes
                                               In a safe place, check that the brakes do
                                               not pull to one side when applied.



242




                                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                            Does your vehicle need
                                            repairing?
Doors and engine hood                       Be on the alert for changes in perfor-          If you notice any of these clues, take your
Check that all doors including trunk lid    mance, sounds, and visual tip−offs that         vehicle to your Toyota dealer as soon as
operate smoothly and all latches lock se-   indicate service is needed. Some impor-         possible. It probably needs adjustment or
curely. Make sure the engine hood sec-      tant clues are as follows:                      repair.
ondary latch secures the hood from open-    D   Engine missing, stumbling, or pinging
ing when the primary latch is released.                                                                     CAUTION
                                            D   Appreciable loss of power
Tire inflation pressure
                                            D   Strange engine noises                        Do not continue driving with the ve-
Check the pressure with a gauge ev-
ery two weeks, or at least once a           D   A leak under the vehicle (however, wa-       hicle unchecked. It could result in se-
                                                ter dripping from the air conditioning       rious vehicle damage and possibly
month. See page 259 in Section 7−2                                                           personal injury.
                                                after use is normal.)
for additional information.
                                            D Change in exhaust sound (This may
Tire surface and wheel nuts
                                                indicate a dangerous carbon monoxide
Check the tires carefully for cuts,             leak. Drive with the windows open and
damage or excessive wear. See page              have the exhaust system checked im-
261 in Section 7−2 for additional in-           mediately.)
formation. When checking the tires,
                                            D Flat−looking tire; excessive tire squeal
make sure no nuts are missing, and              when cornering; uneven tire wear
check the nuts for looseness. Tighten
them if necessary.                          D Vehicle pulls to one side when driving
                                                straight on a level road
Tire rotation
                                            D Strange noises related to suspension
Rotate the tires according to the               movement
maintenance schedule. (For sched-
uled maintenance information, please        D Loss of brake effectiveness; spongy
                                                feeling brake or clutch pedal; pedal al-
refer to the “Scheduled Maintenance
                                                most touches floor; vehicle pulls to one
Guide” or “Owner’s Manual Supple-
                                                side when braking
ment”.) See page 263 in Section 7−2
for additional information.                 D Engine coolant temperature continually
                                                higher than normal


                                                                                                                                  243




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Emissions Inspection and
Maintenance (I/M) programs
Some states have vehicle emission in-        Also, if the malfunction indicator lamp had
spection programs which include OBD          come on recently due to temporary mal-
(On−Board Diagnostics) checks.               function such as a loose fuel tank cap,
The OBD system monitors the operation        your vehicle may not pass the I/M test.
of the emission control system. When the     The malfunction indicator lamp will go off
OBD system determines that a problem         after taking several driving trips, but the
exists somewhere in the emission control     error code in the OBD system will not be
system, the malfunction indicator lamp       cleared unless about 40 trips or more are
comes on. In this case, your vehicle may     taken.
not pass the I/M test and need to be         If your vehicle does not pass the I/M test
repaired. Contact your Toyota dealer to      even the malfunction indicator lamp does
service the vehicle.                         not come on, contact your Toyota dealer
Even     if the malfunction indicator lamp   to prepare the vehicle for re−testing.
does   not come on, your vehicle may not
pass    the I/M test as readiness codes
have   not been set in the OBD system.
Readiness codes are automatically set
during ordinary driving. However, when the
battery is disconnected or run down, the
codes are erased. Also, depending on
your driving habits, the codes may not be
completely set.




244




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                            SECTION                           7− 1
DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Introduction
Engine compartment overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   246
Fuse locations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    247
Do−it−yourself service precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                    247
Positioning the jack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      249
Parts and tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   250




                                                                                                                  245




                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                              ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Engine compartment overview
                                               1. Power steering fluid reservoir
                                               2. Engine oil level dipstick
                                               3. Engine coolant reservoir
                                               4. Engine oil filler cap
                                               5. Brake fluid reservoir
                                               6. Fuse block
                                               7. Battery
                                               8. Radiator
                                               9. Electric cooling fan
                                             10. Condenser
                                              11. Windshield washer fluid tank




246




                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                               Do−it−yourself service
Fuse locations                                 precautions
                                               If you perform maintenance by yourself,
                                               be sure to follow the correct procedure
                 Spare fuses                   given in this Section.
                                               You should be aware that improper or in-
                                               complete servicing may result in operating
                                               problems.
                                               Performing   do−it−yourself  maintenance
                                               during the warranty period may affect your
                                               warranty coverage. Read the separate
                                               Toyota Warranty statement for details and
                                               suggestions.
                                               This Section gives instructions only for
                                               those items that are relatively easy for an
                                               owner to perform. As explained in Section
                                               6, there are still a number of items that
                                               must be done by a qualified technician
                                               with special tools.
                                               For information on tools and parts for do−
                                               it−yourself maintenance, see “Parts and
                                               tools” on page 250 in this Section.
                                               Utmost care     should be taken when work-
                                               ing on your    vehicle to prevent accidental
                                               injury. Here    are a few precautions that
                                               you should     be especially careful to ob-
                                               serve:




                                                                                      247




                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




              CAUTION                     D Be sure that the ignition is off if          D Be extremely cautious when work-
                                           you work near the electric cooling              ing on the battery. It contains poi-
D When the engine is running, keep         fans or radiator grille. With the               sonous and corrosive sulfuric acid.
  hands, clothing, and tools away          ignition on, the electric cooling fans
  from the moving fan and engine           will automatically start to run if the
  drive   belts.  (Removing     rings,     engine coolant temperature is high                            NOTICE
  watches, and ties is advisable.)         and/or the air conditioning is on.
                                                                                         z Remember that battery and ignition
D Right   after driving, the engine       D Use eye protection whenever you                cables carry high currents or volt-
  compartment—the engine, radiator,        work on or under your vehicle                   ages. Be careful of accidentally
  exhaust manifold and spark plug          where you may be exposed to flying              causing a short circuit.
  boots, etc.—will be hot. So be care-     or falling material, fluid spray, etc.
                                                                                         z Add only “Toyota Super Long Life
  ful not to touch them. Oil, fluids      D Used engine oil contains potentially           Coolant” or similar high quality eth-
  and spark plugs may also be hot.         harmful contaminants which may                  ylene glycol based non−silicate,
D If the engine is hot, do not remove      cause skin disorders such as in-                non−amine, non−nitrite, and non−bo-
  the radiator cap or loosen the drain     flammation or skin cancer, so care              rate coolant with long−life hybrid
  plugs to prevent burning yourself.       should be taken to avoid prolonged              organic acid technology to fill the
D Do not leave anything that may           and repeated contact with it. To re-            radiator. “Toyota Super Long Life
  burn easily, such as paper or rags,      move used engine oil from your                  Coolant” is a mixture of 50% cool-
  in the engine compartment.               skin, wash thoroughly with soap                 ant and 50% deionized water (for
                                           and water.                                      the U.S.A.) or 55% coolant and 45%
D Do not smoke, cause sparks or al-
  low open flames around fuel or the      D Do not leave used oil within the               deionized water (for Canada).
  battery. Their fumes are flammable.      reach of children.                            z If you spill some of the coolant, be
D Do not get under your vehicle with      D Dispose of used oil and filter only            sure to wash it off with water to
                                           in a safe and acceptable manner.                prevent it from damaging the parts
  just the body jack supporting it. Al-
                                           Do not dispose of used oil and fil-             or paint.
  ways use automotive jack stands or
  other solid supports.                    ter in household trash, in sewers or          z Do not allow dirt or anything else
                                           onto the ground. Call your dealer or            to fall through the spark plugholes.
                                           a service station for information
                                           concerning recycling or disposal.

248




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                        Positioning the jack
                                                                         When jacking up your vehicle with the
z Use only spark plugs of the speci-                                     jack, position the jack correctly as
  fied type. Using other types will                                      shown in the illustrations.
  cause engine damage, loss of per-
  formance or radio noise.
                                                                                         CAUTION
z Do not reuse iridium−tipped spark
  plugs by cleaning or regapping.                                         When jacking, be sure to observe the
z Do not overfill automatic transmis-                                     following to reduce the possibility of
  sion fluid, or the transmission                                         personal injury:
  could be damaged.                                                       D Follow jacking instructions.
z Do not drive with the air cleaner                                       D Do not put any part of your body
  filter removed, or excessive engine                                       under the vehicle supported by the
  wear could result. Also backfiring                                        jack. Personal injury may occur.
  could cause a fire in the engine      Front
                                                                          D Do not start or run the engine while
  compartment.                                                              your vehicle is supported by the
z Be careful not to scratch the glass                                       jack.
  surface with the wiper frame.                                           D Stop the vehicle on a level firm
z When closing the engine hood,                                             ground, firmly set the parking brake
  check to see that you have not for-                                       and put the transmission in “P”
  gotten any tools, rags, etc.                                              (automatic) or reverse (manual).
                                                                            Block the wheels on the opposite
                                                                            side of the jack up point if neces-
                                                                            sary.
                                                                          D Make sure to set the jack properly
                                                                            in the jack point. Raising the ve-
                                                                            hicle with jack improperly posi-
                                                                            tioned will damage the vehicle or
                                                                            may allow the vehicle to fall off the
                                        Rear                                jack and cause personal injury.

                                                                                                              249




                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                         Parts and tools
                                         Here is a list of parts and tools you will    Tools:
D Never get under the vehicle when
  the vehicle is supported by the jack
                                         need to perform do−it−yourself mainte-         D Funnel (only for adding coolant)
                                         nance. Remember all Toyota parts are de-
  alone; use vehicle support stands.     signed in metric sizes, so your tools must    CHECKING BRAKE FLUID
D Do not raise the vehicle with some-    be metric.                                    Parts (if level is low):
  one in the vehicle.                    CHECKING THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL                  D SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
D When raising the vehicle, do not       Parts (if level is low):                           brake fluid
  place any objects on top of or un-
  derneath the jack.
                                         D “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equiva-       Tools:
                                            lent                                        D Rag or paper towel
                                            See page 254 in Section 7−2 for de-         D Funnel (only for adding fluid)
               NOTICE                       tails about engine oil selection.          CHECKING POWER STEERING FLUID
Make sure to place the jack correctly,   Tools:                                        Parts (if level is low):
or your vehicle may be damaged.          D Rag or paper towel                           D Automatic        transmission       fluid
                                         D Funnel (only for adding oil)                     DEXRONrII or III
                                         CHECKING      THE    ENGINE      COOLANT      Tools:
                                         LEVEL                                          D Rag or paper towel
                                         Parts (if level is low):                       D Funnel (only for adding fluid)
                                         D “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” or         CHECKING BATTERY CONDITION
                                            similar high quality ethylene glycol
                                            based non−silicate, non−amine, non−ni-     Tools:
                                            trite, and non−borate coolant with long−    D   Warm water
                                            life hybrid organic acid technology.        D   Baking soda
                                            “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is a       D   Grease
                                            mixture of 50% coolant and 50% deion-
                                            ized water (for the U.S.A.) or 55%          D   Conventional   wrench   (for   terminal
                                            coolant and 45% deionized water (for            clamp bolts)
                                            Canada).

250




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




CHECKING AND REPLACING FUSES
Parts (if replacement is necessary):
D Fuse with same amperage rating as
   original
ADDING WASHER FLUID
Parts:
D Water
D Washer fluid containing antifreeze (for
   winter use)
Tools:
D Funnel
REPLACING LIGHT BULBS
Parts:
D Bulb with same number and wattage
   rating as original (See charts in “Re-
   placing light bulbs” on page 272 in
   Section 7−3.)
Tools:
D Screwdriver




                                                                                                 251




                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




252




                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                             SECTION                             7− 2
DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Engine and Chassis
Checking the engine oil level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                254
Checking the engine coolant level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                      256
Checking the radiator and condenser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                          257
Checking brake fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .           257
Checking power steering fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                  258
Checking tire inflation pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   259
Checking and replacing tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 261
Rotating tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   263
Installing snow tires and chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                   264
Replacing wheels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .         265
Aluminum wheel precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                     266




                                                                                                                     253




                                             2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Checking the engine oil level
                                                                                           If the oil level is below or only slightly
                                                              NOTICE
          Low level          Full level                                                    above the low level, add engine oil of
                                                Be careful not to drop engine oil on       the same type as already in the engine.
                                                the vehicle components.                    Remove the oil filler cap and add engine
                                                                                           oil in small quantities at a time, checking
                                                                                           the dipstick. We recommend that you use
                                                                                           a funnel when adding oil.
                                                                                           The approximate quantity of oil needed to
                                                                                           raise the level between low and full on the
                                                                                           dipstick is indicated as follows:
      Add oil         O.K.           Too full                                                1.5 L (1.6 qt., 1.3 Imp. qt.)
                                                                                           For the engine oil capacity, see “Service
                                                                                           specifications” on page 281 in Section 8.
With the engine at operating tempera-                                                      When the level reaches within the correct
ture and turned off, check the oil level                                                   range, install the filler cap hand−tight.
on the dipstick.
1. To get a correct reading, the vehicle                                                                    NOTICE
   should be on level ground. After turning
                                                                                            z Be careful not to spill engine oil on
   off the engine, wait a few minutes for
                                                                                              the vehicle components.
   the oil to drain back into the bottom of
   the engine.                                                                              z Avoid overfilling, or     the   engine
                                                                                              could be damaged.
2. Pull the dipstick out, hold a rag under
   the end and wipe it clean.                                                               z Check the oil level on the dipstick
                                                                                              once again after adding the oil.
3. Reinsert the dipstick—push it in as far
   as it will go, or the reading will not be
   correct.
4. Pull the dipstick out and look at the oil
   level while holding a rag under the
   end.

254




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




ENGINE OIL SELECTION                       SAE 5W−30 is the best choice for good
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in      fuel economy, and good starting in cold
your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved   weather.
“Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent   If SAE 5W−30 oil is not available, SAE
to satisfy the following grade and         10W−30 oil may be used. However, it
viscosity.                                 should be replaced with SAE 5W−30 at
Oil grade:                                 the next oil change.
  ILSAC multigrade engine oil
Recommended viscosity:
 SAE 5W−30



                                                                                     Oil identification mark
                                                                                     The ILSAC (International Lubricant Stan-
                                                                                     dardization and Approval Committee) Certi-
                                                                                     fication Mark is added to some oil con-
                                                                                     tainers to help you select the oil you
                                                                                     should use.

           Outside temperature




                                                                                                                          255




                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             Checking the engine coolant
                                             level
                                             Look at the see−through coolant reser-         Coolant type selection
                                             voir when the engine is cold. The cool-        Use of improper coolants may damage
                                             ant level is satisfactory if it is between     your engine cooling system.
                                             the “FULL” and “LOW” lines on the
                                             reservoir. If the level is low, add the        Only use “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant”
                                             coolant. (For the coolant type, see            or similar high quality ethylene glycol
                                             “Coolant type selection” described be-         based non−silicate, non−amine, non−nitrite,
                                             low.)                                          and non−borate coolant with long−life
                                                                                            hybrid organic acid technology. (Coolant
                                             The coolant level in the reservoir will vary   with   long−life   hybrid  organic    acid
                                             with engine temperature. However, if the       technology is a combination of low
                                             level is on or below the “LOW” line, add       phosphates and organic acids.)
                                             coolant. Bring the level up to the “FULL”
                                             line.                                          For the U.S.A.—“Toyota Super Long Life
                                                                                            Coolant” is a mixture of 50% coolant and
                                             If the coolant level drops within a short      50% deionized water. This coolant pro-
To ensure excellent lubrication perfor-
mance for your engine, “Toyota Genuine       time after replenishing, there may be a        vides protection down to about −35_C
                                             leak in the system. Visually check the         (−31_F).
Motor Oil” is available, which has been
                                             radiator, hoses, engine coolant filler cap,
specifically tested and approved for all                                                    For Canada—“Toyota Super Long Life
Toyota engines.                              radiator cap and drain cock and water
                                             pump.                                          Coolant” is a mixture of 55% coolant and
Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-                                                  45% deionized water. This coolant pro-
ther details about “Toyota Genuine Motor     If you can find no leak, have your Toyota      vides protection down to about −42_C
                                             dealer test the cap pressure and check         (−44_F).
Oil”.
                                             for leaks in the cooling system.
                                                                                                             NOTICE
                                                             CAUTION
                                                                                             Do not use plain water alone.
                                              To prevent burning yourself, do not
                                              remove the radiator cap when the en-
                                              gine is hot.



256




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                        ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                Checking the radiator and
                                                condenser                                      Checking brake fluid
                                                If any of the above parts are extremely
                                                dirty or you are not sure of their condi-
                                                tion, take your vehicle to a Toyota dealer.

                                                                CAUTION

                                                 To prevent burning yourself, be care-
                                                 ful not to touch the radiator or con-
                                                 denser when the engine is hot.


                                                                 NOTICE
                                                To prevent damage to the radiator
Toyota recommends “Toyota Super Long
                                                and condenser, do not perform the             To check the fluid level, simply look at
Life Coolant”, which has been tested to
                                                work by yourself.                             the see−through reservoir. The level
ensure that it will not cause corrosion nor                                                   should be between the “MAX” and
result in malfunction of your engine                                                          “MIN” lines on the reservoir.
coolant system with proper usage. “Toyota                                                     It is normal for the brake fluid level to go
Super Long Life Coolant” is formulated                                                        down slightly as the brake pads wear. So
with   long−life    hybrid   organic   acid                                                   be sure to keep the reservoir filled.
technology and has been specifically
designed to avoid engine cooling system                                                       If the reservoir needs frequent refilling, it
malfunction on Toyota vehicles.                                                               may indicate a serious mechanical prob-
                                                                                              lem.
Please contact     your   Toyota dealer   for
further details.




                                                                                                                                      257




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             Checking power steering fluid
If the level is low, add SAE J1703 or                                                          Clean all dirt from the outside of the res-
FMVSS No.116 DOT 3 brake fluid to the                                        If hot O.K.       ervoir tank and look at the fluid level. If
brake reservoir.                                                                               the fluid is cold, the level should be in the
Remove and replace the reservoir cap by                                                        “COLD” range. Similarly, if it is hot, the
                                              If cold O.K.
hand. Fill the brake fluid to the dotted                  Close       Open                     fluid level should be in the “HOT” range.
line. This brings the fluid to the correct                                                     If the level is at the low side of either
level when you put the cap back on.                                                            range, add automatic transmission fluid
                                                                                               DEXRONr II or III to bring the level within
Use only newly opened brake fluid. Once                                                        the range.
opened, brake fluid absorbs moisture from
the air, and excess moisture can cause a                                     If hot add        To remove the reservoir cap, turn it coun-
dangerous loss of braking.                                                                     terclockwise and lift up. To reinstall it,
                                                                                               turn it clockwise. After replacing the reser-
                                              If cold add                                      voir cap, visually check the steering box
                CAUTION
                                                                                               case, vane pump and hose connections
                                             Check the fluid level through the reser-          for leaks or damage.
 Take care when filling the reservoir        voir. If necessary, add automatic trans-
 because brake fluid can harm your           mission fluid DEXRONr II or III.
 hands or eyes. If fluid gets on your                                                                           CAUTION
 hands or in your eyes, flush the af-        If the vehicle has been driven around 80
 fected area with clean water immedi-        km/h (50 mph) for 20 minutes (a little             The reservoir tank may be hot so be
 ately. If you still feel uncomfortable      more in frigid temperatures), the fluid is         careful not to burn yourself.
 with your hands or eyes, go to the          hot (60_C—80_C or 140_F—175_F). You
 doctor.                                     may also check the level when the fluid
                                             is    cold   (about  room     temperature,                          NOTICE
                                             10_C—30_C or 50_F—85_F) if the engine
                                                                                                Avoid overfilling, or the power steer-
                NOTICE                       has not been run for about five hours.
                                                                                                ing could be damaged.
If you spill some of the fluid, be sure
to wipe it off to prevent it from dam-
aging the parts or paintwork.



258




                                                                                           2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Checking tire inflation
pressure
                          Keep your tire inflation pressures        The following instructions for
                          at the proper level.                      checking tire inflation pressure
                          The recommended cold tire inflation       should be observed:
                          pressures, tire sizes and the com-         D The      pressure     should      be
                          bined weight of occupants and cargo          checked only when the tires are
                          (vehicle capacity weight) are de-            cold. If your vehicle has been
                          scribed on page 280 and 284. They            parked for at least 3 hours and has
                          are also on the tire and loading infor-      not been driven for more than 1.5
                          mation label.                                km or 1 mile since, you will get
                          You should check the tire inflation          an accurate cold tire inflation pres-
                          pressure every two weeks, or at least        sure reading.
                          once a month. And do not forget the        D Always use a tire pressure
                          spare!                                       gauge. The appearance of a tire
                                                                       can be misleading. Besides, tire
                                                                       inflation pressures that are even
                                                                       just a few pounds off can degrade
                                                                       ride and handling.
                                                                     D Take special care when adding
                                                                       air to the compact spare tire.
                                                                       The smaller tire size can gain
                                                                       pressure very quickly. Add com-
                                                                       pressed air in small quantities and
                                                                       check the pressure often until it
                                                                       reaches the specified pressure.




                                                                                                         259




                                                                2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




D Do not bleed or reduce tire                           Tire pressure gauge        5. After completing the tire inflation
  inflation pressure after driving.                                                    pressure measurement and ad-
  It is normal for the tire inflation                                                  justment, apply soapy water to the
  pressure to be higher after driving.                                                 valve and check for leakage.
D Never exceed the vehicle capac-                                                  6. Install the tire valve cap.
  ity weight. Passenger and lug-                                                   If a gauge and air pump are not avail-
  gage weight should be located so                                                 able, have your vehicle checked by
  that the vehicle is balanced.                                                    your Toyota dealer.

                                                                                                   CAUTION

                                                                                    Be sure to reinstall the tire valve
                                                                                    caps. Without the valve caps, dirt
                                         INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
                                                                                    or moisture could get into the
                                         PROCEDURE
                                                                                    valve core and cause air leakage.
                                         1. Remove the tire valve cap.              If the caps have been lost, have
                                         2. Press the tip of the tire pressure      new ones put on as soon as pos-
                                            gauge to the tire valve.                sible.
                                         3. Read the pressure using the grad-
                                            uations of the gauge.                  Incorrect tire inflation pressure may
                                         4. In case the tire inflation pressure    waste fuel, reduce the comfort of driv-
                                            is not within the prescribed range,    ing, reduce tire life and make your ve-
                                            insert the compressed air from the     hicle less safe to drive.
                                            valve. In case of applying too         If a tire frequently needs refilling,
                                            much air, press the center of the      have it checked by your Toyota deal-
                                            valve and release the air to adjust.   er.


260




                                                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                            Checking and replacing tires

            CAUTION                  High tire pressure (overinfla-                 Tread wear indicator
                                     tion)—
Keep your tires properly inflated.   D Poor handling
Otherwise, the following condi-
tions may occur and cause an ac-     D Excessive wear
cident resulting in death or seri-   D Uneven wear
ous injuries.                        D A greater possibility of tire
Low tire pressure (underinfla-          damage from road hazards
tion)—
D Excessive wear
D Uneven wear
D Poor handling                                                            CHECKING YOUR TIRES
D Possibility of blowouts from an                                          Check the tire’s tread for tread
   overheated tire                                                         wear indicators. If the indicators
D Poor sealing of the tire bead                                            show, replace the tires. The loca-
                                                                           tion of tread wear indicators is
D Wheel deformation and/or tire
                                                                           shown by the “TWI” or “∆ ” marks,
   separation
                                                                           etc., molded on the sidewall of
D A greater possibility of tire                                            each tire.
   damage from road hazards




                                                                                                                261




                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




The tires on your Toyota have built−in     Any tires which are over 6 years          REPLACING YOUR TIRES
tread wear indicators to help you          old must be checked by a qualified        When replacing a tire, use a tire of
know when the tires need replace-          technician even if damage is not          the same size and construction,
ment. When the tread depth wears to        obvious.                                  and the same or greater maximum
1.6 mm (0.06 in.) or less, the indica-     Tires deteriorate with age even if they   load as the originally installed
tors will appear. If you can see the       have never or seldom been used.           tires.
indicators in two or more adjacent
grooves, the tire should be replaced.      This applies also to the spare tire and   Using any other size or type of tire
The lower the tread, the higher the        tires stored for future use.              may seriously affect handling, ride,
risk of skidding.                                                                    speedometer/odometer calibration,
                                                                                     ground clearance, and clearance be-
The effectiveness of snow tires is                                                   tween the body and tires or snow
lost if the tread wears down below                                                   chains.
4 mm (0.16 in.).
                                                                                     Check that the maximum load of the
If you have tire damage such as                                                      replaced tire is greater than 1/2 of the
cuts, splits, cracks deep enough to                                                  Gross Axle Weight Ratings (GAWR)
expose the fabric, or bulges indi-                                                   of either the front axle or the rear
cating internal damage, the tire                                                     axle, whichever is greater. As for the
should be replaced.                                                                  maximum load of the tire, see the load
If a tire often goes flat or cannot be                                               limit at maximum cold tire inflation
properly repaired due to the size or                                                 pressure mentioned on the sidewall
location of a cut or other damage, it                                                of the tire, and as for the Gross Axle
should be replaced. If you are not                                                   Weight Ratings (GAWR), see the Cer-
sure, consult with your Toyota dealer.                                               tification Label.
If air loss occurs while driving, do not                                             For details about the side wall of the
continue driving. Driving even a short                                               tire and the Certification Label, see
distance can damage a tire beyond                                                    pages 182 and 184.
repair.

262




                                                                                 2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                 Rotating tires
                                        Toyota recommends all four tires,
             CAUTION                    or at least both of the front or rear
                                        tires be replaced at a time as a set.
Observe the following instruc-
tions. Otherwise, an accident           See “If you have a flat tire” on page
may occur resulting in death or         217 for tire change procedure.
serious injuries.                       When a tire is replaced, the wheel
D Do not mix radial, bias belted,       should always be balanced.
   or bias−ply tires on your ve-        An unbalanced wheel may affect ve-
   hicle, as this may cause dan-        hicle handling and tire life. Wheels
   gerous handling characteris-         can get out of balance with regular
   tics resulting in loss of control.   use and should therefore be balanced
D Do not use tires other than the       occasionally.
   manufacturer’s recommended           When replacing a tubeless tire, the     To equalize the wear and help ex-
   size, as this may cause danger-      air valve should also be replaced       tend tire life, Toyota recommends
   ous handling characteristics         with a new one.                         that you rotate your tires accord-
   resulting in loss of control.                                                ing to the maintenance schedule.
                                        Initial adjustment of the tire pres-
                                                                                (For scheduled maintenance infor-
                                        sure warning system is necessary
                                                                                mation, please refer to the “Sched-
                                        after you have rotated your tires.
                                                                                uled Maintenance Guide” or “Own-
                                        See “Tire pressure warning sys-
                                                                                er’s     Manual         Supplement”.)
                                        tem” on page 124 in Section 1−7.
                                                                                However, the most appropriate tim-
                                                                                ing for tire rotation may vary ac-
                                                                                cording to your driving habits and
                                                                                road surface conditions.
                                                                                See “If you have a flat tire” on page
                                                                                217 in Section 4 for tire change proce-
                                                                                dure.

                                                                                                                     263




                                                                            2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                 ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                         Installing snow tires and
                                         chains
When rotating tires, check for uneven    WHEN TO       USE     SNOW     TIRES    OR     SNOW TIRE INSTALLATION
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is        CHAINS                                         Snow tires should be installed on all
usually caused by incorrect tire pres-   Snow tires or chains are recommended           wheels.
sure, improper wheel alignment, out−     when driving on snow or ice.                   Installing snow tires on the front wheels
of−balance wheels, or severe braking.    On wet or dry roads, conventional tires        only can lead to an excessive difference
                                         provide better traction than snow tires.       in road grip capability between the front
              CAUTION                    SNOW TIRE SELECTION                            and rear tires which could cause loss of
                                                                                        vehicle control.
 Do not include a compact spare          If you need snow tires, select tires of
                                         the same size, construction and load           When storing removed tires you should
 tire when rotating the tires. It is                                                    store them in a cool dry place. Mark the
                                         capacity as the originally installed tires.
 designed for temporary use only.                                                       direction of rotation and be sure to install
                                         Do not use tires other than those men-         them in the same direction when replac-
                                         tioned above. Do not install studded tires     ing.
Initial adjustment of the tire pres-     without first checking local regulations for
sure warning system is necessary         possible restrictions.
after you have rotated your tires.                                                                      CAUTION
See “Tire pressure warning sys-                          CAUTION                         D Do not drive with the snow tires
tem” on page 124 in Section 1−7.                                                           incorrectly inflated.
                                          Do not use snow tires other than the
                                          manufacturer’s recommended size, as            D Never drive over 120 km/h (75 mph)
                                          this may cause dangerous handling                with any type of snow tires.
                                          characteristics resulting in loss of
                                          control. Otherwise, an accident may
                                          occur resulting in death or serious
                                          injuries.




264




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                   ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                                            Replacing wheels
TIRE CHAIN SELECTION                                                                       WHEN TO REPLACE YOUR WHEELS
                                                            CAUTION
Use the tire chains of correct size and                                                    If you have wheel damage such as
type.                                                                                      bending, cracks or heavy corrosion, the
                                              D Do not exceed 50 km/h (30 mph) or
Use SAE Class “S” type radial tire chains                                                  wheel should be replaced.
                                                the chain manufacturer’s recom-
except radial cable chains or V−bar type        mended speed limit, whichever is           If you fail to replace a damaged wheel,
chains.                                         lower.                                     the tire may slip off the wheel or cause
                                                                                           loss of handling control.
Regulations regarding the use of tire         D Drive  carefully avoiding bumps,
chains vary according to location or            holes, and sharp turns, which may          WHEEL SELECTION
type of road, so always check local reg-        cause the vehicle to bounce.               When replacing wheels, care should be
ulations before installing chains.
                                              D Avoid sharp turns or locked−wheel          taken to ensure that the wheels are re-
CHAIN INSTALLATION                              braking, as use of chains may ad-          placed by ones with the same load ca-
Install the chains on the front tires as        versely affect vehicle handling.           pacity, diameter, rim width, and offset.
tightly as possible. Do not use tire          D When driving with chains installed,        This must be observed on compact spare
chains on the rear tires. Retighten             be sure to drive carefully. Slow           tire, too.
chains    after  driving  0.5—1.0    km         down before entering curves to             Correct replacement wheels are available
(1/4—1/2 mile).                                 avoid losing control of the vehicle.       at your Toyota dealer.
When installing chains on your tires, care-     Otherwise an accident may occur.
                                                                                           A wheel of a different size or type may
fully follow the instructions of the chain                                                 adversely affect handling, wheel and bear-
manufacturer.                                                                              ing life, brake cooling, speedometer/odom-
                                                            NOTICE
If wheel covers are used, they will be                                                     eter calibration, stopping ability, headlight
scratched by the chain band, so remove        Do not attempt to use a tire chain on        aim, bumper height, vehicle ground clear-
the covers before putting on the chains.      the compact spare tire, as it may re-        ance, and tire or snow chain clearance to
                                              sult in damage to the vehicle as well        the body and chassis.
                                              as the tire.




                                                                                                                                   265




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             Aluminum wheel precautions
Replacement with used wheels is not rec-     D When installing aluminum wheels,
ommended as they may have been sub-            check that the wheel nuts are tight
jected to rough treatment or high mileage      after driving your vehicle the first 1600
and could fail without warning. Also, bent     km (1000 miles).
wheels which have been straightened may      D If you have       rotated, repaired, or
have structural damage and therefore           changed your     tires, check that the
should not be used. Never use an inner         wheel nuts are    still tight after driving
tube in a leaking wheel which is designed      1600 km (1000    miles).
for a tubeless tire.
                                             D When using tire chains, be careful not
                                               to damage the aluminum wheels.
                CAUTION
                                             D Use   only Toyota wheel nuts and
 Do not use wheels other than the              wrench designed for your aluminum
 manufacturer’s recommended size, as           wheels.
 this may cause dangerous handling           D When balancing your wheels, use only
 characteristics resulting in loss of          Toyota balance weights or equivalent
 control. Otherwise, an accident may           and a plastic or rubber hammer.
 occur resulting in death or serious
 injuries.                                   D As with any wheel, periodically check
                                               your aluminum wheels for damage. If
                                               damaged, replace immediately.
Initial adjustment of the tire pressure
warning system is necessary after you
have replaced your wheels. See “Tire
pressure warning system” on page 124
in Section 1−7.




266




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
              ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                         SECTION                           7− 3
DO−IT−YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
Electrical components
Checking battery condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .          268
Battery recharging precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            269
Checking and replacing fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .            270
Adding washer fluid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   271
Replacing light bulbs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   272




                                                                                                              267




                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Checking battery condition—
—Precautions                                                                              —Checking battery exterior

                 CAUTION                 D If electrolyte gets on your skin,                                    Terminals
                                          thoroughly wash the contact area. If
BATTERY PRECAUTIONS                       you feel pain or burning, get medi-
The battery produces flammable and        cal attention immediately.
explosive hydrogen gas.                  D If electrolyte gets on your clothes,
D Do not cause a spark from the bat-      there is a    possibility of its soaking
  tery with tools.                        through to    your skin, so immediate-                                      Ground cable
                                          ly take off   the exposed clothing and
D Do not smoke or light a match near      follow the    procedure above, if nec-            Hold−down
  the battery.                            essary.                                           clamp
The electrolyte contains poisonous       D If you accidentally swallow electro-
and corrosive sulfuric acid.              lyte, drink a large quantity of water
D Avoid contact with eyes, skin or        or milk. Follow with milk of magne-
  clothes.                                sia, beaten raw egg or vegetable               Check the battery for corroded or loose
                                          oil. Then go immediately for emer-             terminal connections, cracks, or loose
D Never ingest electrolyte.                                                              hold−down clamp.
                                          gency help.
D Wear protective safety glasses when                                                     a. If the battery is corroded, wash it off
  working near the battery.                                                                  with a solution of warm water and bak-
D Keep children away from the bat-                                                           ing soda. Coat the outside of the termi-
  tery.                                                                                      nals with grease to prevent further cor-
EMERGENCY MEASURES                                                                           rosion.

D If electrolyte gets in your eyes,                                                       b. If the terminal connections are loose,
  flush your eyes with clean water                                                           tighten their clamp nuts—but do not
  immediately and get immediate                                                              overtighten.
  medical attention. If possible, con-                                                    c. Tighten the hold−down clamp only
  tinue to apply water with a sponge                                                         enough to keep the battery firmly in
  or cloth while en route to the medi-                                                       place. Overtightening may damage the
  cal office.                                                                                battery case.


268




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                         ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                         —Checking battery condition                           Battery recharging precautions
                                                                                              During recharging, the battery is pro-
               NOTICE                     Type A                                              ducing hydrogen gas.
                                                                           Clear or
z Be sure the engine and all accesso-                                                         Therefore, before recharging:
                                               Green              Dark     light yellow
  ries are off before performing main-
                                                                                               1. If recharging with the battery installed
  tenance.
                                                                                                  on the vehicle, be sure to disconnect
z When checking the battery, remove                                                               the ground cable.
  the ground cable from the negative      Type B                                               2. Be sure the power switch on the re-
  terminal (“−” mark) first and rein-
                                                  Blue           White        Red                 charger is off when connecting the
  stall it last.
                                                                                                  charger cables to the battery and when
z Be careful not to cause a short cir-                                                            disconnecting them.
  cuit with tools.
z Take care no solution gets into the                                                                          CAUTION
  battery when washing it.
                                         CHECKING BY INDICATOR                                 D Always charge the battery in an un-
                                         Check the battery condition by the indi-                confined area. Do not charge the
                                         cator color.                                            battery in a garage or closed room
                                                                                                 where there is not sufficient ventila-
                                            Indicator color                                      tion.
                                                                          Condition
                                          Type A         Type B                                D Only do a slow charge (5 A or
                                                                                                 less). Charging at a quicker rate is
                                           Green          Blue              Good                 dangerous. The battery may ex-
                                                                    Charging necessary.          plode, causing personal injuries.
                                                                    Have battery
                                           Dark          White
                                                                    checked by your
                                                                    Toyota dealer.                              NOTICE
                                          Clear or                  Have battery               Never recharge the battery while the
                                            light         Red       checked by your            engine is running. Also, be sure all
                                           yellow                   Toyota dealer.             accessories are turned off.


                                                                                                                                     269




                                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Checking and replacing fuses
                                                                            Type A fuses can be pulled out by the
                                                                            pull−out tool. The location of the pull−out
                                                                            tool is shown in the illustration.
 Type A
                                                                            If you are not sure whether the fuse has
                                                                            blown, try replacing the suspected fuse
                                                                            with one that you know is good.
                                                                            If the fuse has blown, push a new fuse
                                                                            into the clip.
                                                                            Only install a fuse with the amperage rat-
      Good         Blown                                                    ing designated on the fuse box lid.
 Type B                                                                     If you do not have a spare fuse, in an
                                                                            emergency you can pull out the “A/C” or
                                                                            “P/POINT”     fuse,    which    may    be
                               If the headlights or other electrical        dispensable for normal driving, and use it
                               components do not work, check the            if its amperage rating is the same.
                               fuses. If any of the fuses are blown,
                               they must be replaced.                       If you cannot use one of the same amper-
                                                                            age, use one that is lower, but as close
      Good         Blown       See “Fuse locations” on page 247 in Sec-     to the rating as possible. If the amperage
                               tion 7−1 for locations of the fuses.         is lower than that specified, the fuse
 Type C                        Turn the ignition switch and inoperative     might blow out again but this does not
                               component off. Pull the suspected fuse       indicate anything wrong. Be sure to get
                               straight out and check it.                   the correct fuse as soon as possible and
                                                                            return the substitute to its original clip.
                               Determine which fuse may be causing the
                               problem. The lid of the fuse box shows       It is a good idea to purchase a set of
                               the name of the circuit for each fuse. See   spare fuses and keep them in your ve-
      Good         Blown       page 284 in Section 8 for the functions      hicle for emergencies.
                               controlled by each circuit.



270




                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                              Adding washer fluid
If the new fuse immediately blows out,                                                  You may use plain water as washer fluid.
there is a problem with the electrical sys-                                             However, in cold areas where tempera-
tem. Have your Toyota dealer correct it as                                              tures range below the freezing point, use
soon as possible.                                                                       washer fluid containing antifreeze. This
                                                                                        product is available at your Toyota dealer
                CAUTION                                                                 and most auto parts stores. Follow the
                                                                                        manufacturer’s directions for how much to
 Never use a fuse with a higher am-                                                     mix with water.
 perage rating, or any other object, in
 place of a fuse. This may cause ex-                                                                     NOTICE
 tensive damage and possibly a fire.
                                                                                         Do not use engine antifreeze or any
                                                                                         other substitute because it may dam-
                                                                                         age your vehicle’s paint.
                                              For vehicles sold in the U.S.A.—If any
                                              washer does not work, the washer tank
                                              may be empty. Check the washer fluid
                                              level on the level gauge. If the washer
                                              fluid level is at “LOW”, add washer
                                              fluid.
                                              For vehicles sold in Canada—If any
                                              washer does not work or the low wind-
                                              shield washer fluid level warning light
                                              comes on, the washer tank may be
                                              empty. Add washer fluid.




                                                                                                                             271




                                                                                    2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Replacing light bulbs—
The following illustrations show how to      The inside of the lens of exterior lights                             Bulb
gain access to the bulbs. When replacing     such as headlights may temporarily fog up          Light bulbs                 W     Type
                                                                                                                   No.
a bulb, make sure the ignition switch and    when the lens becomes wet in the rain or
light switch are off. Use bulbs with the     in a car wash. This is not a problem           Headlights
                                                                                                                   9005    65      A
wattage ratings given in the table.          because the fogging is caused by the           (high beam)
Vehicles with rear spoiler—The high          temperature difference between the outside     Headlights
                                             and inside of the lens, just like the                                 9006    55      B
mounted stoplight consists of a number of                                                   (low beam)
LEDs. If any of the LEDs burn out, take      windshield fogs up in the rain. However, if
                                                                                            Parking/front side
your vehicle to your Toyota dealer to have   there is a large drop of water on the
                                                                                            marker/front turn      3157A   27/8    C
the light replaced.                          inside of the lens, or if there is water
                                                                                            signal lights
                                             pooled inside the light, contact your
                                             Toyota dealer.                                 Front fog lights       9006    55      B
                CAUTION
                                                                                            Rear side marker
                                                                                                                   3157    27/8    D
 D To prevent burning yourself, do not                                                      and stop/tail lights
   replace the light bulbs while they
                                                                                            Rear turn signal
   are hot.                                                                                                        3157A   27/8    C
                                                                                            lights
 D Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas
                                                                                            Back−up lights          921    18      D
   inside and require special handling.
   They can burst or shatter if                                                             High mounted
                                                                                                                    921    18      D
   scratched or dropped. Hold a bulb                                                        stoplight
   only by its plastic or metal case.
                                                                                            License plate lights    —       5      D
   Do not touch the glass part of a
   bulb with bare hands.                                                                    Interior light          —       8      E


                NOTICE
Only use a bulb of the listed type.




272




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                               —Headlights
                         Bulb
        Light bulbs               W     Type
                         No.
 Personal light
 (on the switch
                          —       10     F
 panel of the electric
 moon roof)
 Personal lights
 (on the inside rear
                          192     4.3    D
 view mirror without
 compass)
 Trunk light
   Type A∗1               168     4.9    D
   Type B∗2                —      3.8    D     1. Open the hood.
                                                                                          Removing clip

A:     HB3 halogen bulbs                         LEFT−HAND HEADLIGHT: Remove the
B:     HB4 halogen bulbs                         clip and move the air cleaner duct
C:     Wedge base bulbs (amber)                  as shown in the illustration.
D:     Wedge base bulbs (clear)                Remove and install the clip as shown in
E:     Double end bulbs                        the following illustrations.
F:     Single end bulbs
∗1 : Except for ZZE130L−AEPDKA and
     −AEPNKA models
∗2 : For ZZE130L−AEPDKA and −AEPNKA
     models
The model code appears on the Certifica-
tion Label with the heading “MODEL”. See
“Your Toyota’s identification” on page 182
in Section 2 for the Certification Label                                                  Installing clip
location.

                                                                                                                              273




                                                                                     2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                            High beam
                            (inside)
            Low beam
            (outside)




2. Turn the bulb base counterclockwise     3. Unplug the connector.                     4. Install a new bulb and connector
   to the front of the vehicle as shown.   If the connector is tight, wiggle it.           into the mounting hole.
                                                                                       Aiming is not necessary after replacing
                                                                                       the bulb. When aiming adjustment is nec-
                                                                                       essary, contact your Toyota dealer.




274




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                           ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Parking/front side
marker/front turn signal lights   —Front fog lights




                                  1. Turn the bulb base counterclockwise       2. Pull the bulb out of the base. Install
                                     and remove it.                               a new bulb.
                                  If the connector is tight, wiggle it.




                                                                                                                   275




                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                           —Rear side marker, stop/tail
                                           and rear turn signal lights




                                                                               a: Rear side marker and stop/tail lights
3. Install the bulb base into the mount-                                       b: Rear turn signal light
   ing hole by turning it clockwise.




276




                                                                          2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—Back−up lights                                              —High mounted stoplight




Use a flathead screwdriver or equivalent.




                                                                                                 277




                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                          ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




—License plate lights
If either of the license plate lights
burns out, contact your Toyota dealer.

               NOTICE
Do not try to replace the license plate
light bulbs by yourself. You may dam-
age the vehicle.




278




                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                                             SECTION                                 8
SPECIFICATIONS
Specifications
Dimensions and weights . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                       280
Engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .       280
Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .   281
Service specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .                 281
Tires . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .    284
Fuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .      284




                                                                                                                           279




                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Dimensions and weights                                                 Engine
                                                                      Model:
 Overall length                    mm (in.)    4530 (178.3)
                                                                       1ZZ−FE
 Overall width                     mm (in.)    1700   (66.9)          Type:
                                                                        4 cylinder in line, 4 cycle, gasoline
 Overall height∗                   mm (in.)    1480   (58.3)
                                                                      Bore and stroke, mm (in.):
 Wheelbase                         mm (in.)    2600 (102.4)               79.0    91.5 (3.11    3.60)
 Front tread                       mm (in.)    1480   (58.3)          Displacement, cm3 (cu. in.):
                                                                          1794 (109.5)
 Rear tread                        mm (in.)    1460   (57.5)

 Vehicle capacity weight
                                                385   (850)
 (occupants + luggage)              kg (lb.)
 Towing capacity
                                                680 (1500)
 (trailer weight + cargo weight)    kg (lb.)
∗:   Unladen vehicle




280




                                                                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                    ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Fuel                                       Service specifications
Fuel type:                                 ENGINE                                         ENGINE LUBRICATION
  Unleaded gasoline, Octane Rating 87      Valve clearance (engine cold), mm (in.):       Oil capacity (drain and refill),
  (Research Octane Number 91) or higher      Intake           0.15—0.25 (0.006—0.010)     L (qt., Imp. qt.):
Fuel tank capacity, L (gal., Imp. gal.):     Exhaust          0.25—0.35 (0.010—0.014)         With filter                4.2 (4.4, 3.7)
  50 (13.2, 11.0)                          Spark plug type:                                   Without filter             4.0 (4.2, 3.5)

                                             DENSO            SK16R11                     “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” is used in
                                             NGK              IFR5A11                     your Toyota vehicle. Use Toyota approved
                                                                                          “Toyota Genuine Motor Oil” or equivalent
                                           Spark plug gap, mm(in.):                       to satisfy the following grade and
                                             1.1 (0.043)                                  viscosity.
                                                                                          Oil grade:
                                                                                            ILSAC multigrade engine oil is recom-
                                                                                            mended.




                                                                                                                                  281




                                                                                      2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                       ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Recommended oil viscosity:                   COOLING SYSTEM                                  BATTERY
 SAE 5W−30                                   Total capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):              Open voltage∗ at 20_C (68_F):
                                               6.5 (6.9, 5.7)                                 12.6—12.8 V        Fully charged
                                             Coolant type:                                    12.2—12.4 V        Half charged
                                                                                              11.8—12.0 V        Discharged
                                               “Toyota Super Long Life Coolant” is           ∗:
                                               used in your Toyota vehicle at factory             Voltage that is checked 20 minutes af-
                                               fill. In order to avoid technical problems,        ter the key is removed with all the
                                               only use “Toyota Super Long Life                   lights turned off.
                                               Coolant” or similar high quality ethylene     Charging rates:
                                               glycol based non−silicate, non−amine,          5 A max.
                                               non−nitrite, and non−borate coolant with      CLUTCH
           Outside temperature                 long−life hybrid organic acid technology.
                                               (Coolant with long−life hybrid organic        Pedal free play, mm (in.):
                                               acid technology is a combination of low         5—15 (0.2—0.6)
                                               phosphates and organic acids.)                Fluid type:
                                               Do not use plain water alone.                   SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-
ther details.                                  Please contact your Toyota dealer for         MANUAL TRANSAXLE
                                               further details.                              Oil capacity, L (qt., Imp. qt.):
                                                                                               1.9 (2.0, 1.7)
                                                                                             Oil type:
                                                                                               Gear oil API GL−4 or GL−5
                                                                                             Recommended oil viscosity:
                                                                                              SAE 75W−90




282




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                     ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE                          BRAKES
Fluid capacity (drain and refill),           Minimum pedal clearance when depressed
L (qt., Imp. qt.):                           with the force of 294 N (30 kgf, 66 lbf)
  Up to 3.0 (3.2, 2.6)                       with the engine running, mm (in.):
Fluid type:                                    With anti−lock brake system      76 (2.99)
  Toyota Genuine ATF Type T−IV                 Without anti−lock brake system
                                                                                78 (3.07)
Change automatic transmission fluid only
as necessary.                                Pedal free play, mm (in.):
                                               1—6 (0.04—0.24)
Generally, it is necessary to change
automatic transmission fluid only if your    Pad wear limit, mm (in.):
vehicle is driven under one of the Special     1.0 (0.04)
Operating Conditions     listed   in your    Lining wear limit, mm (in.):
“Scheduled     Maintenance     Guide”   or     1.0 (0.04)
“Owner’s Manual Supplement”. When            Parking brake adjustment when pulled with
changing the automatic transmission fluid,   the force of 196 N (20 kgf, 44 lbf):
use only “Toyota Genuine ATF Type T−IV”        6—9 clicks
(ATF JWS3309 or NWS6500) to aid in
assuring optimum transaxle performance.      Fluid type:
                                               SAE J1703 or FMVSS No.116 DOT 3
Notice: Using automatic transmission
fluid other than “Toyota Genuine ATF         STEERING
Type T−IV” may cause deterioration in        Wheel free play:
shift quality, locking up of your trans-      Less than 30 mm (1.2 in.)
mission accompanied by vibration, and        Power steering fluid type:
ultimately damage the automatic trans-         Automatic transmission fluid DEXRONrII
mission of your vehicle.                       or III
Please contact your Toyota dealer for fur-
ther details.



                                                                                                                                 283




                                                                                        2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                             ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Tires                                                                               Fuses
Tire size and cold tire inflation pressure:
Front and rear
                                                 kPa (kgf/cm 2 or bar, psi)
      Tire size           Front              Rear            Wheel size
 P185/65R15 86S      210 (2.1, 30)      210 (2.1, 30)       15      6 JJ
 P195/65R15 89S      210 (2.1, 30)      210 (2.1, 30)       15      6 JJ
 195/55R16 87V       220 (2.2, 32)      220 (2.2, 32)       16      6 JJ
     Spare               kPa (kgf/cm2 or bar, psi)             Wheel size
T125/70R16 96M                 420 (4.2, 60)                    16      4T
Wheel nut torque, N·m (kgf·m, ft·lbf):
 103 (10.5, 76)
NOTE: For a complete information on tires (e.g. replacing tires or replacing
       wheels), see “Checking tire inflation pressure” through “Aluminum
       wheel precautions”, pages 259 through 266, in Section 7−2.




                                                                                    Engine compartment


284




                                                                               2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                             8. AMP 30 A: Audio system                       19. OBD 7.5 A: On−board diagnosis sys-
                                             9. MAIN 30 A: Starting system, “AM2”                tem
                                                fuse                                         20. P/W 30 A: No circuit
                                            10. DOME 15 A: Audio system, clock, per-         21. WIPER 25 A: Windshield wipers
                                                sonal lights, interior light, trunk light,   22. AM2 15 A: Charging system, multiport
                                                open door warning light, wireless re-            fuel injection system/sequential multi-
                                                mote control system                              port fuel injection system, starting sys-
                                            11. HORN 10 A: Horn                                  tem, SRS airbag system
                                            12. HAZARD 10 A: Emergency flashers,             23. STOP 15 A: Stop lights, high mounted
                                                turn signal lights                               stoplight, anti−lock brake system, shift
                                            13. EFI 20 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-          lock control system, multiport fuel in-
                                                tem/sequential multiport fuel injection          jection system/sequential multiport fuel
Instrument panel                                system,   emission    control   system,          injection system, cruise control system
                                                “EFI2” fuse                                  24. DOOR 25 A: Power door lock system
Fuses (type A)                              14. ALT−S 5 A: Charging system                   25. AM1 25 A: “CIG” fuse
1. FOG 15 A: Front fog lights               15. HEAD LH LWR 10 A: Left−hand head-            26. ECU−IG 10 A: Electric cooling fan,
2. HEAD LH UPR 10 A: Left−hand head-            light (low beam)                                 anti−lock brake system, vehicle stability
   light (high beam)                        16. HEAD RH LWR 10           A:   Right−hand         control system, traction control system,
                                                headlight (low beam)                             brake assist system, shift lock control
3. HEAD RH UPR 10 A: Right−hand                                                                  system, cruise control system
   headlight (high beam), high beam indi-   17. EFI2 15 A: Multiport fuel injection sys-
   cator light                                  tem/ sequential multiport fuel injection     27. RR WIPER 15 A: No circuit
4. SPARE 30 A: Spare fuse                       system, emission control system              28. A/C 10 A: Air conditioning system
5. SPARE 15 A: Spare fuse                   18. TAIL 15 A: Tail lights, license plate        29. INV 15 A: No circuit
                                                lights, instrument panel lights, instru-     30. P/POINT 15 A: Power outlet (in the
6. SPARE 10 A: Spare fuse                       ment cluster lights                              rear console box)
7. ETCS 10 A: Electronic throttle control
   system                                                                                    31. ECU−B 10 A: Daytime running light
                                                                                                 system

                                                                                                                                     285




                                                                                         2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                                      ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




32. CIG 15 A: Power outlet (on the instru-     39. HEAD MAIN 40 A: “HEAD LH UPR”,
    ment panel) or cigarette lighter, audio        “HEAD RH UPR”, “HEAD LH LWR” and
    system, clock, power rear view mirror          “HEAD RH LWR” fuses
    control, shift lock control system         40. HTR 40 A: Air conditioning system
33. GAUGE 10 A: Gauges and meters, air         41. DEF 40 A: Rear window defogger,
    conditioning system, daytime running           “M−HTR/DEF I−UP” fuse
    light system, charging system, auto
    anti−glare inside rear view mirror, pow-   42. POWER 30 A: Power windows, electric
    er windows, cruise control system, rear        moon roof
    window defogger, back−up lights, front     Fuse (type C)
    passenger’s seat belt reminder light       43. ALT 100 A: Charging system, “ABS
34. WASHER 15 A: Windshield washer                 NO.1”, “ABS NO.2”, “RDI FAN”, “FOG”,
35. M−HTR/DEF I−UP 10 A: Engine control            “HTR”, “AM1”, “POWER”, “DOOR”,
    system                                         “ECU−B”, “TAIL”, “STOP”, “P/POINT”,
                                                   “INV” and “OBD” fuses
Fuses (type B)
36. ABS NO.1 30 A: Anti−lock brake sys-
    tem, vehicle stability control system,
    traction control system, brake assist
    system
37. RDI FAN 30 A: Electric cooling fan
38. ABS NO.2 40 A (without vehicle sta-
    bility control system): Anti−lock brake
    system
   ABS NO.2 50 A (with vehicle stability
   control system): Anti−lock brake sys-
   tem, vehicle stability control system,
   traction control system, brake assist
   system

286




                                                                                       2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
            ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




                                                       SECTION                    9
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS FOR U.S.
OWNERS
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners
Reporting safety defects for U.S. owners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288




                                                                                           287




                                  2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)
                                                               ’07 Corolla_U (L/O 0608)




Reporting safety defects for
U.S. owners
If you believe that your vehicle      To contact NHTSA, you may call the
has a defect which could cause a      Vehicle   Safety     Hotline   toll−free    at
crash or could cause injury or        1−888−327−4236 (TTY: 1−800−424−9153);
death, you should immediately in-     go to http://www.safercar.gov ; or write to:
form the National Highway Traffic     Administrator, NHTSA, 400 Seventh Street,
Safety Administration (NHTSA) in      SW., Washington, DC 20590. You can also
addition to notifying Toyota Motor    obtain other information about motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.                   vehicle              safety              from
(Toll−free: 1−800−331−4331).          http://www.safercar.gov.
If NHTSA receives similar com-
plaints, it may open an investiga-
tion, and if it finds that a safety
defect exists in a group of ve-
hicles, it may order a recall and
remedy      campaign.     However,
NHTSA cannot become involved
in individual problems between
you, your dealer, or Toyota Motor
Sales, U.S.A., Inc.




288




                                                                                   2007MY COROLLA from Oct. ’06 Prod. (OM12B32U)

				
DOCUMENT INFO
Shared By:
Stats:
views:181
posted:10/29/2012
language:English
pages:302
Description: Complete Owner's Manual for a 2007 Toyota Corolla